81_FR_51843 81 FR 51693 - Technical Guidance for Assessing the Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on Marine Mammal Hearing-Underwater Acoustic Thresholds for Onset of Permanent and Temporary Threshold Shifts

81 FR 51693 - Technical Guidance for Assessing the Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on Marine Mammal Hearing-Underwater Acoustic Thresholds for Onset of Permanent and Temporary Threshold Shifts

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

Federal Register Volume 81, Issue 150 (August 4, 2016)

Page Range51693-51724
FR Document2016-18462

The National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) announces the availability of its final Technical Guidance for Assessing the Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on Marine Mammal Hearing--Underwater Acoustic Thresholds for Onset of Permanent and Temporary Threshold Shifts (Technical Guidance or Guidance) that provides updated received levels, or acoustic thresholds, above which individual marine mammals under NMFS' jurisdiction are predicted to experience changes in their hearing sensitivity (either temporary or permanent) for all underwater anthropogenic sound sources.

Federal Register, Volume 81 Issue 150 (Thursday, August 4, 2016)
[Federal Register Volume 81, Number 150 (Thursday, August 4, 2016)]
[Notices]
[Pages 51693-51724]
From the Federal Register Online  [www.thefederalregister.org]
[FR Doc No: 2016-18462]



[[Page 51693]]

Vol. 81

Thursday,

No. 150

August 4, 2016

Part IV





Department of Commerce





-----------------------------------------------------------------------





National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration





Technical Guidance for Assessing the Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on 
Marine Mammal Hearing--Underwater Acoustic Thresholds for Onset of 
Permanent and Temporary Threshold Shifts; Notice

Federal Register / Vol. 81 , No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / 
Notices

[[Page 51694]]


-----------------------------------------------------------------------

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

RIN 0648-XC969


Technical Guidance for Assessing the Effects of Anthropogenic 
Sound on Marine Mammal Hearing--Underwater Acoustic Thresholds for 
Onset of Permanent and Temporary Threshold Shifts

AGENCY: National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and 
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.

ACTION: Notice.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------

SUMMARY: The National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) announces the 
availability of its final Technical Guidance for Assessing the Effects 
of Anthropogenic Sound on Marine Mammal Hearing--Underwater Acoustic 
Thresholds for Onset of Permanent and Temporary Threshold Shifts 
(Technical Guidance or Guidance) that provides updated received levels, 
or acoustic thresholds, above which individual marine mammals under 
NMFS' jurisdiction are predicted to experience changes in their hearing 
sensitivity (either temporary or permanent) for all underwater 
anthropogenic sound sources.

ADDRESSES: The Technical Guidance is available in electronic form via 
the Internet at http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/acoustics/.

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Amy R. Scholik-Schlomer, Office of 
Protected Resources, 301-427-8449, [email protected].

SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The National Marine Fisheries Service in 
consultation with the National Ocean Service has developed Technical 
Guidance to help assess the effects of underwater anthropogenic sound 
on marine mammal species under NMFS' jurisdiction. Specifically, the 
Guidance identifies the received levels, or acoustic thresholds, above 
which individual marine mammals are predicted to experience changes in 
their hearing sensitivity (either temporary or permanent) for all 
underwater anthropogenic sound sources. NMFS compiled, interpreted, and 
synthesized scientific literature to produce updated acoustic 
thresholds for the onset of both temporary (TTS) and permanent 
threshold shifts (PTS). This is the first time NMFS has presented this 
information in a single, comprehensive document. This Technical 
Guidance is intended for use by NMFS analysts and managers and other 
relevant user groups and stakeholders, including other federal 
agencies, when seeking to determine whether and how their activities 
are expected to result in hearing impacts to marine mammals via 
acoustic exposure.
    The main body of the document contains NMFS' updated acoustic 
thresholds for onset of PTS for marine mammals exposed to underwater 
sound and NMFS' plan for periodically updating acoustic thresholds. 
Other information such as details on the development marine mammal 
auditory weighting functions and acoustic thresholds, research 
recommendations, alternative methodology (formerly referred to as a 
User Guide), the peer review and public comment process, and a glossary 
of acoustic terms can be found in the Technical Guidance appendices.
    These thresholds update those currently in use by NMFS. Updates 
include a protocol for deriving PTS and TTS onset levels for impulsive 
(e.g., airguns, impact pile drivers) and non-impulsive (e.g., tactical 
sonar, vibratory pile drivers) sound sources and the formation of 
marine mammal hearing groups (low- (LF), mid- (MF), and high-frequency 
(HF) cetaceans and otariid (OW) and phocid (PW) pinnipeds in water) and 
associated auditory weighting functions. Acoustic thresholds are 
presented using the dual metrics of cumulative sound exposure level 
(SELcum) and peak sound pressure level (PK) for impulsive 
sounds and the SELcum metric for non-impulsive sounds. While 
the updated acoustic thresholds are more complex than what has been in 
use by NMFS and regulated entities, they more accurately reflect the 
current state of scientific knowledge regarding the characteristics of 
sound that have the potential to impact marine mammal hearing 
sensitivity. Given the specific nature of these updates, it is not 
possible to generally or directly compare the updated acoustic 
thresholds presented in this document with the thresholds they will 
replace because outcomes will depend on project-specific 
specifications.
    Although NMFS has updated the acoustic thresholds, and these 
changes may necessitate new methodologies for calculating impacts, the 
application of the thresholds in the regulatory context of applicable 
statutes (Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), Endangered Species Act 
(ESA), and National Marine Sanctuaries Act (NMSA)) remains consistent 
with current NOAA practice (see Regulatory Context in this Federal 
Register Notice). It is important to emphasize that these updated 
acoustic thresholds do not represent the entirety of an impact 
assessment, but rather serve as one tool (in addition to behavioral 
impact thresholds, auditory masking assessments, evaluations to help 
understand the ultimate effects of any particular type of impact on an 
individual's fitness, population assessments, etc.), to help evaluate 
the effects of a proposed action.
    NMFS recognizes that action proponents may have varying abilities 
to model and estimate exposure and that the Technical Guidance may be 
more complex than some action proponents are able to incorporate. Thus, 
NMFS has provided alternative methodology and an associated User 
Spreadsheet to aid action proponents with SELcum thresholds 
and marine mammal auditory weighting functions (http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/acoustics/).
    The Technical Guidance is classified as a Highly Influential 
Scientific Assessment (HISA) by the Office of Management and Budget. As 
such, three independent peer reviews were undertaken, at three 
different stages of the development of the Technical Guidance, 
including a follow-up to one of the peer reviews, prior to broad public 
dissemination by the Federal Government. Details of each peer review 
can be found within the Technical Guidance (Appendix C) and at the 
following Web site: http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/acoustics/. NMFS 
acknowledges and thanks the Marine Mammal Commission (Commission) and 
the Acoustical Society of America's Underwater Technical Council for 
nominating peer reviewers and thanks the peer reviewers for their time 
and expertise in reviewing this document.
    In additional to three independent peer reviews, the Technical 
Guidance was the subject of three public comment periods. NMFS 
evaluated all substantive comments made during each public comment 
period to determine their relevance to the Technical Guidance as it was 
revised. Public comments made on aspects of the Technical Guidance that 
are no longer relevant have not been included here. Substantive and 
relevant comments and NMFS' responses are included below (see Comments 
and Responses).
    The Technical Guidance does not create or confer any rights for or 
on any person, or operate to bind the public. An alternative approach 
that has undergone independent peer review may be proposed (by federal 
agencies or prospective action proponents) and used if case-specific 
information/data indicate that the alternative approach is likely to 
produce a more accurate

[[Page 51695]]

portrayal of take for the project being evaluated, if NOAA determines 
the approach satisfies the requirements of the applicable statutes and 
regulations.

Transitioning to the Technical Guidance

    NMFS considers the updated thresholds and associated weighting 
functions in the Technical Guidance to be the best available 
information for assessing whether exposure to specific activities is 
likely to result in changes in marine mammal hearing sensitivity 
(temporary or permanent). Prospective applicants for incidental take 
authorizations under the MMPA and federal agencies seeking ESA section 
7 consultations that have not yet started their acoustic analyses 
should begin using the new Technical Guidance immediately. At the same 
time, we recognize that for some proposed actions, analyses may have 
already substantially progressed using the existing thresholds or other 
methods for assessing hearing effects, and it may be impractical to 
begin those analyses anew, taking into account timing constraints, 
expense, and other considerations. In such ``pipeline'' cases, the 
applicant or action agency should contact NMFS as soon as possible to 
discuss how to best include consideration of the Technical Guidance to 
satisfy the applicable requirements. A non-exhaustive list of factors 
that could affect the extent to which the Technical Guidance will be 
considered for an action include: The relative degree to which the 
Technical Guidance is expected to affect the results of the acoustic 
impact analyses; how far in the process the application or prospective 
application has progressed; when the activity is scheduled to begin or 
other timing constraints; the complexity of the analyses and the cost 
and practicality of redoing them; and the temporal and spatial scope of 
anticipated effects. We anticipate that after the initial transition 
period, all applications for MMPA incidental take authorization (ITA) 
and all requests for ESA section 7 consultations involving noise that 
may affect marine mammals will include full consideration of the 
Technical Guidance.

National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA)

    In 2005, NMFS published a Federal Register Notice of Public Scoping 
and Intent to Prepare an EIS for a similar action (70 FR 1871, January 
11, 2005). The nature of the Guidance has evolved significantly since 
then. After evaluating the contents of the Technical Guidance and the 
standards for a categorical exclusion under NAO 216-6, sec. 6.03c.3(i), 
we have determined the Technical Guidance is categorically excluded 
from further NEPA review.
    NAO 216-6, sec. 6.03c.3(i), provides that a categorical exclusion 
is appropriate for ``policy directives, regulations, and guidelines of 
an administrative, technical, or procedural nature, or the 
environmental effects of which are too broad, speculative or 
conjectural to lend themselves to meaningful analysis and will be 
subject later to the NEPA process, either collectively or case by 
case.''
    Although changes to the PTS and TTS thresholds will likely change 
the take estimates for at least some portion of activities, any 
environmental effects of the draft guidance alone, without reference to 
a specific activity, are too speculative or conjectural to lend 
themselves to meaningful analysis at this stage. Effects analyses under 
the MMPA, ESA, and NMSA (and appropriate mitigation and monitoring) are 
activity-specific exercises that cannot be conducted absent some level 
of specificity regarding the nature of the proposed activity, the 
general location, and the time and duration. Moreover, direct 
comparisons cannot be made between the thresholds currently used and 
the updated thresholds, due to the different metrics and taxa-specific 
frequency weighting used in the new thresholds.
    Any environmental effects from application of the updated PTS and 
TTS thresholds will flow from future actions that are the subject of 
ITAs under the MMPA and related consultations under the ESA or NMSA. 
The nature and magnitude of such effects will depend on the specific 
actions themselves, each of which would be subject to the NEPA process.
    Because any effects from the Technical Guidance are speculative and 
conjectural, NOAA has determined it cannot meaningfully analyze 
potential effects in the manner contemplated by NEPA, which is to 
inform agency decisions about the effects of an action (and reasonable 
alternatives) on the environment. Any changes in future effects 
analyses resulting from the Guidance will be part of the NEPA and other 
statutorily-required analyses conducted for specific actions in the 
future.
    Finally, the proposed action does not trigger any of the exceptions 
for categorical exclusions described in section 5.05c of NAO 216-6. It 
does not involve a geographic area with unique characteristics, is not 
a subject of public controversy due to potential environmental 
consequences, have uncertain environmental impacts or unique or unknown 
risks, establish a precedent or decision in principle about future 
proposals, result in cumulatively significant impacts, or have any 
adverse effects upon endangered or threatened species or their 
habitats.

Regulatory Context

    NMFS uses acoustic thresholds to help quantify ``take'' and as part 
of more comprehensive effects analyses under several statutes. The 
Technical Guidance's updated acoustic thresholds do not represent the 
entirety of the comprehensive effects analysis, but rather serve as one 
tool among others (e.g., behavioral impact thresholds, auditory masking 
assessments, evaluations to help understand the ultimate effects of any 
particular type of impact on an individual's fitness, population 
assessments, etc.) to help evaluate the effects of a proposed action 
and make findings required by NOAA's various statutes.
    Under current agency practice, NMFS considers the onset of PTS, 
which is an auditory injury, as an example of ``Level A Harassment'' as 
defined in the MMPA and as ``harm'' as defined in ESA regulations, such 
that exposing an animal to weighted received sound levels at or above 
the indicated PTS threshold is predicted to result in these two types 
of ``take'' (i.e., Level A Harassment under the MMPA and harm under 
ESA).
    As explained below, NMFS does not consider a TTS to be an auditory 
injury under the MMPA or ESA, and thus it does not qualify as Level A 
harassment or harm. Nevertheless, TTS is an adverse effect that 
historically has been treated as ``take'' by ``Level B Harassment'' 
under the MMPA and ``harassment'' under the ESA. The broad definition 
of ``injury'' under the NMSA regulations includes both PTS and TTS (as 
well as other adverse changes in physical or behavioral characteristics 
that are not addressed in the Technical Guidance).

Marine Mammal Protection Act

    The MMPA prohibits the take of marine mammals, with certain 
exceptions, one of which is the issuance of ITAs. Sections 101(a)(5)(A) 
& (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.) direct the Secretary of 
Commerce to allow, upon request, the incidental, but not intentional, 
taking of small numbers of marine mammals by U.S. citizens who engage 
in a specified activity (other than commercial fishing) within a 
specified geographical region if certain findings are made. Through 
delegation by the Secretary of Commerce, NMFS is

[[Page 51696]]

required to authorize the incidental taking of marine mammals if it 
finds that the total taking will have a negligible impact on the 
species or stock(s) and will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on 
the availability of the species or stock(s) for certain subsistence 
uses. NMFS must also set forth the permissible methods of taking and 
requirements pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring, and reporting of 
such takings. (The ``small numbers'' and ``specified geographical 
region'' provisions do not apply to military readiness activities.)
    The term ``take'' means to harass, hunt, capture, or kill, or 
attempt to harass, hunt, capture or kill any marine mammal. 16 U.S.C. 
1362(13).
    Except with respect to certain activities described below, 
``harassment'' means any act of pursuit, torment, or annoyance which:

     Has the potential to injure a marine mammal or marine 
mammal stock in the wild (Level A Harassment), or
     Has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine 
mammal stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral 
patterns, including, but not limited to, migration, breathing, 
nursing, breeding, feeding or sheltering (Level B Harassment).

See id. at 1362(18)(A)(i) & (ii) (emphasis added).
    Congress amended the definition of ``harassment'' as it applies to 
a ``military readiness activity'' or research conducted by or on behalf 
of the federal government consistent with MMPA section 104(c)(3) as 
follows (section 3(18)(B) of the MMPA):

     Any act that injures or has the significant potential 
to injure a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild (Level 
A Harassment); or
     Any act that disturbs or is likely to disturb a marine 
mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild by causing disruption of 
natural behavioral patterns, including, but not limited to, 
migration, surfacing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering, to 
a point where such behavioral patterns are abandoned or 
significantly altered (Level B Harassment).

See id. at 1362(18)(B)(i) & (ii) (emphasis added).
    The term ``negligible impact'' is defined as an impact resulting 
from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and 
is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock 
through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival. 50 CFR 
216.103.
    In support of the analysis that is necessary to make the required 
statutory determinations, MMPA implementing regulations require ITA 
action proponents to provide NMFS with specific information. Although 
they may also be used to inform the development of mitigation measures, 
the updated acoustic thresholds are particularly relevant to the 
following two of the fourteen required pieces of information:

     The type of incidental taking authorization that is 
being requested (i.e., takes by Level B Harassment only; Level A 
Harassment; or serious injury/mortality) and the method of 
incidental taking;
     By age, sex, and reproductive condition (if possible), 
the number of marine mammals (by species) that may be taken by each 
type of taking identified in paragraph (a)(5) of this section, and 
the number of times such takings by each type of taking are likely 
to occur.

50 CFR 216.104 (emphasis added).

Endangered Species Act

    Section 9 of the ESA prohibits the take of ESA-listed species, with 
limited exceptions. Section 7 of the ESA requires that each federal 
agency, in consultation with NMFS and/or the U.S. Fish and Wildlife 
Service (USFWS), ensure that any action authorized, funded, or carried 
out by the agency is not likely to jeopardize the continued existence 
of any endangered or threatened species or result in the destruction or 
adverse modification of designated critical habitat. See 16 U.S.C. 
1536(a)(2). Provided that NMFS or the USFWS reaches these conclusions 
through a ``formal consultation'' process, incidental take of ESA-
listed species may be exempted from the section 9 take prohibition 
through an ``incidental take statement'' that must specify the impact, 
i.e., the amount or extent, of the taking on the species. See id. at 
section 1536(b)(4). Incidental take statements must also include 
reasonable and prudent measures necessary or appropriate to minimize 
the impact, and the terms and conditions required to implement those 
measures.
    Under ESA, ``take'' means to harass, harm, pursue, hunt, shoot, 
wound, kill, trap, capture, or collect, or to attempt to engage in any 
such conduct. See id.at section 1532(19). ``Harm'' is defined in NMFS 
regulations as ``an act which actually kills or injures fish or 
wildlife'' (and can include significant habitat modification or 
degradation). See 50 CFR 222.102.
    Under NMFS and the USFWS implementing regulations for section 7 of 
the ESA, ``jeopardize the continued existence of'' means to engage in 
an action that reasonably would be expected, directly or indirectly, to 
reduce appreciably the likelihood of both the survival and recovery of 
a listed species in the wild by reducing the reproduction, numbers, or 
distribution of that species. See id.at Sec.  402.02.
    In support of the analysis necessary to conduct the consultation, 
the ESA implementing regulations state that in order to initiate formal 
consultation, the federal action agency must submit a written request 
for formal consultation to the Director (of NMFS or the USFWS) that 
includes, among other things, a description of the manner in which the 
action may affect any listed species. See id.at Sec.  402.14(c).

National Marine Sanctuaries Act

    Section 304(d) of the NMSA requires federal agencies whose actions 
are likely to destroy, cause the loss of, or injure a sanctuary 
resource to consult with the Office of National Marine Sanctuaries 
(ONMS) before taking the action. See 16 U.S.C. 1434(d)(1). The NMSA 
defines sanctuary resource as ``any living or nonliving resource of a 
national marine sanctuary that contributes to the conservation, 
recreational, ecological, historical, educational, cultural, 
archeological, scientific, or aesthetic value of the sanctuary.''16 
U.S.C. 1432(8). Through the sanctuary consultation process, ONMS may 
recommend reasonable and prudent alternatives that will protect 
sanctuary resources. Recommended alternatives may include alternative 
locations, timing, and/or methods for conducting the proposed action. 
See id.at Sec.  1434(d)(2). Monitoring may also be recommended to 
better characterize impacts to sanctuary resources or accompany 
mitigation.
    The term ``injure'' is defined in the ONMS implementing regulations 
as to ``change adversely, either in the short or long term, a chemical, 
biological or physical attribute of, or the viability of.'' 15 CFR 
922.3.
    In support of the analysis necessary to conduct the consultation, 
the NMSA requires that any federal agency proposing an action that may 
injure a sanctuary resource provide ONMS with a written statement 
(``sanctuary resource statement'') describing the action and its 
potential effects on sanctuary resources. See 16 U.S.C. 1434(d)(1)(B).

Application of Acoustic Thresholds for Permanent Threshold Shift

    The acoustic thresholds for PTS will be used in conjunction with 
sound source characteristics, environmental factors that influence 
sound propagation, anticipated marine mammal occurrence and behavior in 
the vicinity of the activity, as well as other available activity-
specific factors, to quantitatively estimate (acknowledging the gaps in 
scientific knowledge and the

[[Page 51697]]

inherent uncertainties in a marine environment) the takes of marine 
mammals (by Level A harassment and harm under the MMPA and ESA, 
respectively) and facilitate compliance with the MMPA, ESA, and NMSA as 
described above.
    NMFS will use the same PTS acoustic thresholds in the 
identification and quantification of MMPA Level A harassment for both 
military readiness and non-military readiness activities. Because the 
acoustic thresholds for PTS predict the onset of PTS, they are 
inclusive of the ``potential'' and ``significant potential'' language 
in the two definitions of Level A harassment. The limited data now 
available do not support the parsing out of a meaningful quantitative 
difference between the ``potential'' and ``significant potential'' for 
injury and, therefore, the designated PTS acoustic thresholds will be 
treated as Level A harassment for both types of activities.
    Estimating the numbers of take by Level A harassment and harm is 
one component of the fuller analyses that inform NMFS' ``negligible 
impact'' and ``jeopardy'' determinations under the MMPA and ESA, 
respectively, as well as ``likely to injure'' or ``may affect'' 
determinations under the NMSA. Last, the PTS acoustic thresholds may be 
used to inform the development of mitigation and monitoring measures 
(such as shut-down zones) pursuant to the MMPA, ESA, or NMSA.
    When initiating any of the MMPA, ESA, or NMSA processes described 
above, agencies and other action proponents should utilize the PTS 
acoustic thresholds, in combination with activity-specific information, 
to predict whether, and if so how many, instances of PTS are expected 
to occur.

Application of Acoustic Thresholds for Temporary Threshold Shift

    As previously stated, NMFS has not considered TTS an auditory 
injury for purposes of the MMPA and ESA, based on the work of a number 
of investigators that have measured TTS before and after exposure to 
intense sound. For example, Ward (1997) suggested that a TTS is within 
the normal bounds of physiological variability and tolerance and does 
not represent physical injury. In addition, Southall et al. (2007) 
indicates that although PTS is a tissue injury, TTS is not because the 
reduced hearing sensitivity following exposure to intense sound results 
primarily from fatigue, not loss, of cochlear hair cells and supporting 
structures, and is reversible. Accordingly, TTS has been considered 
take by Level B harassment under the MMPA and harassment under the ESA, 
which will be the subject of future guidance. However, TTS is 
considered injury under the broad definition of the term ``injury'' in 
NMSA regulations (along with PTS and behavioral impacts). For now, NMFS 
will continue the practice of requiring applicants to estimate take by 
TTS for explosive sources.
    MMPA Level B harassment and ESA harassment are broad categories 
that encompass not only TTS but also other behaviorally related impacts 
that almost always involve a lower onset threshold than that for onset 
of TTS. In quantifying take by Level B harassment or harassment, NMFS 
considers all effects that fall into those categories of take, not just 
TTS. NMFS will be developing updated acoustic thresholds for the onset 
of behavioral effects and will further consider the best approach for 
considering TTS at that time. When that process is completed, NMFS will 
provide further guidance regarding how to best consider and/or quantify 
TTS for non-pulse and impulse sources not involving instantaneous 
explosives (see exception below for underwater explosives). In the 
meantime, action proponents not using instantaneous explosives do not 
need to quantify estimates of TTS separately from their overall 
behavioral harassment take calculations. For now, the TTS acoustic 
thresholds presented in the Technical Guidance will be considered as 
part of the larger comprehensive effects analyses under the MMPA and 
the ESA.
    With respect to instantaneous explosives (as distinguished from 
repeated explosives such as gunnery exercises), NMFS already requires 
quantification of TTS estimates because an instantaneous explosive will 
not have a separate behavioral component from a lower exposure 
threshold and there is no time accumulation involved. The rationale for 
calculating TTS for instantaneous explosives continues to apply with 
the updated TTS thresholds for explosives.
    NMFS is aware of studies by Kujawa and Liberman (2009) and Lin et 
al. (2011), which found that despite completely reversible TS that 
leave cochlear sensory cells intact, large (but temporary) TS could 
cause synaptic level changes and delayed cochlear nerve degeneration in 
mice and guinea pigs. However, the large TS (i.e., maximum 40 decibel 
dB) that led to the synaptic changes shown in these studies are in the 
range of the large shifts used by Southall et al. (2007) and in the 
Technical Guidance to define PTS onset (i.e., 40 dB). It is unknown 
whether smaller levels of TTS would lead to similar changes or the 
long-term implications of irreversible neural degeneration. The effects 
of sound exposure on the nervous system are complex, and this will be 
re-examined as more data become available.
    The occurrence of, and estimated number of, TTS takes is one 
component of the larger analysis that informs NMFS's ``negligible 
impact'' and ``jeopardy'' determinations under the MMPA and ESA, 
respectively, as well as ``likely to injure'' or ``may affect'' 
determinations under the NMSA. As with PTS, TTS acoustic thresholds 
also may be used to inform the development of mitigation and monitoring 
measures pursuant to the MMPA, ESA, or NMSA.
Comments and Responses
    On December 27, 2013, NMFS published the initial Draft Guidance for 
Assessing the Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on Marine Mammals: 
Acoustic Thresholds for Onset of Permanent and Temporary Threshold 
Shifts for a 30-day public comment period (78 FR 78822), which was 
extended an additional 45-days (79 FR 4672; January 29, 2014) based on 
public request. During the public comment period, NMFS received 
comments from U.S. Representatives from Congress, Federal agencies, an 
international government agency, state governments, Alaskan native 
groups, industry groups, and non-governmental organizations, individual 
subject matter experts, a professional society, a regulatory watchdog 
group, and 89 private citizens.
    After the close of the initial public comment period, as NMFS was 
addressing public comments and working towards finalizing the Guidance, 
a new methodology for identifying marine mammal auditory weighting 
functions and acoustic thresholds was developed by the U.S. Navy (Dr. 
James Finneran, SPAWAR Systems Center Pacific) based on new science. 
Additionally, NMFS re-evaluated its methods for defining threshold 
usage for sources characterized as impulsive or non-impulsive based on 
comments received during the initial public comment period. 
Incorporating these updated methodologies resulted in substantial 
changes to the Guidance, necessitating additional peer review, as well 
as another public comment period. As a result, NMFS solicited public 
comment on a revised Draft Guidance (July 2015) via a second 45-day 
public comment period (80 FR 45642, July 31, 2015). During the second 
public comment period, NMFS received 20 comments from Federal agencies, 
industry groups, environmental consultants, Alaskan native groups, non-
governmental

[[Page 51698]]

organizations, individual subject matter experts, a professional 
society, a regulatory watchdog group, and two private citizens.
    While NMFS was working to address public comments from the second 
public comment period and finalize the Guidance, NMFS and the Navy (Dr. 
James Finneran, SPAWAR Systems Center Pacific) further evaluated 
certain aspects of the U.S. Navy's methodology. As a result of the 
Navy's and NMFS' review, several focused recommendations/modifications 
were suggested, which did not change the overall methodology provided 
in the July 2015 Draft Guidance (the primary changes were related to 
deriving a composite audiogram for LF cetaceans). After consideration 
of these recommendations, NMFS updated sections of the July 2015 Draft 
Guidance to reflect the suggested changes and solicited public comment 
on those focused revisions via a focused 14-day public comment period 
(81 FR 14095, March 16, 2016). During this third public comment period, 
NMFS received 20 comments from Federal agencies, industry groups, non-
governmental organizations, individual subject matter experts, a 
professional society, and a private citizen. Please refer to these 
Federal Register Notices for additional background about the 2013 and 
2015 Draft Guidance, as well as the document containing proposed 
changes to the Draft Guidance during the public comment period in 2016.
    During these three public comment periods several commenters' 
remarks pertained to topics beyond the scope of the final Technical 
Guidance (e.g., impacts beyond hearing: Non-auditory injury, mortality, 
gas emboli, stranding events, masking, stress, cumulative effects, 
ecosystem-wide effects, behavioral disturbance; activity-specific 
issues associated with specific permit/authorization; effects of 
airborne noise on pinniped hearing; effects of noise on fishes and sea 
turtles; propagation modeling; animal distribution/density; data or 
modeling requirements; take estimation methodology). NMFS did not 
address comments outside the scope of this document. Additionally, in 
re-evaluating substantive public comments made during the first (2013/
2014), second (2015), and third (2016) public comment periods, those 
earlier comments pertaining to sections of the document no longer 
included in the final Technical Guidance are not addressed (e.g., 
proposed 1-hour accumulation period, transition range methodology, 
alternative thresholds).
Technical Guidance Scope
    Comment 1: Several commenters were concerned about the potential 
impacts of sound on polar bear, sea otter, and walrus and asked if NMFS 
coordinated with the USFWS or other branches of NMFS when evaluating 
and establishing thresholds in the Guidance.
    Response: The Technical Guidance only addresses the effects of 
underwater anthropogenic sound on marine mammal species under NMFS' 
jurisdiction. The Technical Guidance does not pertain to marine mammal 
species under the USFWS's jurisdiction (e.g., walrus, polar bears, 
manatees, sea otters). The USFWS is aware of this document and was 
provided an opportunity to comment. NMFS Headquarters, Regions, and 
Science Centers coordinated in the development this Guidance, as did 
the National Ocean Service.
    Comment 2: Multiple commenters, citing the technical complexity of 
the Draft Guidance, requested an extension during all three public 
comment periods. Additionally, multiple commenters expressed concern 
that the public comment period associated with the March 2016 Proposed 
Changes document was rushed, resulted in arbitrary decisions, and did 
not allow for meaningful input from those action proponents most 
impacted by changes (i.e., activities producing low-frequency sound). 
These commenters advocated that instead of NMFS adopting the changes in 
the March 2016 document, the July 2015 Draft Guidance instead be 
finalized.
    Response: NMFS extended the initial 30-day public comment period on 
the 2013 Draft Guidance by an additional 45 days (79 FR 4672, January 
29, 2014). In consideration of an appropriate duration for the 2015 
Draft Guidance public comment period (80 FR 45642, July 31, 2015), NMFS 
chose a 45-day (opposed to 30 days) public comment period, based on the 
extent of changes from the Draft 2013 Guidance, but did not extend that 
public comment period. Regarding the third public comment period, due 
to the focused nature of the most recent proposed revision, presented 
in a standalone 24-page document, and significant previous 
opportunities for public comment, NMFS deemed a 14-day public comment 
period appropriate (81 FR, 14095, March 16, 2016) and did not extend 
public comment period in response to requests. Based on input received 
during the robust review process (i.e., three public comment periods 
and three peer reviews, as well as follow-up peer review), NMFS does 
not believe additional or extended public comment periods were 
necessary to finalize the Technical Guidance.
    NMFS disagrees that the March 2016 public comment period was rushed 
or resulted in arbitrary decisions. The March 2016 public comment 
period was the third opportunity given to the public to review our 
Draft Guidance (following the 75-day first public comment period and 
45-day second public comment period). Previous versions of the Draft 
Guidance had already been revised based upon peer review and public 
input. Due to the focused nature of the proposed changes since the 
prior draft (which were described in a 24-page standalone document) and 
balanced against the lengthy process to date and need for updated 
thresholds, NMFS determined a 14-day public comment period was 
appropriate.
    Comment 3: A few commenters indicated that the 2015 Draft Guidance 
and the 2016 Proposed Changes document was incomplete and the Guidance 
should not be finalized until the public has an opportunity to comment 
on the following missing sections: Agency response to comments made 
during the initial and second public comment periods; optional User 
Spreadsheet for determining isopleths; and references associated with 
sirenian data used in the March 2016 Proposed Changes document.
    Response: NMFS disagrees that the 2015 Draft Guidance and 2016 
Proposed Changes document were incomplete for public comment. In 
finalizing the Technical Guidance (via this Federal Register Notice), 
NMFS has addressed to substantive comments provided during all three 
public comment periods, except those no longer relevant due to 
subsequent changes to the Draft Guidance. Both the 2015 Draft Guidance 
and the 2016 Proposed Changes document encompassed modifications based 
on comments received during the first and second public comment 
periods.
    NMFS disagrees that the User Spreadsheet associated with the 
Technical Guidance's alternative methodology requires public comment. 
This spreadsheet precisely follows the alternative methodology provided 
in the Technical Guidance (Appendix D), which was available for public 
comment. There is nothing additional or new provided by this 
spreadsheet.
    As for the sirenian data used in the March 2016 Proposed Changes 
document, in response to this comment, these references (Gerstein et 
al., 1999; Mann et al., 2009) have been included in the finalized 
Technical Guidance. However, NMFS does not believe additional public 
review is necessary.

[[Page 51699]]

    Comment 4: A few commenters requested clarification as to how the 
Technical Guidance will be used in management decisions (i.e., is the 
Technical Guidance's use a requirement? Is the Technical Guidance a 
rule?).
    Response: The Technical Guidance provides a robust assessment and 
synthesis of a body of scientifically complex information to assess 
impacts of sound on marine mammal hearing. Although its use is not a 
binding requirement, it currently reflects the agency's expert 
assessment of the scientific literature and represents what the agency 
believes is the best approach for assessing auditory impacts. The 
Guidance allows for an alternative approach if case-specific 
information/data indicate that such an approach is likely, in NMFS' 
view following peer review, to produce an equally or a more accurate 
estimate of auditory impacts.
    Comment 5: Multiple commenters requested NMFS include a brief 
statement in the Guidance about what standards are currently in use and 
why they need to be updated. Additionally, the Commission requested 
that the Guidance include updated explosive thresholds for mortality 
(extensive lung injury) and injury (slight lung and gastrointestinal 
(G.I.) tract).
    Response: A new section has been added to the Technical Guidance 
(see Section 1.1 of Main Document) to explain the justification for the 
updated acoustic thresholds for PTS and TTS. The Technical Guidance 
explicitly indicates that the thresholds within the document are meant 
to update all thresholds currently in use by NMFS for assessing PTS 
onset, including generic injury thresholds (i.e., root mean square 
sound pressure level (RMS SPL) thresholds of 180/190 dB), and PTS/TTS 
thresholds for explosives.
    NMFS acknowledges that future Technical Guidance is needed for non-
auditory impacts, but is planning on addressing this in a separate 
guidance document and recommends current non-auditory thresholds for 
explosives remain in use until updates can be completed via the 
appropriate processes.
    Comment 6: Multiple commenters requested clarification on the 
applicability the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) to the 
Guidance.
    Response: NMFS determined that the Technical Guidance satisfies the 
standards for a categorical exclusion under NAO 216-6. NAO 216-6, sec. 
6.03c.3(i), which provides that a categorical exclusion is appropriate 
for ``policy directives, regulations, and guidelines of an 
administrative, technical, or procedural nature, or the environmental 
effects of which are too broad, speculative or conjectural to lend 
themselves to meaningful analysis and will be subject later to the NEPA 
process, either collectively or case by case.'' See the section 
addressing NEPA earlier in this Notice.
    Comment 7: The Center for Regulatory Effectiveness (CRE) indicated 
that any use of the Guidance by NMFS in rules would have to be 
supported by cost-benefit analyses because it ``could have a potential 
impact of more than $500 million in any one year on either the public 
or private sector; or . . . the dissemination is novel, controversial, 
or precedent-setting; or . . . [it has] significant interagency 
interest.''
    Response: The Technical Guidance is not a regulatory action subject 
to a cost-benefit analysis under Executive Orders 12866 and 13563. The 
Technical Guidance was classified as a HISA because it was novel and 
precedent setting, not due to the potential financial implications. The 
Technical Guidance will inform assessments of activities that occur in 
a regulatory context as they arise. The Technical Guidance does not 
address or change NMFS' application of the thresholds in the regulatory 
context, under applicable statutes. Any required cost-benefit 
considerations will take place during future actions that are the 
subject of regulatory action, such as ITAs under the MMPA. The nature 
and magnitude of such effects will depend on the specific actions 
themselves. Because any direct effects from the Technical Guidance are 
speculative and conjectural, NMFS cannot meaningfully analyze potential 
effects by a cost-benefit analysis.
    Comment 8: The CRE states that NMFS needs to prepare and obtain 
Office of Management and Budget (OMB) approval of a new Paperwork 
Reduction Act (PRA) Information Collection Request (ICR) in compliance 
with Information Quality Act (IQA) Guidelines before they can use the 
Technical Guidance for any sound source.
    Response: There is no collection of information requirement 
associated with the Technical Guidance. However, NMFS' information 
collection for Applications and Reporting Requirements for Incidental 
Taking of Marine Mammals by Specified Activities Under the Marine 
Mammal Protection Act, OMB approval number 0648-0151, could be affected 
by applicants using the Technical Guidance, possibly in added response 
time to prepare applications using the Guidance. The current approval 
expires in March 2017 and will require renewal before then with an 
opportunity for public comment. In preparation for that renewal, NMFS 
will consider the effect of the Technical Guidance, specifically 
whether a revision in the burden hour estimates is appropriate, and 
invite public comment on its assessment. NMFS has complied with the IQA 
Guidelines with the development of the Guidance.
    Comment 9: A commenter requested that NMFS provide more information 
how the Guidance's updated thresholds would be applied in conjunction 
with thresholds used to assess MMPA Level B behavioral harassment.
    Response: The Technical Guidance does not provide updated acoustic 
thresholds for levels that could result in behavioral effects. NMFS' 
current acoustic thresholds for these impacts are not affected by the 
Technical Guidance. NMFS recognizes the Technical Guidance provides 
updated metrics that are different than those used for estimating 
behavioral harassment. Accordingly, where calculations or modeling 
suggest that some animals will be exposed to sound levels that are at 
or above the relevant PTS threshold under the Technical Guidance but 
behavioral harassment under the current behavioral harassment 
thresholds, an individual should be counted ``taken'' one time, by the 
more severe impact (i.e., PTS onset). However, the qualitative and 
contextual analysis of the likely impacts on that animal, at these 
exposure levels, will consider both the impacts of the likely PTS as 
well as anticipated behavioral responses.
    Comment 10: During the third public comment period, the Commission 
recommended that NMFS review and revise this document every two years 
via a small expert panel, as opposed to the proposed three to five year 
schedule. Revising the Guidance on a two-year basis was also supported 
by other commenters. Additionally, the Commission recommended that 
rather than developing independent guidance, NMFS instead incorporate 
by reference technical reports and peer-reviewed literature already 
summarizing the best available science.
    Response: NMFS will continue to monitor and evaluate new data as 
they become available and will periodically convene staff from our 
various offices, regions, and science centers, and to update the 
Guidance as appropriate (anticipating updates to occur on a three to 
five year cycle). NMFS believes this timeline is appropriate and does 
not need to be modified.

[[Page 51700]]

    NMFS disagrees with the Commission's recommendation to incorporate 
by reference other reports or peer-reviewed literature and believes the 
process of developing Technical Guidance requires a more thorough 
evaluation of the science in the context of NOAA statutory 
requirements. Public comment would also be needed.
    Comment 11: Several commenters expressed uncertainty and requested 
clarification as to how the Guidance would apply to mitigation and 
monitoring requirements (e.g., exclusion zones), often prescribed by 
the conditions of an MMPA permit or authorization.
    Response: Mitigation and monitoring requirements associated with an 
MMPA authorization or ESA consultation or permit are independent 
management decisions made in accordance with statutory and regulatory 
standards in the context of a proposed activity and comprehensive 
effects analysis, and are beyond the scope of the Technical Guidance. 
NMFS acknowledges that in practice, exclusion zones and monitoring 
zones have often corresponded to acoustic impact thresholds, but that 
is not a legal requirement, and the updated thresholds may make such a 
simple correlation more challenging, given their greater complexity. 
The Technical Guidance will be used with other relevant information to 
inform impact assessments, and that in turn will be considered in the 
development of mitigation and monitoring.
Peer Review Process
    Comment 12: One commenter expressed concerned about the peer review 
process and choice of peer reviewers, particularly in regards to 
potential financial ties to NMFS.
    Response: NMFS adhered to appropriate procedures in the selection 
of the peer reviewers to prevent any real or perceived conflicts of 
interest. The Commission, specifically their Commissioners and members 
of their Committee of Scientific Advisors, nominated the peer reviewers 
for each of the three peer reviews. Additionally, the Acoustical 
Society of America's Underwater Technical Council nominated some of the 
peer reviewers in association with the third peer review. Each peer 
reviewer, for all three reviews, submitted a conflict of interest form. 
None of the Technical Guidance's reviewers indicated having a conflict 
of interest, defined as ``any financial or other interest which 
conflicts with the service of the individual because it (1) could 
significantly impair the individual's objectivity, or (2) could create 
an unfair competitive advantage for any person or organization.''
    Comment 13: Several commenters expressed concern that the March 
2016 Proposed Changes document did not undergo peer review and believed 
peer review would result in significant changes to the Guidance 
necessitating the need for a fourth public comment period. If NMFS does 
not conduct a fourth public comment period, the commenters advocated 
that NMFS retract its March 2016 Proposed Changes document and proceed 
with issuing the July 2015 Draft Guidance (modified based on public 
comments from the first and second public comment period) as its 
finalized Guidance.
    Response: The comments are incorrect. NMFS conducted a follow-up 
peer review concurrent with the third public comment period. NMFS 
disagrees with the recommendation to retract the March 2016 Proposed 
Changes document and that a fourth public comment period is needed 
based on comments made by the peer reviewers during this follow-up 
review. The follow-up peer review report is publicly available via: 
http://www.cio.noaa.gov/services_programs/prplans/ID43.html and was 
available before the Guidance was finalized (May 2016).
    Comment 14: One commenter indicated that Guidance should not be 
used until NMFS addresses all the peer reviewers' comments from its 
three peer reviews, and that failing to doing so would cause the 
finalized Guidance to be IQA non-compliant.
    Response: NMFS adhered to IQA procedures and NOAA's IQG, making the 
finalized Technical Guidance IQA compliant. NMFS received valuable 
input from the peer reviewers and made changes to the Technical 
Guidance based on their comments during all three peer reviews, as well 
as during the follow-up review. The peer reviewers' comments greatly 
improved the Technical Guidance before it was available for public 
comment during the initial and second public comment periods. The 
manner in which NMFS addressed the peer reviewers' comments, from all 
three peer reviews, as well as the follow-up review, appear within our 
Peer Review Reports: http://www.cio.noaa.gov/services_programs/prplans/ID43.html.
    Comment 15: A commenter considered NMFS' treatment and peer review 
of the Finneran Technical Report, associated with the July 2015 Draft 
Guidance (Appendix A), as inconsistent, asserting the Finneran 
Technical Report should have been treated similarly to other 
publications that did not undergo formal peer review associated with 
publication in a scientific journal. The commenter questioned why the 
methodology from the Finneran and Jenkins (2012) technical report was 
not subjected to an independent peer review by NMFS but was used in its 
2013 Draft Guidance.
    Response: NMFS disagrees that there was an inconsistency in its 
treatment of Finneran Technical Report (the methodology used for Navy's 
``Phase 3'' environmental compliance analyses in any of the versions of 
our Technical Guidance. NMFS considered Finneran and Jenkins (2012) in 
the development of the 2013 Draft Guidance. However, that particular 
technical report served as a summary of methodology and previously 
published data on impacts of sound on protected species (i.e., it did 
not contain any new data). Although Finneran and Jenkins (2012) was not 
published, the portions used directly in the 2013 Draft Guidance were 
supported by peer reviewed publications. A separate peer review of 
Finneran and Jenkins (2012) was neither necessary nor required under 
HISA requirements.
    For the 2015 Draft Guidance, the Finneran Technical Report, used to 
derive updated marine mammal auditory weighting functions and 
thresholds for the Navy's Phase 3 analyses, was directly incorporated 
into the Guidance via Appendix A. This was the first time the Finneran 
Technical Report was made public, and thus, was subject to HISA 
requirements for inclusion in the Technical Guidance, including peer 
review. We also note that after the July 2015 public comment period, 
part of the Finneran Technical Report, specifically a summary of 
available data on noise-induced hearing loss in marine mammals, was 
published in a peer reviewed journal (Finneran et al., 2015).
    Comment 16: Several commenters expressed concerns over NMFS 
adopting the Finneran Technical Report within the Guidance. One 
commenter specifically stated that the Guidance ``effectively results 
in the US Navy writing its own regulations'' and recommended that the 
entire Guidance process be reconvened using a fully independent panel 
of experts.
    Response: NMFS disagrees with the commenters' assessment. The 
author of the Finneran Technical Report that was incorporated into 
Technical Guidance (Appendix A) is a well-respected and recognized 
scientist with over 50 peer reviewed publications on marine mammal 
hearing and has served on the Southall et al., 2007 expert panel, as 
well as the current Southall panel that

[[Page 51701]]

is updating their 2007 publication. Additionally, this methodology 
underwent an independent peer review convened by NMFS and was evaluated 
internally within NMFS before it was incorporated into our Technical 
Guidance. NMFS believes the Finneran Technical Report represents the 
best available science, which is why we incorporated it in the 
Technical Guidance.
    Comment 17: One commenter requested that the NMFS share their 
original documents and peer reviews from the first peer review (2013), 
in order to facilitate common understanding as to those aspects of 
science related to marine mammal behavior that may be limiting NMFS' 
ability to establish guidance and promote studies that would address 
significant data gaps.
    Response: As noted in the first peer review report (2013), in light 
of the peer reviewers' comments and based upon internal discussions, 
NMFS decided to re-evaluate its proposed methodology for deriving 
acoustic thresholds for behavior and, therefore, included only 
thresholds for PTS and TTS onset in the Draft Technical Guidance (i.e., 
Draft 2013 and 2015 and 2016 Proposed Changes public comment versions). 
NMFS did not include peer reviewer comments on proposed behavioral 
thresholds in the peer review report because they were no longer 
relevant to the scope of the Draft Guidance contents. NMFS will publish 
this information, if relevant, once we re-evaluate our approach for 
establishing updated guidance for behavior effects.
Use of Published Versus Unpublished Data
    Comment 18: Several commenters remarked on the use of published and 
unpublished literature in the Guidance and sought clarification 
regarding the sources considered in the development of the Guidance.
    Response: Not all data considered in the development of the 
Technical Guidance have been published in a peer review journal. For 
the development of PTS and TTS onset acoustic thresholds and marine 
mammal auditory weighting functions, NMFS primarily relied on published 
data. The scientific aspects of the Technical Guidance underwent some 
form of peer review, either via formal publication in a scientific 
journal and/or via the HISA process.
    Comment 19: Several commenters recommended that unpublished 
information from more recent scientific conferences should be 
considered in the Guidance. One commenter specifically indicated 
Southall et al. (2007) will be updated in the near future and that the 
Guidance's finalization should be delayed for this publication or NMFS 
should commit to updating its Guidance within six months of the 
finalization of the updated Southall et al. (2007) publication.
    Response: NMFS notes that when these more recent studies become 
available, they can be considered and incorporated into future updates 
of the Technical Guidance. NMFS is aware that Southall et al. (2007) is 
being updated. We anticipate that the methodology in the Technical 
Guidance will be similar to that provided in the updated publication 
(the author of the Navy's Finneran Technical Report is also on the 
panel updating Southall et al., 2007). NMFS will evaluate and consider 
the updated Southall et al. publication when it becomes available and 
does not believe delaying the Technical Guidance is necessary. 
Regarding the request to update the Technical Guidance within six 
months of the updated Southall et al. (2007) publication, NMFS will 
evaluate the Southall update and consider next steps at the time rather 
than commit to any timeframe in advance.
    Comment 20: One commenter suggested that the Verboom and 
Kastelein's (2005) unpublished report, specifically the ``discomfort 
threshold,'' be included for consideration in the Guidance.
    Response: NMFS reviewed Verboom and Kastelein (2005) and concluded 
the data are more relevant for consideration in future behavioral 
effects guidance.
Sound Sources
    Comment 21: Some commenters indicated that the Guidance appears to 
focus on five sound sources (i.e., underwater detonations, seismic 
airguns, impact pile drivers, vibratory pile drivers, and sonar). They 
recommended the document consider other sound sources that have the 
potential to result in noise-induced hearing loss and provide a list of 
these potential sources within the Technical Guidance, so that other 
sounds sources are given explicit recognition.
    Response: The Technical Guidance identifies the received levels, or 
thresholds, above which individual marine mammals are predicted to 
experience changes in their hearing sensitivity for acute, incidental 
exposure to all underwater anthropogenic sound sources. NMFS believes 
providing a list of all potential sounds sources within the Technical 
Guidance is unnecessary and would limit the document's utility (e.g., 
if there was a new source that was not specifically listed).
    Comment 22: Multiple commenters remarked that the Guidance's 
definitions of ``non-impulsive'' and ``impulsive'' sounds are vague 
(i.e., NMFS does not define what is meant by ``high peak sound pressure 
level'' or ``rapid rise time'') and do not objectively distinguish 
between these two types of sound. The commenters recommended that 
clear, technical definitions be included. Further, commenters noted 
that impulsive sounds become increasingly continuous with distance, due 
to multipath arrivals and other factors, and may have continuous 
components even at short distances due to reverberation and requested 
NMFS also consider waveform data at the location of the marine mammal 
to categorize sound sources.
    Response: The Technical Guidance relied on defining sound sources 
based on previously established definitions and standards (i.e., 
American National Standards Institute (ANSI)). NMFS categorized sound 
sources as impulsive or non-impulsive based on temporal characteristics 
of the sound at the source. The definition of an impulsive sound source 
in the Technical Guidance relates specifically to noise-induced hearing 
loss and specifies the physical characteristics of an impulsive sound 
source, which likely gives impulsive sounds a higher potential to cause 
auditory injury than non-impulsive sounds. Unfortunately, these 
standards do not provide quantitative definitions for terms like 
``high'' peak sound pressure level and ``rapid'' rise time, especially 
in the context of underwater sources.
    NMFS acknowledges that sound propagation is complex and the 
physical property of sounds change as they travel through the 
environment. The July 2015 Draft Guidance proposed a methodology for 
examining when impulsive sounds are less likely to possess the physical 
characteristics that make them more injurious (i.e., peak sound 
pressure level and pulse duration). This proposed methodology underwent 
an independent peer review (Guidance's third peer review). However, 
based on comments received during the public comment period for the 
2015 Draft Guidance, NMFS decided the proposed methodology would 
benefit from by further research, removed the proposed methodology from 
main Guidance document, and highlighted it in the Research 
Recommendations, Appendix B. Included in the Technical Guidance's 
Research Recommendations is a call to identify sound characteristics 
associated with injury, which may allow for more

[[Page 51702]]

detailed definitions in future iterations of this Guidance.
    Comment 23: One commenter suggested that the Guidance definition of 
impulsive sound sources as those with signals less than one second in 
duration could possibly capture sources that are not truly impulsive 
and recommended that impulsive sources be defined as those which exceed 
some threshold of impulse, defined as ``the time integral of a force 
over the time that the force is applied (ANSI 1994).'' Another 
commenter suggested characterizing impulsive sources based on metrics 
which consider rise time, crest factor, or the signal kurtosis (i.e., 
statistical quantity that represents the impulsiveness ``peakedness'' 
of the event). A follow-up comment acknowledged that kurtosis in the 
time domain may not be practical and suggested considering kurtosis in 
the frequency domain.
    Response: The terms impulsive and non-impulsive as defined in the 
Technical Guidance are based on several ANSI standards. If action 
proponents are unclear which category their source might fit, they may 
contact NMFS for further discussion. NMFS acknowledges that the 
additional factors suggested by the commenters could be useful for 
defining source types. However, these are not currently commonly used 
descriptors by action proponents or those conducting marine mammal 
noise-induced hearing loss studies (i.e., data are not typically 
collected and published using these metrics), and would not be easily 
implementable at this time. Additional metrics can be considered as 
more data become available in a broader array of metrics. A better 
understanding of appropriate metrics has been identified as an area for 
recommended research in Appendix B of the Technical Guidance. In 
regards to using kurtosis in the frequency domain, NMFS re-examined 
this metric based on the comment received. However, upon evaluation, it 
was determined that this metric is still not currently practical to 
implement.
    Comment 24: The Commission recommended that the 2015 Finneran 
Technical Report definitions of impulsive and non-impulsive sounds be 
adopted by NMFS and used in all contexts, including MMPA Level B 
behavioral harassment.
    Response: The Technical Guidance definitions of impulsive and non-
impulsive sounds comply with ANSI definitions and were subject to 
independent peer review (third peer review). These specific definitions 
were chosen to capture those physical characteristics that make a sound 
more or less injurious in terms of noise-induced hearing loss. The 
Technical Guidance does not address direct behavioral impacts from 
sound and so does not adopt definitions that bear on behavior. 
Classification of sound sources in terms of behavioral harassment will 
be examined when we develop guidance for these types of impacts.
    Comment 25: Multiple commenters expressed concern that seismic 
waterguns produce higher frequency sounds than seismic airguns and 
should not be used to set thresholds for airguns.
    Response: NMFS established Technical Guidance for all impulsive 
sounds based on the currently available data, which may not include 
every potential sound source to which a marine mammal could be exposed. 
Watergun data were used to represent airguns, as well as impact pile 
driving for most hearing groups. However it should be noted that the HF 
cetacean TTS onset impulsive thresholds are derived directly from data 
obtained from a harbor porpoise exposed to a single airgun. 
Incorporating marine mammal auditory weighting functions into exposure 
models allows for the consideration that airguns predominantly produce 
lower frequencies compared to waterguns.
    Comment 26: A group of commenters expressed concern the Guidance 
will restrict the use of marine vibrators, which are designed to be 
more environmentally friendly by avoiding the generation of sound in 
the ``best hearing'' range of most marine animals, and generate a 
significantly lower overall sound pressure level throughout the 
frequency band relative to seismic airguns.
    Response: The Technical Guidance does not restrict or allow any 
activity. It sets out science-based thresholds for the onset of 
auditory impacts based on our evaluation and synthesis of available 
data. Decisions about various sound-generating activities are outside 
the scope of the Technical Guidance.
    Comment 27: A commenter noted that when considering sound source 
characterization, recording equipment can be limited in bandwidth and 
dynamic range (i.e., equipment may not be able to accurately 
characterize the sound source).
    Response: NMFS agrees that fully characterizing the complete 
spectrum of a sound source, within the hearing ranges of marine 
mammals, is essential to accurately assess potential impacts, as is 
ensuring that sources meet manufacturer specifications (i.e., sometimes 
sources are capable of producing sounds outside their specified bands, 
which have the potential to fall within the hearing range of marine 
mammals; Deng et al., 2014; Hastie et al., 2014). This factor is 
important in considering the potential of a sound source to impact a 
specific hearing group, and text addressing this point has been added 
to the Technical Guidance.
    Comment 28: One commenter remarked that the Guidance was unclear 
whether NMFS will require sound source verification (SSV), associated 
with the application of the Guidance's acoustic thresholds. The comment 
noted that conducting a SSV poses a complicated and unnecessary burden 
on operations because the results are highly variable due to constantly 
changing conditions in the environment.
    Response: The Technical Guidance does not impose any such 
requirements. NMFS has added text to the introduction of the Technical 
Guidance to clarify this point.
Metrics
    Comment 29: One commenter recommended additional clarification on 
various sound metrics to prevent confusion between the peak sound 
pressure level (PK) used in the current Guidance and maximum RMS SPL 
used to describe prior NMFS thresholds.
    Response: NMFS agrees and added clarification to the Technical 
Guidance to distinguish between metrics used in this document and those 
associated with previous thresholds, as well as including definitions 
of these metrics in the Glossary (Appendix E).
    Comment 30: One commenter requested clarity on the definition of 
``peak pressure'' used in the Guidance, which the commenter assumes to 
be the equivalent of a ``zero-to-peak'' value. This commenter further 
indicated that the Guidance has been inconsistent in converting between 
``peak-to-peak'' and RMS values to ``zero-to-peak'' values.
    Response: NMFS has defined peak sound pressure level in the 
Glossary (Appendix E) and has clarified the definition in the Technical 
Guidance to indicate a zero-to-peak value. NOAA disagrees that there 
are inconsistencies in the Technical Guidance because there have been 
no conversions made between zero-to-peak and peak-to-peak sound 
pressure levels or from RMS sound pressure to any other metric anywhere 
in this document.
    Comment 31: To match what was provided in the Finneran Technical 
Report (Appendix A of July 2015 Draft Guidance), the Commission and 
some other commenters recommended that NMFS only provide dual metrics 
for PTS onset for impulsive sources (i.e.,

[[Page 51703]]

remove peak pressure metric threshold for non-impulsive sources). 
Conversely, a commenter was not supportive of removing the peak 
pressure thresholds for non-impulsive sources, as was suggested in the 
2016 Proposed Changes document. Finally, there was some confusion as to 
how and when the PK threshold needs to be considered based on the 
updates in the 2016 Proposed Changes document.
    Response: Upon further evaluation, NMFS agrees and has removed the 
PK thresholds for non-impulsive source in the Technical Guidance, since 
it is highly unlikely that the dominant metric for non-impulsive 
sources will be the peak sound pressure level. However, the Technical 
Guidance caveats that if a non-impulsive sound has the potential of 
exceeding the PK threshold associated with impulsive sources, these 
thresholds should still be considered. Thus, in the Technical Guidance, 
there remain dual criteria associated with impulsive sources (i.e., 
applicant should consider whichever threshold results in the largest 
effect distance (isopleth)).
    Comment 32: A few commenters remarked SELcum is not a 
standardized acoustic notation and that the Guidance should adhere to 
existing standards in terms of terminology, definitions, symbols, and 
acronyms in order to promote clarity and reduce confusion. It was also 
recommended that NMFS work with standards-setting bodies to develop a 
consistent system of notation for marine bioacoustics applications 
(e.g., ANSI or International Organization for Standardization (ISO)).
    Response: NMFS acknowledges that neither the 2013 nor the 2015 
Draft Guidance documents consistently used notations complying with 
available standards. The final Technical Guidance has been revised to 
better reflect ANSI standards (e.g., terminology, abbreviation, and 
symbols). Further, NMFS is aware of the work of ISO 18405 to develop 
standards specifically for underwater acoustics and will re-evaluate 
the Guidance's notations in future updates once the ISO work becomes 
finalized.
    Comment 33: One commenter noted an inconsistency in the Guidance 
with both PK and SELcum acoustic thresholds being derived 
from the same study. The commenter noted that if the energy from a 
transmission does not cause an impact at a given frequency because of 
an animal's reduced sensitivity (or capability) to hear that signal, 
then the ability to be impacted by the PK should also be reduced for 
that frequency.
    Response: NMFS does not agree there is an inconsistency in how data 
were assessed. Data from Lucke et al. (2009) were used to derive both 
thresholds for HF cetaceans exposed to impulsive sources. For MF 
cetaceans, both thresholds come from belugas exposed to waterguns 
(Finneran et al., 2002). For both the Lucke et al. (2009) and Finneran 
et al. (2002) study, TTS onset was recorded in multiple metrics, with 
two of these metrics (i.e., PK and SELcum) directly used in 
the Technical Guidance. NMFS disagrees that auditory weighting 
functions are appropriate for use with the PK metric, as direct 
mechanical damage associated with sounds having high peak sound 
pressures typically does not strictly reflect the frequencies an 
individual species hears best (i.e., why PK thresholds should be 
considered unweighted/flat-weighted within the entire frequency band of 
a hearing group).
    Comment 34: Multiple commenters noted that the SELcum 
metric within the Guidance is used under the assumption that a low 
amplitude/long signal having an equal SELcum, as a high 
amplitude/short signal, will have the same effects on the auditory 
system (i.e., the Equal Energy Hypothesis (EEH)). A commenter further 
stated that the EEH may be correct in certain conditions, but that an 
increasing body of evidence indicates that the EEH does not hold true 
for most marine mammal sound exposures. It was suggested that as more 
data become available, NMFS should perform more analyses to determine 
what model or equation best fits the EEH and revise the acoustic 
thresholds to more accurately reflect the potential for TTS changes 
with duration and amplitude.
    Response: NMFS agrees that EEH may not be valid for all exposure 
situations. However, the Technical Guidance provides acoustic 
thresholds in the SELcum metric, based on the belief that 
the EEH is the best means of incorporating this metric (also 
recommended by Southall et al., 2007). NMFS maintains that despite the 
shortcomings, having a metric that includes the duration of exposure is 
critical for predicting effects of noise on marine mammal hearing. The 
evaluation of appropriate metrics and EEH has specifically been 
identified as an area where more research is needed (Guidance Appendix 
B).
    Comment 35: One commenter indicated since ``SEL'' is the 
accumulated acoustic energy in a signal and cumulative by definition, 
whether calculated over one second or a single pulse event, the 
Guidance's use of ``SELcum'' to describe cumulative sound 
exposure is unnecessary. The commenter suggested NMFS should simply use 
the abbreviation ``SEL''.
    Response: NMFS agrees that the SEL implies accumulation. The ANSI 
definition indicates that accumulation occurs over a stated time 
interval, which is typically referenced to one second. In order to 
clarify that the duration of accumulation in the Guidance is not one 
second (i.e., 24 hours), NMFS chose to use the notation 
SELcum.
Use of Data From Captive Marine Mammals
    Comment 36: Multiple commenters indicated that the use of data from 
captive individuals was a poor proxy (e.g., over-estimate TTS onset or 
hearing thresholds, may be habituated or have different survival 
tactics) for their free-ranging counterparts and suggested that data 
from captive bottlenose dolphins be adjusted to be more representative.
    Response: NMFS acknowledges that captive individuals may be 
habituated to their test environment, making them less than ideal 
proxies for their free-ranging counterparts for studying behavioral 
reactions to noise. However, we believe habituation has minimal effects 
on testing auditory capabilities and the impacts of noise on hearing, 
which is the focus of this Technical Guidance.
    For example, NMFS notes that data from Castellote et al. (2014), 
from free-ranging belugas in Alaska, indicate of the seven healthy 
individuals tested (3 females/4 males; 1 subadult/6 adults), all had 
hearing abilities ``similar to those of belugas measured in zoological 
settings.'' Thus, from this one study, it appears that for baseline 
hearing measurements, captive individuals might be an appropriate 
surrogate for free-ranging animals. However, this is currently the only 
study of its kind, and more research is needed to examine if this trend 
applies to other species (see Appendix B: Research Recommendations).
    NMFS also finds an adjustment to bottlenose dolphin data is 
unnecessary. The Technical Guidance methodology for deriving marine 
mammal auditory weighting functions incorporates data from a multitude 
of species (~20 species), beyond just bottlenose dolphins, and is 
considered representative based on the best available science.
    Comment 37: Several commenters expressed concern over the ages of 
many of the captive individuals used in TTS studies as not being 
representative (e.g., thresholds obtained from younger bottlenose 
dolphin in Johnson 1968 are on average 10 dB lower than from older 
individuals) and considers them sources of uncertainty. Many commenters 
suggested that data from older

[[Page 51704]]

individuals should either be adjusted or excluded from consideration.
    Response: NMFS disagrees that data from older individuals needs to 
be excluded or adjusted and notes that Houser and Finneran (2006) did a 
comprehensive study on the hearing sensitivity of the Navy bottlenose 
dolphin population (i.e., tested 42 individuals from age 4 to 47 years; 
28 males/14 females) and found that high-frequency hearing loss 
typically began between the ages of 20 and 30 years. For example, at 
frequencies where this species is most susceptible to noise-induced 
hearing loss (i.e., 10 to 30 kilohertz (kHz)), these are the 
frequencies where there is the lowest variability in mean thresholds 
between individuals of different ages. Additionally, for harbor seals, 
similar levels of TTS onset were found in Kastelein et al. (2012a) for 
individuals of 4 to 5 years of age compared to the individual from in 
Kastak et al. (2005), which was 14 years old. For belugas similar 
levels of TTS were measured in Popov et al. (2014) for an individual 2 
years old compared to those used in Schlundt et al. (2000), which were 
20 to 22 years old or 29 to 31 years old.
    Further, Houser and Finneran 2006 attribute the lower thresholds 
recorded by the individual from Johnson (1968) to differences in 
methodology (i.e., Johnson (1968) used behavioral protocol to test 
hearing versus electrophysiological methodology by Houser and Finneran 
(2006)). The Technical Guidance relies primarily on behavioral data 
associated with hearing and threshold shift measurements, as opposed to 
those obtained via other means (e.g., auditory evoked potentials (AEP)) 
because we consider these data to be most representative of hearing 
ability and noise-induced hearing loss, which further eliminates the 
need for any adjustment.
    Comment 38: One commenter indicated that studies show that marine 
mammals tend to avoid disruptive sound sources, which could 
significantly diminish the potential for noise-induced hearing loss. 
Therefore, the commenter suggests that the data collected in laboratory 
experiments are likely to result in overestimates of exposure because 
the subjects are exposed to longer and louder sounds than they would be 
in the natural environment.
    Response: NMFS agrees that when considering exposure durations for 
animals under realistic exposure conditions, generally, it is predicted 
that most individuals will only be in the closest ranges to a sound 
source/activity for a minimal amount of time (e.g., animals are capable 
of moving horizontally and vertically in the water column to reduce 
exposure, and/or individuals are exposed to mobile sources). Thus, 
using laboratory data from animals exposed to unusually long, 
continuous durations of sound (i.e., animals cannot leave exposure 
scenario and the level during exposure remains constant) may not best 
reflect scenarios expected to be encountered by wild individuals, when 
exposed to sound over long periods of time. However, measurements of 
TTS from laboratory studies are the only data currently available, and 
they remain informative regarding sound exposure that may impact marine 
mammal hearing. Appendix B of the Guidance recommends future TTS 
studies to address exposures animals are likely to receive in the 
natural environment and provide more representative results.
Marine Mammal Hearing Ranges
    Comment 39: One commenter noted that the establishment of hearing 
groups is fundamentally flawed because it is based on the assumption 
that similar exposures will result in similar effects in all group 
members. The commenter believes it is important to consider species 
differences in behavior (e.g., movement away from the noise source) 
when calculating cumulative exposure associated with PTS onset.
    Response: NMFS agrees that marine mammal behavioral responses could 
result in differences in noise exposures and accumulation scenarios 
(i.e., SELcum). However, NMFS disagrees that such responses 
necessarily indicate that hearing physiology is dissimilar or that 
levels causing noise-induced threshold shifts are dissimilar between 
species within a hearing group. Further, differences in behavioral 
responses to sound will be considered in the development of behavioral 
effects thresholds.
    Comment 40: One commenter indicated that the method for determining 
the limits of the functional hearing ranges was not clearly indicated 
in the Guidance and suggests that NMFS should indicate how the limits 
were obtained for each group. Another commenter indicated that the term 
``functional hearing range'' is intended to convey the range over which 
the majority of the species' hearing ability is found. However, there 
are at least two examples of a species' ability to hear a signal 
outside its functional hearing range (i.e., false killer whale and 
Risso's dolphin (Au et al., 1997)).
    Response: Based on the revised methodology for establishing marine 
mammal auditory weighting functions (Appendix A), NMFS has replaced the 
concept of functional hearing range with the establishment of what the 
Technical Guidance terms ``generalized hearing range'' for each hearing 
group. The latter is recommended for consideration associated with flat 
weighting for PK thresholds and when determining general risk of 
auditory impacts from noise. The generalized hearing ranges were chosen 
based on the approximate 65 dB threshold from the normalized composite 
audiogram. NMFS believes that outside the generalized hearing range, 
the risk of auditory impacts from sounds (i.e., TTS or PTS) is 
considered to be either zero or very low (the exception would be if a 
sound above/below this range was determined to have the potential to 
cause physical injury, i.e., lung or gastrointestinal tract injury from 
explosives) and added additional information to clarify this in the 
Technical Guidance.
    NMFS is aware of the Au et al. (1997) paper, which examines the 
effect of the 75 Hz acoustic thermometry of ocean climate (ATOC) signal 
on hearing sensitivity of a single false killer whale and single 
Risso's dolphin, both mid-frequency (MF) cetaceans. Hearing thresholds 
for both species, from this study, were 139 dB or higher (false killer 
whale: Thomas et al., 1988; Risso's dolphin: Nachtigall et al., 1995). 
Thus, this ATOC signal is considered beyond the generalized hearing 
range of MF cetaceans.
    Comment 41: Several commenters questioned the justification used to 
support the PW and OW pinnipeds' upper hearing limit in the Technical 
Guidance. The commenters noted that newer studies have consistently 
shown that 75 kHz is a more reasonable upper cutoff for PW pinnipeds 
underwater. These commenters recommended that NMFS choose the median 
value, not the most conservative value, for the PW pinniped upper 
hearing range limit. For OW pinnipeds, the 2013 Draft Guidance does not 
clearly explain why 40 kHz was selected as a high-frequency cut-off for 
OW pinnipeds instead of 50 kHz reported in Finneran and Jenkins (2012).
    Response: As indicated in the previous comment/response, NMFS has 
provided generalized hearing ranges by marine mammal hearing group. The 
generalized hearing ranges are supported by available pinniped 
audiogram data that were used to derive the composite audiogram for 
this group (Terhune 1988; Kastak and Schusterman 1999; Kastelein et 
al., 2009; Reichmuth et al., 2013; Sills et al., 2014; and Sills et 
al., 2015). The generalized frequency ranges are intended to be broad 
enough to encompass the hearing range of the

[[Page 51705]]

entire hearing group (i.e., choice of using 65 dB threshold compared to 
60 dB threshold typically used to define human and other terrestrial 
mammal hearing ranges). Thus, NMFS disagrees that using a median is 
preferred. For PW and OW pinnipeds, the upper range based in the 
finalized Technical Guidance is 86 kHz and 39 kHz, respectively.
    Comment 42: One commenter noted that current ESA and MMPA analyses 
are based on data collected while monitoring previous activities, with 
little of that data having been analyzed by hearing group. The 
commenter suggested that until more data are available, it will be 
difficult to find data upon which to base the analyses.
    Response: NMFS disagrees that it will be difficult to complete 
analyses and believes that hearing group data and marine mammal 
auditory weighting functions provided in the Technical Guidance are 
based on the best available science and can be applied to any source. 
Additionally, the Technical Guidance states that the application of 
marine mammal auditory weighting functions should be completed after 
data collection (i.e., auditory weighting functions should not be 
applied beforehand), with the total spectrum of sound preserved for 
later analysis (i.e., if weighting functions are updated or if there is 
interest in additional species, data can still be used).
General Auditory Weighting Functions
    Comment 43: NMFS' exclusion of AEP data in establishing marine 
mammal composite audiograms and auditory weighting functions was 
criticized by several commenters. These commenters noted that by 
including AEP datasets, the statistical power of the assessment would 
be improved.
    Response: In deriving marine mammal composite audiograms, NMFS 
established an informal data hierarchy in terms of assessing these 
types of data. Specifically, audiograms obtained via behavioral 
methodology provide the most representative presentation (most 
sensitive) on hearing ability, followed by AEP data, lastly by 
mathematical models for species where no data are available (i.e., low-
frequency or LF cetaceans). Thus, the highest quality data available 
for a specific hearing group should be used, which for all hearing 
groups, except LF cetaceans, is behavioral. Additional clarifying text 
on this informal data hierarchy has been provided in the Technical 
Guidance.
    It also should be noted that marine mammal AEP audiograms have been 
based almost exclusively on measurements of the auditory brainstem 
response, and thus do not take into account contributions to hearing 
from higher centers of the brain and auditory nervous system, and no 
means have been established for ``correcting'' AEP data so that they 
may be more comparable to those obtained via behavioral methods. AEP 
thresholds are typically elevated compared to behavioral thresholds in 
a frequency-dependent manner, especially at lower frequencies (e.g., 
Szymanski et al., 1999; Yuen et al., 2005; Houser and Finneran 2006); 
therefore including the low-frequency AEP data in the composite 
audiogram would cause an artificial increase in audiogram low-frequency 
slope and cause the resulting weighting function to be more narrow at 
low frequencies.
    Despite not directly including AEP audiograms in the development of 
a hearing groups' composite audiogram, these data were evaluated to 
ensure species were placed within the appropriate hearing group and to 
ensure that a species for which only AEP data were available were 
within the bounds of the composite audiogram for that hearing group. 
Further, AEP TTS data are presented within the Guidance for comparative 
purposes alongside TTS data collected by behavioral methods 
illustrating that the AEP TTS data are within the bounds (the majority 
of the time above) of those collected by behavioral methods (i.e., 
Figures A18 and A19).
    Comment 44: One commenter remarked that the Guidance may change as 
improved information becomes available, which means that auditory 
weighting functions may also change. The commenter suggested that NMFS 
develop a mechanism for allowing updates until a widely-accepted 
weighting procedure for marine mammals is standardized by expert 
consensus (e.g., through the ANSI or ISO standardization processes).
    Response: NMFS agrees that as additional data become available, the 
auditory weighting functions, among other factors, may require 
modification. For that reason, NMFS has added specifications to the 
Technical Guidance indicating that auditory weighting functions should 
be applied after data are collected (i.e., during data collection, the 
complete spectrum of sound should be collected) to ensure they are 
available for re-analysis if updated weighting functions become 
available. The Technical Guidance also establishes protocols for 
evaluating new data and updating the document.
    Comment 45: Multiple commenters noted that each of Guidance's 
hearing groups contains species whose sound production and regions of 
best hearing sensitivity do not overlap to a high degree. A few 
commenters further added that applying results from one or two aging 
bottlenose dolphins to all members of a hearing group is inadequate.
    Response: The auditory weighting functions are meant to assess risk 
of noise-induced hearing loss and not necessarily encompass the entire 
range of best hearing for every species within the hearing group. NMFS' 
use of auditory weighting functions is consistent with how weighting 
functions are used in human noise standards, which is to assess the 
overall hazard of noise on hearing. Specifically, the human auditory 
weighting function provides a ``rating that indicates the injurious 
effects of noise on human hearing'' (OSHA 2013). While these weighting 
functions are based on regions of equal loudness and best hearing, they 
are meant to reflect the susceptibility of the ear to noise-induced 
threshold shifts, and as such, the region of enhanced susceptibility to 
noise exposure may not perfectly mirror a species' region of best 
hearing (e.g., TTS data from bottlenose dolphin, belugas, and Yangtze 
finless porpoise support this).
    Further, updated methodology in the July 2015 revised Draft 
Guidance used composite audiograms based on multiple species to derive 
marine mammal auditory weighting functions. Thus, data from more than 
just bottlenose dolphins were used to derive these functions (i.e., MF 
cetacean composite audiograms are derived using data from eight 
different species).
    As for how animal age could impact hearing susceptibility, please 
see Response to Comment 37.
    Comment 46: Multiple commenters expressed concern that the 
Guidance's marine mammal auditory weighting functions are invalid, 
since they are based on assumptions that have not been subject to 
uncertainty analysis for frequencies below 3 kHz.
    Response: NMFS disagrees that there is greater uncertainty for 
frequencies below 3 kHz, since audiogram data were collected for 
frequencies below 3 kHz for a multitude of species in the MF and HF 
cetacean and PW and OW pinniped hearing groups (e.g., see Figure A5 in 
Technical Guidance). Further, low-frequency data from the composite 
audiogram is used to directly determine the slope of the weighting 
function.
    Comment 47: A commenter requested clarification on what NMFS 
intended by the term ``smaller isopleth'' in discussing the effects 
marine mammal

[[Page 51706]]

auditory weighting functions have on exposure modeling results.
    Response: The Technical Guidance thresholds associated with a 
hearing group themselves do not change depending on how much a sound 
may overlap a group's most susceptible frequency range. Instead, how 
weighting functions affect exposure modeling/analysis is related to the 
size of the isopleth (area) associated with the threshold based on how 
susceptible that particular hearing group is to the particular sound 
being modeled. For example, a hearing group could have different size 
isopleths associated with the same threshold, if one sound was within 
its most susceptible frequency range and the other was not (i.e., sound 
in the most susceptible hearing range will result in larger isopleth 
compared to sound outside the most susceptible hearing range). We have 
provided additional text in the Technical Guidance to clarify this 
concept.
    Comment 48: One commenter expressed concern as to the practicality 
of obtaining and maintaining modeled sound field results for broadband 
sources (e.g., airguns or impact pile drivers) in order for weighting 
functions (current or revised) to be applied at a later date.
    Response: The Technical Guidance recommends that marine mammal 
auditory weighting functions be applied after sound field measurements 
have been obtained (i.e., post-processing; auditory weighting functions 
should not be applied beforehand), with the total spectrum of sound 
preserved for later analysis (i.e., if weighting functions are updated 
or if there is interest in additional species, data can still be used). 
This recommendation applies to actual field measurements and not 
modeling results. The final Technical Guidance includes additional text 
to clarify this point.
Uncertainty and Statistical Analyses Associated With Auditory Weighting 
Functions
    Comment 49: Several commenters expressed concern about uncertainty 
in the development of the marine mammal auditory weighting functions 
and acoustic thresholds, especially because of the reliance on mean and 
median values without reporting variation (i.e., methodology does not 
account for variability/confidence intervals associated with small 
sample sizes). Alternative methodologies to account for uncertainty 
were suggested for consideration (e.g., inverse Bayesian formulations 
with Markov-chain Monte Carlo and Metropolis-Hastings sampling methods; 
Wright 2015; Potential Biological Removal (PBR); human noise standards 
(NIOSH 1998)).
    Further, Wright (2015) claimed that inconsistencies within the 
methodology used to establish the auditory weighting functions and 
acoustic thresholds contributed to uncertainty; namely, that: (a) The 
hearing threshold (audiogram)-to-TTS onset component, on a per 
individual basis, is neglected (recommends calculating audiogram-to-TTS 
onset for each individual); (b) it is inappropriate for non-adjusted 
(non-normalized) TTS onset data points for individuals to be fit to 
composite audiograms; and (c) there is a discrepancy between the 
frequency of best sensitivity for the composite audiogram and exposure 
function, which results in the weighting/exposure function gain 
parameters (i.e., parameters ``K'' and ``C'') underestimating TTS 
onset.
    Finally, it was requested that NMFS (1) provide the underlying data 
used to derive the weighting functions so that uncertainty and 
statistical analyses can be evaluated by those outside NMFS and (2) 
delay the Guidance's finalization until this outside process can be 
completed.
    Response: NMFS acknowledges the small sample size associated with 
the available marine mammal data used to derive weighting functions and 
thresholds presents challenges. However, the Technical Guidance's 
methodology is designed to predict the mostly likely (realistic) 
outcome using the central tendencies (means/median) associated with the 
best available science. The intent is not to predict the worst-case-
scenario by relying on the lowest limits for every possible step in the 
methodology (i.e., Technical Guidance is for accurately predicting 
exposures and not for establishing ``safe limits,'' where there is 
limited to no risk). Despite not using statistical methodology to 
report variability, Appendix A provides the full suite of available 
data for consideration and comparison to the values used in the 
Technical Guidance (e.g., Figures A5 and A6 for audiogram data and 
Figures A18-A20 for TTS data). With respect to data used to derive 
composite audiograms, auditory thresholds are typically defined by the 
50 percent detection threshold (ANSI 2009), and equal loudness contours 
used to derive human weighting functions are derived using averages 
(e.g., Fletcher and Munson 1933), as opposed to relying on the lowest 
value (i.e., there is a precedence for using medians/means). 
Additionally, it is important to remember that the derived weighting 
functions are based on more than the just the composite audiogram 
(i.e., the audiogram shapes are adjusted to best fit the existing TTS 
data) resulting in a function that is always broader than the composite 
audiogram (e.g., Figure A17).
    Human noise risk assessments (NIOSH 1998) are not equivalent (or 
applicable) to thresholds provided in the Technical Guidance, since 
they are used to predict hearing loss based on a daily 8-h exposure 
over 40 years (i.e., current marine mammal TTS are only available to 
predict exposure periods of 24 h or less and cannot be used to assess 
or predict risk associated with a lifetime of exposure; See Response to 
Comment 79) and are based on larger sample sizes of human listeners 
(e.g., NIOSH 1972 and 1997 risk assessments were based on a sample size 
of 1,172 people). As pointed out in Wright 2015, NIOSH criteria provide 
a 95 percent confidence interval for their human noise standards but 
also allows for an excess risk of material hearing impairment, defined 
as an average threshold elevation for both ears that exceeds 25 dB, of 
eight percent (i.e., human noise standards limits do allow for some 
risk; risk is not zero percent and specifically that eight percent of 
the population is still capable of developing noise-induced hearing 
loss exceeding 25 dB when exposed to the 85 dB NIOSH level). For how 
the Technical Guidance's TTS thresholds encompass available data, see 
Response to Comment 72 and Appendix A, Figures A18-A20, which provide 
all available marine mammal TTS data collected via both behavioral and 
AEP techniques). Additionally, methodology associated with the 
calculation of PBR (i.e., use of twentieth percentile) was based on 
simulations specific to a particular dataset (Wade 1998) and is not 
applicable to the Technical Guidance.
    With respect to specific comments made in Wright (2015), NMFS 
disagrees there are inconsistencies in the methodology in the Technical 
Guidance. Specifically related to the assertion in part (a) of the 
comment that NMFS neglected the hearing threshold (audiogram)-to-TTS 
onset component: In re-examining available data sets, in terms of 
offset between hearing threshold and TTS onset, only six individuals 
(three MF cetacean, one OW pinniped, and two PW pinnipeds) have 
measurements available for both hearing threshold and TTS onset. 
Differences in TTS onset at frequency of best hearing (from the 
exposure function) and threshold at frequency of best hearing (from the 
composite audiogram) are reflected by hearing group in the Technical 
Guidance in Table A7 (Appendix A, ``Difference'' column).

[[Page 51707]]

Unfortunately, comparisons between the difference hearing thresholds 
and TTS onset from the same individual to differences depicted in Table 
A7 are difficult, since none of the individual TTS data occur in the 
frequency of best hearing. However, TTS onset (SELcum 
metric) predicted from the exposure function is within 1 dB or lower 
compared to TTS onset based on these five individuals. Further, this 
specific recommendation from Wright (2015), to consider data from 
individual audiograms, counters other recommendations made elsewhere in 
that paper that data from the same species should be considered 
correlated and combined to reduce issues associated pseudoreplication 
(See Response to Comments 53).
    As for non-adjusted TTS data points being fit to normalized 
composite audiograms (point b), the Guidance's methodology examines the 
best fit of TTS data points to both original (non-normalized) and 
normalized composite audiogram data to establish the ``delta T'' 
parameter (i.e., both non-normalized and normalized data are used to 
derive delta T). Additionally, the ``K'' parameter is derived using the 
original (non-normalized) audiogram data and is defined to minimize the 
square error between the exposure function and TTS data for each 
hearing group.
    As to point (c), NMFS acknowledges that there is a shift 
(discrepancy) in frequency between the best sensitivity in terms of the 
composite audiogram and resulting exposure function for a hearing 
group, but disagrees that this leads to an underestimation of TTS 
onset. Any difference in minimum value between the exposure function 
and audiogram is an outcome of the fitting process used to fit the 
exposure function to the available TTS data, and thus, reflects the 
underlying TTS data. This shift in minimal value results in an 
identical (PW and OW pinnipeds) or lower TTS onset threshold (MF and HF 
cetaceans) than predicted by considering the composite audiogram alone 
(See Table A7 vs. A8 in Technical Guidance). Further, the ``C'' 
parameter results in a minimal adjustment to the final TTS onset 
threshold (maximum 1 dB; See Table A8 in Appendix A).
    Finally, NMFS believes it is unnecessary to provide underlying 
datasets associated with the Technical Guidance and delay publication, 
since the majority of the underlying data (with a few exceptions) are 
published and freely available.
    Comment 50: Commenters indicated that sound reception is an 
essential ability of marine mammals, particularly cetaceans, for 
survival, and these commenters, citing Nowacek et al. (2007), indicated 
that PTS can lead in many cases to mortality of individuals which may 
have serious consequences for the survival of populations.
    Response: NMFS agrees that the ability to accurately interpret the 
surrounding environment via hearing is essential for marine mammals. 
However, NMFS' review of Nowacek et al. (2007) as well as all other 
available information did not locate any statements that PTS can result 
in mortality.
    Comment 51: Some commenters recommended that audiograms from 
individuals of the same species should be treated as correlated in the 
determination of composite audiograms. Further, in order to determine a 
conservative representative sensitivity for each hearing group, the 
highest measured sensitivity, lowest threshold (behavioral or AEP), per 
frequency per species should be assessed. Commenters indicated that 
this would be a more cautionary approach than relying on the mean.
    Response: NMFS does not disagree that audiograms from individuals 
of the same species may be correlated but disagrees with the 
recommendation to collapse available audiograms, so that there is only 
one per species. Employing this recommendation would further reduce 
already limited data sets (see Response to Comment 53 regarding 
pseudoreplication recommending a similar procedure and similar issue 
with data limitations) For NMFS' response relating to the use of AEP 
data, see Response to Comment 43, and for our response regarding 
relying on the lowest threshold, see Response to Comment 49. NMFS 
believes that the Guidance's current approach maximizes the use of the 
best available science.
    That said, based on this comment, NMFS re-evaluated AEP data 
available for consideration in the development of composite audiograms. 
The inclusion of AEP resulted in only minimal changes to the composite 
audiogram (i.e., majority of AEP audiogram data had equal, if not 
higher thresholds, than those collected by behavioral methods, which 
would only result in a less conservative composite audiogram).
    Comment 52: Based on Wright 2015, commenters recommended that NMFS 
develop marine mammal auditory weighting functions based on envelope 
functions, which incorporate all available audiogram points. 
Additionally, these same commenters objected to NMFS' comparison 
between the Guidance's weighting functions and inverted audiograms 
(i.e., Guidance's weighting functions are broader than inverted 
audiograms that have been suggested). The commenters stressed that 
inverted audiograms have only been recommended for individual species 
and not entire hearing groups.
    Response: NMFS disagrees with this recommendation (See Response to 
Comment 49). As far as comparing the Technical Guidance's weighting 
functions to inverted audiograms, NMFS agrees that the comparison to 
inverse audiograms may not have been applicable and removed it from the 
Technical Guidance. Nevertheless, the point that the Technical Guidance 
auditory weighting functions are broader than the corresponding hearing 
group's composite audiogram, as well as any audiogram associated with 
an individual species, is still valid.
    Comment 53: Pseudoreplication was highlighted as a significant 
deficiency of the Guidance by several commenters. It was recommended 
that NMFS evaluate TTS on a species-by-species basis, rather than on an 
individual basis.
    Response: NMFS understands the concerns regarding 
pseudoreplication. However, marine mammal hearing and noise-induced 
hearing loss data are limited, not only in the number of species but 
also in the number of individuals available. Unfortunately, any means 
of minimizing pseudoreplication would further reduce these already 
limited data sets. Specifically, with marine mammal behavioral TTS 
studies, behaviorally-derived data are only available for two MF 
cetacean species (i.e., bottlenose dolphin, beluga) and two PW pinniped 
species (i.e., harbor seal and northern elephant seal), with OW 
pinnipeds and HF cetaceans only having behaviorally-derived data from 
one species. Thus, NMFS believes that the current approach makes the 
best use of the given data (See Response to Comment 72 for more 
information on the inclusion of available TTS data). Appropriate means 
of reducing pseudoreplication may be considered in the future, if more 
data become available.
    Comment 54: Several commenters requested that a list of data gaps 
and research recommendations should be included in the Guidance to 
inform funding groups and the research community of critical data 
needs.
    Response: NMFS agrees and has identified several data gaps and 
added a Research Recommendations Appendix (B) to the Technical 
Guidance.
Low-Frequency Cetacean Hearing and Auditory Weighting Functions
    Comment 55: Several commenters questioned the justification for

[[Page 51708]]

expanding the upper hearing limit of LF cetaceans beyond that proposed 
in Southall et al. (2007) in the 2013 Draft Guidance (i.e., 22 kHz to 
30 kHz).
    Response: NMFS has replaced the use of functional hearing range 
with generalized hearing range, which is derived based upon more 
consistent methodology (See Response to Comment 40).
    Comment 56: One commenter indicated that recent data suggest that 
within the LF cetacean hearing group, new divisions are appropriate to 
consider (e.g., Ultra Low: blue and fin whales; Low: bowhead and right 
whales; Low to Mid: humpback and gray whales; and Mid: minke whale 
groups).
    Response: NMFS acknowledges that as more data become available, 
marine mammal hearing ranges may warrant modification, or that it may 
be appropriate to divide LF cetaceans into subdivisions. However, NMFS 
does not believe there currently are enough data to support further LF 
cetacean divisions and subsequent auditory weighting functions, 
especially since so little direct information on hearing is available 
for this hearing group.
    Comment 57: Several commenters questioned the sufficiency of data 
to support the LF cetacean auditory weighting function provided in 
various versions of the Draft Guidance. Some recommended using the M-
weighting function provided by Southall et al. (2007) until more data 
could be collected or developing a LF cetacean weighting function based 
on the known low-frequency vocal range of this hearing group, ensuring 
that the weighting function encompasses ultra-low-frequencies (i.e., 
<30 Hz) used by blue and fin whales. One commenter further suggested 
that the LF cetacean weighting function be flat down to 0 Hz to ensure 
low-frequency sound does not compromise critical communication signals.
    Counter to those recommendations, other commenters expressed 
concern that the low-frequency slope parameter (``a'' parameter) of the 
LF weighting function (i.e., 20 dB/decade) was not scientifically 
supportable and should be more reflective of mammalian data (30 to 40 
dB/decade). Furthermore, the selection of this parameter was criticized 
because it resulted in an exposure function that predicts an 
unrealistically low-frequency hearing (80 dB threshold above best 
hearing occurring well below 1 Hz; e.g., only a -26 dB weighting 
function amplitude at 10 Hz), which is not reflective of what is known 
about other low-frequency specialist mammals, like humans and kangaroo 
rats. Additionally, these same commenters commended NMFS for not using 
vocalizations, especially frequencies associated with blue and fin 
whales, as a direct means for deriving the LF cetacean predicted 
audiogram.
    Finally, NMFS received a comment from a group of subject matter 
experts offering information on ambient noise levels below 2 kHz from 
Clark and Ellison (2004) as additional scientific justification for the 
LF cetacean weighting function contained in the March 2016 Proposed 
Changes.
    Response: NMFS acknowledges the limited data predicting LF cetacean 
hearing sensitivity but disagrees that utilizing the M-weighting 
functions from Southall et al. (2007) or creating a weighting function 
that is flat to 0 Hz reflects the best available science. Via the 
Technical Guidance public comment and peer review processes, NMFS 
determined that the methodology in the March 2016 Proposed Changes 
document best reflects the currently available data for deriving marine 
mammal auditory weighting/exposure functions, including those methods 
to derive surrogate parameters for LF cetaceans.
    Regarding the appropriateness of using vocal range to establish 
weighting functions, see Response to Comment 45. As for the frequencies 
used by fin and blue whales, NMFS acknowledges that the weighting 
function amplitude is >-16 dB at frequencies below 30 Hz. However, 
predicted hearing sensitivity for LF cetaceans based on ambient noise 
levels from Clark and Ellison (2004) offer additional scientific 
support to NMFS' weighting function below 2 kHz (for direct comparison 
to the 2016 LF cetacean weighting function see: https://www.regulations.gov/#!documentDetail;D=NOAA-NMFS-2013-0177-0155). 
Additionally, Cranford and Krysl (2015) predicted that since low-
frequency sound propagates further than those containing higher 
frequencies, this might explain the potential mismatch between the 
frequencies associated with best hearing and vocalizations for LF 
cetaceans. Furthermore, creating a weighting function to ensure 
communication signals are not compromised is beyond the scope of this 
document (the Technical Guidance weighting functions are meant to 
reflect a hearing group's susceptibility to noise-induced hearing 
loss).
    As for the low-frequency slope associated with the LF cetacean 
weighting function, NMFS believes it is reflective of currently 
available predictive data for this hearing group. For example, 
predictive audiograms based on anatomical modeling for minke whale 
(Tubelli et al., 2012), fin whale (Cranford and Krysl 2015), and 
humpback whale (Houser et al., 2001) all indicate this hearing group 
may have a shallower low-frequency slope compared to other terrestrial 
and marine mammals. Specifically, Tubelli et al. (2012) offers that the 
``extra'' 20 dB difference in the low-frequency slope between other 
cetaceans (HF and MF cetaceans) may be a result of the inner ear 
anatomy of this hearing group (i.e., open auditory bulla and the 
resulting pressure differences along the ``glove finger''). Finally, 
ambient noise levels with slopes ~20 dB/decade support the predicted 
low-frequency slope for this hearing group (Wenz 1962).
    Comment 58: Multiple commenters indicated the LF cetacean exposure 
function's ``K'' parameter, which the commenters classified as a metric 
of dynamic range, was arbitrary and inappropriately based on data from 
a beluga and a harbor porpoise for impulsive sounds.
    Response: NMFS disagrees with the commenters' classification of the 
exposure function's ``K'' parameter as a metric of dynamic range and 
the criticism. This parameter is set to match the weighted threshold 
for TTS or PTS onset based on available data in the SELcum 
metric (i.e., NMFS' dynamic range methodology is for deriving PK 
thresholds; See Response to Comment 87). NMFS agrees that for impulsive 
sounds, TTS data are extremely limited (i.e., beluga data from Finneran 
et al. (2002) and harbor porpoise data from Lucke et al. (2009)). 
Nevertheless, the methodology for establishing a surrogate value for 
this parameter for hearing groups where no data are available is 
consistent with the derivation of other surrogate parameters within the 
Technical Guidance.
    Comment 59: Numerous commenters, including the Commission, 
identified an inconsistency in how NMFS derived the ``F2'' parameter, 
which predicts the high-frequency portion of the composite audiogram 
for LF cetaceans. Specifically, this parameter was adjusted to achieve 
a threshold at 30 kHz of 40 dB relative to the lowest threshold. 
However, in earlier discussions of the low-frequency parameter ``F1,'' 
the March 2016 Proposed Changes document mentioned predictive modeling 
of LF cetacean hearing indicating 40 dB of best sensitivity occurring 
at ~25 kHz (i.e., not 30 kHz). Commenters were unclear if this was an 
error or if 30 kHz was chosen deliberately and if so, why.
    Response: NMFS acknowledges the potential for confusion and chose 
to

[[Page 51709]]

adjust the ``F2'' parameter to achieve a threshold value at 30 kHz of 
40 dB relative to the lowest threshold as a means to account for 
uncertainty associated with this hearing group and to avoid too gradual 
of a cutoff at the high-frequency end (i.e., decision to adjust 
parameter at 30 kHz vs. 25 kHz). Additional text was added to the final 
Technical Guidance for more clarity on this decision.
    Comment 60: Numerous commenters criticized the potential for 
``takes''/isopleths/mitigation ranges to increase dramatically based on 
updated weighting functions/thresholds for LF cetacean hearing group 
(i.e., comparison between 2015 Draft Guidance and 2016 Proposed Changes 
document).
    Response: NMFS acknowledges that the LF cetacean predicted 
weighting function and PTS onset thresholds in the 2016 Proposed 
Changes document/Technical Guidance are more conservative than those 
presented in the 2015 Draft Guidance. However, in our judgement, the 
changes reflect the best available science and account for uncertainty 
associated with this particular hearing group where data are limited. 
In response to how the Technical Guidance could impact mitigation 
ranges, see Response to Comment 11.
Mid- and High-Frequency Cetacean Hearing and Auditory Weighting 
Functions
    Comment 61: Multiple commenters indicated that the Guidance's 
auditory weighting functions do not represent the hearing sensitivities 
of all included species, indicating that bottlenose dolphins are not 
appropriate surrogates for killer whales or sperm whales, which are 
known to have regions of greatest hearing sensitivities at much lower 
frequencies, and that harbor porpoises and finless porpoise may not 
represent the auditory ability of Irrawaddy, Ganges River, Commerson's, 
and Peale's dolphins.
    Response: See Response to Comment 45. In the Guidance, a broader 
range of species were considered in the development of the MF auditory 
weighting function via the composite audiogram. Specifically, for MF 
cetaceans, the composite audiograms are derived from data compiled from 
eight species (bottlenose dolphins, beluga, false killer whale, Risso's 
dolphin, striped dolphin, and tucuxi) and 22 individuals of these 
species, of which only six individuals are bottlenose dolphins. 
Further, two individuals of these are killer whales, which from these 
available audiogram data indicate thresholds consistent with other MF 
cetaceans (i.e., current audiograms do not indicate this species has 
better low-frequency hearing than other MF cetaceans). Currently, there 
are no direct measurements available on sperm whale hearing (only an 
incomplete audiogram exists for a stranded sperm whale neonate from 
Ridgway and Carder (2001)). NMFS considers sperm whale placement within 
MF cetaceans appropriate based on Ketten (2000), which classified sperm 
whales as having Type I cochlea, similar to other MF cetaceans and 
considers the MF cetacean auditory weighting function representative of 
all species within this hearing group based on the best available 
science.
    For HF cetaceans, composite audiograms are derived from more 
limited data (i.e., four individuals from two species: harbor porpoise 
and Amazon River dolphin; AEP data are only available for Yangtze 
finless porpoise). Thus, it is unclear how these two species represent 
others in this hearing group, since no other data are available (i.e., 
no data on hearing ability of Irrawaddy, Ganges River, Commerson's and 
Peale's dolphins). The need for additional audiograms, particularly 
from the HF cetacean hearing group was added as a Research 
Recommendation (Appendix B) in the Technical Guidance.
    Comment 62: One commenter noticed an error in the audiograms used 
to construct the composite audiogram for HF cetacean in the July 2015 
Draft Guidance. They indicated that the harbor porpoise audiogram by 
Kastelein et al. (2002), was later revised due to a problem with the 
analysis of the sound stimuli, with the correct audiogram found in 
Kastelein et al. (2010). Thus, it is recommended that NMFS use the 2010 
data, instead of the 2002 data.
    Response: NMFS re-evaluated the data used to construct the 
composite audiogram for HF cetaceans and confirmed the assertion made 
by the commenter that the wrong data set was initially used. This error 
has been corrected for in the final Technical Guidance.
    Comment 63: Several commenters, including the Commission, were in 
support of moving the white-beaked dolphin from MF cetaceans to HF 
cetaceans.
    However, numerous other commenters indicated that moving this 
species to a new hearing group was not scientifically supported. The 
Navy specifically recommended that this species remain in the MF 
cetacean hearing group based upon the following scientific support: (1) 
A hearing threshold comparison between white-beaked dolphin (Nachtigall 
et al., 2008), bottlenose dolphin (Johnson 1967), and harbor porpoise 
(Kastelein et al., 2002; Kastelein et al., 2010) indicating white-
beaked dolphin do not have significantly better high-frequency hearing 
than the bottlenose dolphin (for figure depicting comparison see: 
https://www.regulations.gov/#!documentDetail;D=NOAA-NMFS-2013-0177-
0152); (2) white-beaked dolphin echolocation are more similar to those 
of bottlenose dolphins (i.e., resembling broadband, exponentially-
damped sinusoids containing only a few cycles; Au 1980; Rasmussen and 
Miller 2002) in contrast to echolocation emissions for harbor porpoises 
and other species placed into the HF cetacean hearing group (e.g., 
Cephalorhynchus sp., Lagenorhynchus australis) (i.e., more narrowband, 
longer in duration, and contain mostly high-frequency energy; Tougaard 
and Kyhn 2010); and (3) Ketten's (2000) categorization of the cochlea 
of white-beaked dolphin and bottlenose dolphin as ``Type II,'' while 
the harbor porpoise cochlea is categorized as ``Type I'' (i.e., 
reinforcing the idea that the white-beaked dolphin is acoustically 
more-closely related to the bottlenose dolphin than to porpoises).
    Response: Upon re-evaluation, NMFS concurs that based on currently 
available data, it is more appropriate for the white-beaked dolphin to 
remain in the MF cetacean hearing group. The scientific support to move 
this species from MF to HF cetaceans is not to the level of that of two 
other members of the genus Lagenorhynchus Peale's and hourglass 
dolphins. (Note: In the Navy's justification above, Ketten (2000) did 
not analyze white-beaked dolphin cochlea but instead Pacific and 
Atlantic white-sided dolphins (also members of the genus 
Lagenorhynchus)).
    Comment 64: The Commission supported NMFS' decision to include the 
newly published audiogram of a harbor porpoise (Kastelein et al., 2015) 
in the March 2016 Proposed Changes document. However, other commenters 
indicated that NMFS provided incomplete information on this dataset 
making it impossible to conduct a meaningful comparison to the July 
2015 Draft Guidance.
    Response: NMFS disagrees that incomplete information was provided 
in the March 2016 Proposed Changes document associated with the 
addition of a newly published harbor porpoise audiogram (Kastelein et 
al., 2015). The addition of this audiogram did not change the 
fundamental methodology associated with the Guidance (i.e., Appendix 
A), rather it only added a

[[Page 51710]]

newly available dataset, as will be the case as new data become 
available in the future.
Pinniped Hearing and Auditory Weighting Functions
    Comment 65: NMFS received a comment indicating that there are not 
enough data to establish two separate weighting functions for 
pinnipeds.
    Response: NMFS disagrees. There are audiogram data available from 
three species (eight individuals) of OW pinnipeds and four species 
(eight individuals) of PW pinnipeds. Further, based on NMFS' review of 
the literature, phocid species have consistently demonstrated an 
extended frequency range of hearing compared to otariids, especially in 
the higher frequency range. This is believed to be because phocid ears 
are anatomically distinct from otariid ears in that phocids have 
larger, more dense middle ear ossicles, inflated auditory bulla, and 
larger portions of the inner ear (i.e., tympanic membrane, oval window, 
and round window), which make them more adapted for underwater hearing. 
If one examines the composite audiograms for these two pinniped groups, 
distinct differences appear, supporting NMFS' decision to establish two 
distinct pinniped hearing groups.
    Comment 66: Numerous commenters questioned the justification for 
the removal of some of the pinniped datasets based on non-
representative hearing in the March 2016 Proposed Changes document. The 
commenters noted that masking is a common issue with obtaining 
audiogram data for animals in captivity and indicated that NMFS must 
provide a specific explanation for why these particular datasets 
contain unique masking problems that are unlike the other datasets used 
in the Guidance. An additional commenter requested NMFS provide the 
exact procedures as to how and why it removed unrepresentative or 
outlier data from its datasets and consider that one reason for 
unrepresentative data is due to exposure to anthropogenic sound. Other 
commenters, including the Commission, were in favor of removing these 
datasets.
    Response: Decisions to exclude data were based on comparison of the 
individual published audiograms and ambient noise characteristics with 
those for other individuals of the same or closely related species. The 
most common reasons for excluding an individual's data were abnormal 
audiograms featuring high-frequency hearing loss (typically seen in 
older animals) or ``notches'' in the audiogram, or data collected in 
the presence of relatively high ambient noise which resulted in 
elevated thresholds. Excluding these data ensured that the composite 
audiograms were not artificially elevated, which could result in 
unrealistically high impact thresholds. NMFS disagrees that previous 
exposure to anthropogenic sources is the basis for deeming the datasets 
unrepresentative, since currently available audiograms are derived from 
captive individuals (i.e., there is no indication that anthropogenic 
sound in captivity is directly impacting auditory thresholds, other 
than via possible masking).
    Comment 67: NMFS received several comments indicating that the 
proposed changes to the PW pinniped ``a'' parameter, which defines the 
slope of the low-frequency portion of the weighting function, were 
arbitrary and unsupported. Additionally, a commenter noted an 
inconsistency in this parameter (i.e., ``a'' parameter value provided 
did not seem to match what was depicted on the PW pinniped weighting 
function). Finally, the commenters criticized that the March 2016 
Proposed Changes document illustrated (Figure PC5) that the PW exposure 
functions was only based on one data point.
    Response: The PW pinniped ``a'' parameter is directly derived from 
PW pinniped behavioral audiograms (8 individuals of 4 species). 
Additionally, the 2016 Proposed Changes document removed 
unrepresentative datasets, which resulted in a steeper slope (``a'' = 
1.0) compared to the 2015 Draft Guidance (``a'' = 0.8).
    Upon re-evaluation, NMFS agrees that there was a slight discrepancy 
with the ``a'' parameter depicted in the weighting function provided 
for PW pinnipeds in the March 2016 Proposed Changes document. This has 
been remedied with the correct value portrayed for this hearing group's 
auditory weighting function.
    Finally, the March 2016 Proposed Changes document (Figure PC5) 
illustrates available TTS data for all hearing groups. NMFS agrees that 
data are limited particularly for PW pinnipeds (i.e., two TTS onset 
data points). Nevertheless, it should be noted that the exposure/
weighting functions are not merely based on TTS onset data but also 
incorporate available audiogram data each for hearing group.
    Comment 68: A commenter questioned if there was an error in 
Appendix A, specifically with the best-fit parameters associated with 
the derivation of the composite audiogram (original and normalized 
data) for PW pinnipeds in Table A4. These tables indicate an unusually 
high ``F1'' value (excess of 300 kHz) and an anomalous 
``T0'' value of negative decibels.
    Response: Upon re-evaluation, NMFS determined that the best-fit 
parameters for PW are not anomalous or in error. These parameters 
mentioned by the commenter are merely fitting parameters for equation 9 
in Appendix A and do not directly correspond to a particular feature of 
the audiogram (i.e., F1 does not represent the frequency at which the 
audiogram reaches a specific value). The value for F1 
influences the frequency at which thresholds begin to plateau near the 
best sensitivity. Very large values for F1 (and the 
accompanying small value for T0) simply reflect little or no 
plateau in the thresholds in the region of best sensitivity. In many 
respects, the specific numeric values applied to Equation 9 in Appendix 
A of Technical Guidance are not key; what matters are the resulting 
shapes of the composite audiograms and how well they match the 
underlying threshold data.
    Comment 69: One commenter suggested that the two species of PW 
pinnipeds (i.e., harbor seal and northern elephant seal) mentioned in 
the Guidance are commonly found in close proximity to human population 
centers and are not good proxies for Arctic and Antarctic seals.
    Response: The Technical Guidance relies on more data than from 
harbor seal and northern elephant seal. Additionally data from two 
Arctic species (spotted seal from Sills et al. (2014) and ringed seal 
from Sills et al. (2015)) were used to derive composite audiogram for 
PW pinnipeds. Thus, data from four different PW pinniped species were 
used to derive composite audiograms for this hearing group. NMFS 
believes currently available data are representative of all PW 
pinnipeds, including polar species.
Application of Auditory Weighting Functions
    Comment 70: One commenter requested that NMFS provide additional 
clarification as how the auditory weighting functions were applied to 
the data used to develop acoustic thresholds (e.g., were the auditory 
weighting functions applied to the entire raw data before calculating 
the SELcum) and examples of software that could be used to 
apply these weighting functions.
    Response: Marine mammal auditory weighting were directly 
incorporated in the derivation of thresholds associated with non-
impulsive sounds and then were directly applied in the derivation of 
impulsive thresholds, since only limited data are available (Details in

[[Page 51711]]

Appendix A). Section 2.2.4 of the Technical Guidance (Main Document) 
provides more detail on how to implement/apply these weighting 
functions. For a source consisting of a single tone, the application of 
auditory weighting functions is a straight forward process (i.e., only 
single frequency to consider). For broadband sounds, the application is 
more complicated (i.e., must consider multiple frequencies), which is 
why NMFS included alternative weighting factor adjustments for when 
frequency weighting functions cannot be fully incorporated (Appendix 
D).
    Comment 71: One commenter noted that the LF cetacean acoustic 
thresholds do not appear to be adjusted based on the LF cetacean 
auditory weighting functions and asked whether the threshold for LF 
cetaceans exposed to an airgun/watergun with most of its energy in 
their primary hearing band as measured in the experiment should be 
adjusted.
    Response: Marine mammal TTS data for impulsive sources exist only 
for two hearing groups (i.e., MF and HF cetaceans). For other groups, 
alternative methodology was developed using MF and HF cetaceans as 
surrogate data and assuming the relationship between impulsive and non-
impulsive thresholds is conserved among hearing groups (i.e., 
methodology resulted in a TTS onset threshold for impulsive sources 
that is 11 dB lower than the TTS threshold onset for non-impulsive 
sources). NMFS disagrees that any adjustment needs to be made to the LF 
cetacean acoustic thresholds. Weighting functions are also implemented 
in exposure modeling, which will take into account whether or not a 
sound falls within a hearing group's most susceptible frequency range.
    Comment 72: A few commenters indicated that Tougaard et al. (2013) 
note that auditory weighing functions cannot themselves be 
``conservative'' if applied in establishing and then implementing 
acoustic thresholds. To achieve a conservative approach, the commenters 
suggested the application of a more tailored function at the acoustic 
threshold determination stage in combination with a wider and more 
energy-inclusive function at the implementation stage. The commenters 
suggested that NMFS use a function normalized to a lower level (e.g., -
3 dB) for establishing acoustic thresholds, while using functions 
normalized to a higher level (e.g., 0 dB) for estimating the number of 
``takes'' when implementing these thresholds. The commenters provided 
the example that JASCO Applied Sciences typically incorporates a 3-dB 
precautionary adjustment in their propagation modeling to account for 
uncertainty.
    Response: The Technical Guidance explains that auditory weighting 
functions are considered within both the data evaluation and 
implementation processes, as pointed out by Tougaard et al. (2013) (now 
published Tougaard et al., 2015). NMFS acknowledges that adjustments 
during the data evaluation process that result in a lower threshold 
could potentially translate to smaller isopleths, if a source has 
energy in frequencies outside a hearing groups most susceptible hearing 
range (i.e., weighting functions are essentially filters; their 
application results either in the same size or in smaller isopleths or 
the same or lower thresholds). Tougaard et al. (2015) provide some 
important factors for consideration when applying weighting functions 
in both the context of data evaluation and implementation. However, 
NMFS does not find it appropriate to normalize the Technical Guidance's 
acoustic thresholds, as suggested by the commenters, as there are no 
data to support doing so. Further, several conservative assumptions 
were applied to the derivation of acoustic thresholds to account for 
uncertainty and limited data (see Response to Comment 77). Finally, 
NMFS' application of auditory weighting functions is consistent with 
what has been done for humans (i.e., A-weighted thresholds used in 
conjunction with A-weighting during implementation).
    As for the 3-dB adjustment JASCO Applied Sciences makes to the 
results of their propagation models, this adjustment is based on their 
best fit analysis, where 90 percent of all their measured values fall 
within 3 dB of the mean level (e.g., see any recent SSV reports from 
JASCO Applied Sciences, like Beland et al. (2013), for more details). 
NMFS used this same premise to re-examine the TTS onset thresholds for 
non-impulsive sources for data collected via both the preferred 
behavioral technique as well as AEP methodology, the next tier in our 
data hierarchy (the same analysis could not be done for impulsive 
sources, where data are limited to two studies). It was found that for 
all hearing groups, except PW pinnipeds, the TTS onset thresholds 
encompassed more than 90 percent of available TTS data (MF cetaceans, 
only two points below the onset threshold, with maximum point only 2 dB 
below), and in some situations 100 percent of TTS data (i.e., OW and HF 
cetaceans; although both these groups are data limited). For PW, which 
are also data limited, only one of the five available data points was 
below the TTS onset threshold (i.e., 1 dB below the threshold). Thus, 
NMFS believes any further adjustments to the thresholds are unnecessary 
and that they provide realistic predictions, based on currently 
available data, of noise-induced hearing loss in marine mammals.
Temporary Threshold Shifts
    Comment 73: One commenter cautioned that a 6 dB threshold shift may 
be appropriate for testing TTS but should not be confused with the 
level that is biologically important (e.g., 6 dB corresponds to a 
roughly 8-fold decrease in the volume in which biologically significant 
sounds can be detected through passive listening).
    Response: The Technical Guidance considers a threshold shift of 6 
dB the minimum threshold shift clearly larger than any day-to-day or 
session-to-session variation in a subject's normal hearing ability and 
is typically the minimum amount of threshold shift that can be 
differentiated in most experimental conditions (Schlundt et al., 2000; 
Finneran et al., 2000; Finneran et al., 2002). Similarly, for humans, 
NIOSH (1998) regards the range of audiometric testing variability to be 
approximately 5 dB. Because the Technical Guidance does not address the 
biological significance of passive listening, NMFS has set the onset of 
TTS at the lowest level that exceeds recorded variation and could be 
considered biologically significant.
    Comment 74: One commenter noted that the Guidance appeared to use 
temporary threshold shift (TTS) when it may mean threshold shift (TS) 
and suggested that NMFS use terms consistently and clearly.
    Another commenter requested the Guidance make clear that a 
threshold shift is a symptom of noise exposure rather than an impact 
(i.e., a manifestation of an anatomical alteration that deters or 
eliminates auditory responses). The commenter emphasized that 
impairments arise from other acoustic features associated with what the 
ear receives (i.e., not necessarily characteristics associated with the 
source), and there are multiple components to any received sound (e.g., 
received level, timing, intensity, sensitivity, time course, recovery 
period), all of which may act singly or in concert to impact an ear at 
any frequency and for any species, whether in air or water. As such, 
the commenter suggested the Guidance include a brief statement 
indicating the choice of using a threshold shift to assess the effects 
of noise on hearing is one driven by practicality (i.e., Guidance does 
not address all critical features associated

[[Page 51712]]

with impacts from sound, but there is an awareness and expectation that 
other features require investigation and that these may ultimately 
alter the thresholds according to their interplay and relative 
potential for harm).
    Response: NMFS has revised the Technical Guidance to clearly 
distinguish between a threshold shift (temporary or permanent) as a 
term which indicates the increase in threshold of audibility (i.e., 6 
dB for onset of TTS and 40 dB for onset of PTS) versus the exposure 
level (i.e., acoustic threshold) associated with that shift.
    NMFS agrees that a threshold shift is a ``symptom'' rather than an 
``impact.'' However, in the context of the Technical Guidance and in 
terms of how the acoustic thresholds will be used, the term/concept of 
``impact'' is one that readers of the document will be more familiar 
with. NMFS also agrees that features of the signal at the receiver are 
most important, but are often most difficult to determine. The 
Technical Guidance includes more information explaining when choices 
are based on considerations of practicality because of complexity and 
makes various research recommendations to address these issues 
(Appendix B).
    Comment 75: Several commenters requested clarification on the 
application of TTS onset acoustic thresholds presented in the Guidance 
under NMFS' relevant statutes, including the Commission, which 
recommended all applicants be required to use the Guidance's TTS onset 
thresholds. The Commission requested further clarification on how the 
Guidance's TTS thresholds are to be implemented in conjunction with 
NMFS' generic RMS SPL 120/160 dB behavioral thresholds.
    Response: The Technical Guidance sets forth the levels at which TTS 
and PTS onset are likely to occur. In this Federal Register Notice 
(Regulatory Context), we describe our current agency practice for 
assessing take and refer readers to that section (this information 
previously appeared in the Draft Guidance Regulatory Context section). 
In short, PTS onset is treated as Level A harassment under the MMPA and 
harm under the ESA (as well as injury under NMSA as administered by 
NOS' National Marine Sanctuary Program), and NMFS recommends using the 
Technical Guidance to estimate take from PTS exposures in regulatory 
compliance documents.
    Regarding TTS, with the exception of underwater explosives (see 
Regulatory Context), NMFS does not currently recommend calculations of 
TTS exposures separate from assessments of Level B harassment or ESA 
harassment using the prior existing thresholds for enumerating 
behavioral takes. NMFS is in the process of evaluating behavioral 
effects thresholds and intends to develop related guidance for use in 
its regulatory processes. Because the effects in consideration when TTS 
is incurred are behavioral and temporary in nature, much like 
behavioral responses, we intend to address those effects in the context 
of regulatory compliance at that time.
    Comment 76: Multiple commenters indicated an inconsistency in the 
Guidance in the characterization of TTS among NOAA's various statutes 
(i.e., NMFS collectively does not consider TTS an auditory injury, but 
TTS is considered injury under the broad definition of the NMSA) and 
suggested NOAA implement a consistent regulatory interpretation of the 
term injure when addressing acoustic exposures on marine mammals.
    Response: The Guidance is a technical document that compiles, 
interprets, and synthesizes the scientific literature, to produce 
updated, scientifically-based, impact thresholds for assessing the 
effects of noise on hearing. Although these changes may necessitate new 
methodologies for calculating impacts, the application of the 
thresholds under applicable statutes remains consistent with past and 
current NMFS practice. See Regulatory Context section in this Federal 
Register Notice. That information was moved out of the main body of the 
Guidance to emphasize the distinction between the scientific exercise 
of developing updated thresholds, which is science-based, and the 
application of thresholds in the regulatory arena, which is also 
informed by policy and legal considerations.
    Comment 77: Multiple commenters recommended that NMFS consider 
threshold shifts requiring extended recovery periods (e.g., in excess 
of 24 hours), as well as nerve and other related damage, to be included 
in the definition of injury. The commenters expressed concern that NMFS 
did not consider the results of Kujawa and Liberman (2009) and Lin et 
al. (2011), and suggested the Guidance state that the PTS acoustic 
thresholds will be conservatively revised in the future to reflect any 
new evidence showing correlations of injurious effects of TTS below 
these new acoustic thresholds.
    Response: NMFS recognizes this is an area where additional study is 
needed. NMFS has included several conservative assumptions in its 
protocol for examining marine mammal hearing loss data (e.g., using a 6 
dB threshold shift to represent TTS onset, not directly accounting for 
exposure levels that did not result in threshold shifts, assuming there 
is no recovery with the 24-h baseline accumulation period or between 
intermittent exposures, etc.).
    The Technical Guidance includes information from Kujawa and 
Liberman (2009) and Lin et al. (2011) as a way to illustrate the 
complexity associated with noise-induced hearing loss and as an area 
where more research is needed (Appendix B). NMFS finds that these 
studies would be informative for use as qualitative considerations 
within the comprehensive effects analysis. NMFS acknowledges the 
complexity of sound exposure on the nervous system, and will re-examine 
this issue as more data become available.
    Comment 78: One commenter indicated that in Germany, TTS is 
considered the onset of injury. The commenter suggested that since many 
countries may adopt this Guidance rather than developing their own, 
NMFS make clear that choosing PTS as onset for injury is based on U.S. 
legal considerations.
    Response: This Federal Register Notice contains a section 
explaining the current U.S. regulatory context for using the acoustic 
thresholds contained in the Technical Guidance.
    Comment 79: Several commenters indicated that chronic, repeated 
exposures to levels capable of inducing TTS can lead to PTS and 
recommended that NMFS consider cumulative effects of all anthropogenic 
sound sources in terms of long-term exposure in the development of the 
Guidance's acoustic thresholds, as well as within the context of NEPA. 
Specifically, it was suggested that, apart from the accumulation time 
applied to any single activity (i.e., acoustic thresholds), NMFS add 
repeated, intermittent exposure to multiple acoustic activities to its 
table of ``qualitative factors for consideration.''
    Response: NMFS acknowledges that cumulative effects and long-term 
exposure of noise are important considerations in understanding the 
impacts of sound on marine mammals and that repeated exposures 
initially resulting in TTS have the potential to result in PTS. 
However, they are beyond the scope of this document, in terms of 
developing quantitative acoustic thresholds and are being considered by 
other mechanisms within or supported by NOAA (e.g., NOAA Ocean Noise 
Strategy and CetSound Projects; National Research Council's Ocean 
Studies Board's Cumulative Effects of Human Activities on Marine Mammal 
Populations Study). The Technical Guidance focuses on acute exposures 
to

[[Page 51713]]

noise and threshold shifts associated with these types of exposures. 
Additionally, the TTS data currently available for marine mammals only 
support deriving thresholds for these types of short-term exposures, 
rather than long-term/chronic exposure. Having data to address more 
realistic exposure scenarios, including repeated exposures, have been 
identified within our Research Recommendation Appendix (Appendix B).
    NMFS has added cumulative exposures to its recommended qualitative 
factors to consider within a comprehensive effects analysis. The 
discussion of qualitative factors has been moved from the main Guidance 
document to Appendix B (See Response to Comment 130).
    Comment 80: One commenter recommended that since seismic activities 
do not cause PTS and TTS ``during realistic field conditions,'' there 
is no need to apply the new PTS and TTS acoustic thresholds levels in 
the Guidance to these activities.
    Response: NMFS notes that the only marine mammal TTS data available 
are from laboratory studies, and that there are no TTS data available 
for any sound source in more realistic field conditions. Nevertheless, 
marine mammal laboratory studies offer vital information on exposure 
situations that can result in noise-induced threshold shifts, and NMFS 
used this information to establish acoustic thresholds for free-ranging 
animals exposed to anthropogenic sound sources in their natural 
environment. NMFS is not aware of any evidence to indicate that seismic 
sound sources should be treated differently than any other 
anthropogenic sound source.
Uncertainty and Statistical Analyses Associated With Temporary 
Threshold Shift Data
    Comment 81: Several commenters suggested that where a potential for 
uncertainty exists NMFS should proceed cautiously and consider 
adjustments to thresholds that are most protective of the animals. One 
commenter specifically urged NMFS to consider the precautionary 
principle within the Guidance and NOAA's need to comply with its own 
statutes.
    Response: The Technical Guidance identifies areas of uncertainty 
and data limitations (Appendix A) and has made several conservative 
assumptions to account for this (e.g., defining TTS onset as the level 
just above where individual variability in hearing occurs, not 
accounting for exposures where TTS onset did not occur, etc.). See 
Response to Comment 49 for more details on the issue of uncertainty. 
Additionally, a Research Recommendations section has been added to 
identify data gaps (Appendix B). As more data become available, NMFS 
can explore more sophisticated means of analysis.
    As previously indicated, the acoustic thresholds do not represent 
the entirety of an effects analysis, but rather serve as one tool to 
help evaluate the effects of a proposed action and make findings 
required by NOAA's various statutes. Further, other measures can be 
employed to account for uncertainty beyond considerations within the 
Technical Guidance (e.g., mitigation/monitoring requirements).
    Comment 82: Multiple commenters recommended that the procedures for 
establishing acoustic thresholds be revised to use the lowest available 
value or correction factor to account for the full representation of 
the distribution of TTS/PTS onset in a population rather than using the 
median value if five or more data points are available. Specifically, 
commenters expressed concern that NMFS is producing a threshold closer 
to the population mean (i.e., the point at which the first ``take'' is 
estimated to occur is roughly 50 percent of any given population will 
have already experienced a threshold shift) by relying on the median 
value. These commenters suggested that NMFS investigate statistical 
methods that deal with probabilities and distributions (e.g., Bayesian 
statistics), which particularly account for individual variability and 
uncertainty over the mean of threshold shift onset. These commenters 
further indicated that these statistical methods or a simple less 
precise alternative where the lowest reported TTS onset value was 
always selected (instead of the median) would likely provide a more 
appropriate estimation of TTS/PTS onset for a given proportion of the 
population.
    Contrary to the comments above, another commenter cautioned against 
relying on the lowest onset with limited data because these data could 
be outliers and result in overly conservative acoustic thresholds. The 
commenter further indicated that overly conservative thresholds could 
result in unrealistic exposure estimates and suggested NMFS' protocol 
be modified to examine the distribution of the data and make a reasoned 
decision about whether the lowest threshold might be an outlier and 
whether (and how) it should be included in the determination of a 
threshold.
    Response: NMFS incorporated several conservative assumptions into 
the derivation of the acoustic thresholds to account for uncertainty 
and variability (see Response to Comment 77). The comment's reference 
to use of a median value if five or more data points are available 
refers to proposed methodology from the 2013 Draft Guidance. The 2015 
Draft Guidance contained updated methodology for deriving TTS/PTS onset 
acoustic thresholds which better account for available marine mammal 
data (see Response to Comment 72).
    NMFS used the best available science to develop the Technical 
Guidance. As more data are collected, NMFS will be better able to 
identify outliers (e.g., one individual has an unusually high or low 
threshold or testing procedures led to flawed results) and consider 
necessary adjustments (i.e., removal of an outlier datum).
    Comment 83: Multiple commenters expressed concern associated with 
the Guidance's low acoustic thresholds for the HF cetacean hearing 
group. Specifically, the commenters indicated that for impulsive sound, 
the thresholds are based on data from a single study involving a single 
animal (harbor porpoise) (Lucke et al., 2009), and for non-impulsive 
sound, the threshold is based on a single study involving only two 
animals (Popov et al., 2011). The commenters remarked that both studies 
have potential biases and uncertainty and urged NMFS to allow for 
flexibility in the implementation of acoustic thresholds in future 
regulatory processes.
    Response: NMFS acknowledges that, for most hearing groups, data are 
available only from a limited number of species and a limited number of 
individuals within that species. The need for more data from all 
species is highlighted in the newly added Research Recommendation 
section of the Technical Guidance (Appendix B).
    In addition, new data have become available since the NMFS received 
this comment during the first public comment period. As indicated in 
the Technical Guidance, the acoustic threshold (SELcum 
metric) for HF cetaceans exposed to non-impulsive sound was derived 
using data from three studies (i.e., Kastelein et al., 2012, Kastelein 
et al., 2014a, and Kastelein et al., 2014b, not Popov et al., 2011a, 
which did not derive TTS onset and relied on AEP methodology). These 
new studies support results from Lucke et al. 2009 indicating that 
harbor porpoises have a lower TTS onset than other cetaceans (i.e., 
reason for separating MF and HF cetaceans into separate hearing 
groups).
    NMFS recognizes that acoustic thresholds for HF cetaceans, which 
are based exclusively from harbor porpoise

[[Page 51714]]

data, are much lower than other hearing groups, and therefore some 
additional considerations may be warranted on a case-by-case basis. 
However, it also should be noted that auditory weighting functions 
should be considered when evaluating impacts of sound on HF cetaceans, 
which are most susceptible to injury from higher frequency sounds 
(e.g., 25 to 60 kHz).
    Comment 84: Multiple commenters recommended a precautionary 
approach (i.e., more conservative thresholds) when applying the 
Guidance to activities and species in the Arctic.
    Response: NMFS recognizes that marine mammals in the Arctic are 
experiencing increasing pressures from human activities (e.g., climate 
change, increased commercial activities). However, NMFS does not find 
that there are data to indicate greater susceptibility of Arctic 
species to noise-induced hearing loss compared to non-Arctic species. 
Data from two Arctic species (spotted seal from Sills et al., 2014 and 
ringed seal from Sills et al., 2015) were used to derive composite 
audiograms for PW pinnipeds. Additionally, measured underwater hearing 
of two captive spotted seals (Sills et al., 2014) and two captive 
ringed seals (Sills et al., 2015) found these species' hearing 
abilities are comparable to harbor seals. Thus, harbor seals (i.e., 
only phocid with TTS data are available) are believed to be an 
appropriate surrogate for ice seal species.
    Further, audiogram data from belugas (n=9; more individuals of this 
species than any other) were specifically used to derive composite 
audiograms for MF cetaceans. In addition, recent data from Castellote 
et al. (2014), from free-ranging belugas in Alaska, indicate of the 
seven individuals tested (3 females/4 males; 1 subadult/6 adults), all 
had hearing abilities ``similar to those of belugas measured in 
zoological settings.'' Thus, from this study, it appears that for 
baseline hearing measurements, captive individuals are an appropriate 
surrogate for free-ranging animals. The Technical Guidance also 
incorporates TTS data (i.e., TTS onset and TTS growth rate) are 
available from four individual belugas (e.g., Schlundt et al., 2000; 
Popov et al., 2014)
    Thus, data from Arctic species are directly incorporated into 
numerous aspects of the Technical Guidance's methodology. These data 
indicate additional conservative adjustments in determining thresholds 
unnecessary. Precautionary adjustments may be made elsewhere (e.g., 
applied in a specific regulatory context of fully evaluating effects, 
authorizing, and developing mitigation for an action).
Cetacean Temporary Threshold Shift Data
    Comment 85: There was concerned expressed that the low TTS onset 
thresholds for HF cetaceans exposed to impulsive sources results from a 
AEP study, opposed to one using behavioral methods, and that this 
violates the methodology of only using behavioral data stipulated in 
Appendix A of the Guidance. Contrary to this comment, multiple 
commenters advocated for the inclusion of TTS data derived using AEPs 
into the Guidance's methodology.
    Response: As mentioned in earlier, NMFS established an informal 
data hierarchy in consideration of the development of the Technical 
Guidance's composite audiograms and acoustic thresholds (see Response 
to Comment 43), with the best-representative data being used over other 
sources. In the case of deriving TTS acoustic thresholds for HF 
cetaceans, only one dataset is currently available (Lucke et al., 
2009), which relies on AEP measurements. Appendix A specifically 
addresses this issue: ``Note that the data from Lucke et al. (2009) are 
based on AEP measurements and may thus under-estimate TTS onset; 
however, they are used here because of the very limited nature of the 
impulse TTS data for marine mammals and the likelihood that the high-
frequency cetaceans are more susceptible than the mid-frequency 
cetaceans (i.e., use of the mid-frequency cetacean value is not 
appropriate).''
    There have been limited comparisons of TTS data collected via 
behavioral versus AEP methods for any marine mammals, especially marine 
mammals. There is only one available marine mammal study (Finneran et 
al., 2007) that found threshold shifts of 40 to 45 dB associated with 
AEP methods and 19 to 33 dB thresholds shifts measured via behavioral 
methods. These two methodologies do not provide the same results (i.e., 
AEP methods consistently produce higher thresholds compared to 
behavioral techniques), and there is currently no accurate means 
available to ``correct'' AEP data so that it can be more comparable to 
those obtained via behavioral techniques.
    Comment 86: One commenter requested the Guidance provide additional 
clarification on the TTS PK acoustic threshold of 224 dB for MF 
cetaceans and suggested a 226 dB value be used instead, as is cited in 
Finneran et al. (2002).
    Response: NMFS notes the Guidance's MF cetacean TTS onset PK 
threshold is based on the pressure levels originally expressed as 
pounds per square inch (psi) presented in Finneran et al. (2002). This 
value was then converted from psi to peak pressure levels (i.e., 23 psi 
is equivalent to PK 224 dB). The PK 226 dB, referred to by the 
commenter, was a peak-to-peak pressure level and not a peak pressure 
level (i.e., different metric), which was why it was not directly 
applied to the Technical Guidance.
    Comment 87: The Commission recommended that instead of using the MF 
cetaceans' PK thresholds as surrogates for other hearing groups where 
no data are available that NMFS consider dynamic range (i.e., 
difference between threshold at frequency of best hearing sensitivity 
and peak pressure threshold) for deriving peak pressure thresholds, as 
has been used for humans (e.g., 140 dB from Occupational Safety and 
Health Administration, OSHA). The Commission specifically suggested 
NMFS apply the measured dynamic range from HF cetaceans to the derive 
thresholds for LF cetaceans, PW pinnipeds, and OW pinnipeds.
    Contrary to the Commission's recommendation, several commenters 
criticized NMFS' use of dynamic range to predict PK thresholds. 
Specifically, commenters questioned NMFS use of onset TTS to define 
dynamic range, since the onset of TTS is not equivalent to the 
threshold of pain and therefore overly conservative (i.e., different 
between TTS onset and PTS is approximately 40 dB). Additionally, these 
commenters indicated that dynamic range data are available for both 
pinniped hearing groups (Kastak et al., 2005) and should be used 
instead of surrogate data from MF and HF cetaceans.
    Additionally, one group of commenters requested NMFS provide more 
information on why the median dynamic range for MF and HF cetaceans was 
used as a surrogate for LF cetaceans.
    Response: NMFS evaluated the Commission's recommendation of an 
alternative methodology for deriving PK thresholds using dynamic range 
and determined that it is a more valid approach to approximating PK 
thresholds for hearing groups where no data exist. However, NMFS 
determined that using the dynamic range for HF cetaceans for other 
hearing groups was not appropriate and instead used the median of the 
dynamic range from both MF and HF cetaceans to derive PK thresholds for 
PW and OW pinnipeds and LF cetaceans.
    As for comments criticizing the Technical Guidance's methodology 
for establishing PK thresholds based on dynamic range, NMFS notes that

[[Page 51715]]

``dynamic range'' can have many connotations. In the Technical 
Guidance, we relate hearing threshold and TTS onset levels, and 
therefore define dynamic range based on hearing threshold and TTS 
onset. Furthermore, NMFS does consider a 40 dB threshold shift to 
represent the PTS onset and uses this value to approximate PTS onset 
thresholds from available TTS onset data (i.e., TTS growth rate data). 
NMFS re-evaluated data within Kastak et al. (2005) to consider for 
establishing PK pressure thresholds for pinnipeds, rather than using 
surrogate MF and HF cetacean data. Within this publication, NMFS could 
not find any information on dynamic range for pinnipeds or any other 
publication that provides impulsive data for pinnipeds. Therefore, 
dynamic range cannot be directly calculated for pinnipeds and surrogate 
data had to be used.
    As for the request for more information on why a surrogate dynamic 
range from MF and HF cetacean data was used for LF cetaceans, NMFS 
relied on the methodology used in other situations to derive surrogate 
values for species groups where data do not exist (i.e., use data from 
other hearing groups, assuming groups where data are not available fall 
within the bounds of existing marine mammal data). Until data become 
available for these hearing groups, NMFS believes this method is an 
appropriate means of deriving surrogate values.
    Comment 88: Multiple commenters expressed concern that the Guidance 
excludes studies in which TTS was not induced, and that, as a result, 
the acoustic thresholds could represent exposure scenarios that will 
not necessarily result in TTS under all conditions. The commenters 
suggested that Guidance's thresholds should only be used to estimate 
the number of animals that could potentially experience TTS (i.e., 
acoustic exposure levels describe potential and not actual TTS onset 
for all exposure scenarios) and that exposures not inducing TTS be 
directly included and used to develop the Guidance's acoustic 
thresholds. The commenters stressed that this distinction is important 
because the Draft Guidance defines TTS, not ``potential TTS,'' as Level 
B harassment and that how Level B harassment is estimated has important 
relevance to the ``small numbers'' and ``negligible impact'' 
determinations that must be made in support of MMPA incidental take 
authorizations.
    Response: The Technical Guidance itself does not rely upon or 
address regulatory practice or interpretations. The section of the 
Draft Guidance that discussed application of thresholds in the 
regulatory context for informational purposes has been more 
appropriately placed in this Federal Register Notice (see Regulatory 
Context). However, to account for uncertainty and limited data, the 
Technical Guidance used a conservative protocol to estimate the onset 
of TTS (see Response to Comment 77). NMFS agrees that exposure 
scenarios where TTS could not be induced are not directly accounted for 
in the development of the quantitative acoustic thresholds. 
Nevertheless, in some situations, studies where TTS could not be 
induced are used to evaluate (cross-check) the Guidance thresholds 
(e.g., HF cetacean pile driving data; MF cetacean seismic airgun data, 
MF cetacean explosion simulator data). As more data become available, 
NMFS may explore alternative means of deriving acoustic thresholds 
(e.g., protocol that directly accounts for scenarios when threshold 
shifts do and do not occur).
    Comment 89: The Commission indicated that TTS data have not been 
collected for either HF or MF cetaceans below 1 kHz. Further, they 
recommend that measurements of TTS frequencies lower than 1 kHz and TTS 
measurements associated with exposure to multiple pulses/hammers 
strikes be added the Guidance's Research Recommendations (Appendix B).
    Response: Although limited, TTS data have been collected at 
frequencies below 1 kHz for HF and MF cetaceans. Finneran et al. (2015) 
exposed bottlenose dolphins (MF cetaceans) to multiple impulses from 
seismic airguns measured TTS at a range of frequencies (0.5 to 64 kHz) 
for three individuals (see Figure 6 in Finneran et al., 2015b). 
Additionally, Kastelein et al. (2015) exposed a harbor porpoise (HF 
cetacean) to playbacks of offshore pile driving and measured TTS at a 
range of frequencies from 0.5 to 125 kHz. Finally, Kastelein et al. 
(2014) exposed harbor porpoise (HF cetaceans) to 1 to 2 kHz sonar 
sweeps and measured TTS at 1.5 kHz. NMFS agrees with the Commission's 
recommendations for additional research and has added them to Appendix 
B of the Guidance (i.e., Sound Exposure to More Realistic Scenarios).
Pinniped Temporary Threshold Shift Data
    Comment 90: One commenter remarked that pinnipeds are likely to be 
less sensitive to noise compared to cetaceans and expressed concern 
that the Guidance's extrapolations using cetaceans as surrogates for 
pinnipeds may be flawed. Given the current lack of information, the 
commenter suggested the highest threshold values from any of the 
cetacean hearing groups (and not any higher) be used to establish the 
underwater acoustic thresholds for pinnipeds.
    Response: In establishing the pinniped thresholds, NMFS used the 
best available data (i.e., non-impulsive TTS thresholds are based on 
measurements collected from three individual harbor seals and a single 
California sea lion) and acknowledges that in some situations where no 
pinniped data were available, cetacean data were used as surrogate data 
to derive acoustic thresholds for pinnipeds. As an example, for PK 
thresholds, data from MF cetaceans and HF cetaceans were used to 
determine an appropriate dynamic range for pinnipeds, but this 
surrogate dynamic range was then combined with direct data on hearing 
thresholds from pinnipeds to derive these thresholds (i.e., combination 
of pinniped and other marine mammal data). As more direct pinniped data 
become available, NMFS will re-evaluate these acoustic thresholds. This 
has specifically been identified as a data gap within the Research 
Recommendation Appendix (Appendix B) of the Technical Guidance.
    Comment 91: A commenter expressed concern that the thresholds for 
OW pinnipeds were much higher than other hearing groups, especially 
that the SELcum thresholds are not much lower than the PK 
threshold. It was indicated that these values appear anomalous and 
should be verified.
    Response: NMFS re-evaluated the data used to derive the OW pinniped 
acoustic thresholds. There are only limited data available for this 
hearing group, with TTS onset thresholds for non-impulsive sources 
coming from a single California sea lion. This threshold is 18 dB 
higher than that for PW pinnipeds and at least 20+ dB higher than the 
thresholds for the cetacean hearing group. Additionally, with the 
updated methodology to estimate PK thresholds using dynamic range (2016 
Proposed Changes document), the OW pinniped PK thresholds have 
increased by 2 dB compared to the thresholds in the 2015 Draft 
Guidance. Due to lack of data for OW pinnipeds, surrogate datasets or 
methodologies to approximate TTS onset for impulsive sounds and PTS 
onset levels had to be used. These approximations build upon the one 
data set available for OW pinnipeds. Thus, all the resulting thresholds 
are higher than those of other hearing groups. This has been 
highlighted within the Technical

[[Page 51716]]

Guidance's Appendix B: Research Recommendations.
Alternative Acoustic Thresholds (Optional Means To Incorporate 
Weighting Functions)
    Comment 92: One commenter suggested that there is no justification 
or explanation for the process for alternative acoustic thresholds 
within the 2015 Draft Guidance and that attempts to compare the results 
of using these alternative thresholds seem to produce conservative 
(i.e., higher) levels of exposure when compared to the thresholds the 
encompass the full auditory weighting function.
    Response: Based on public comment, NMFS re-evaluated its proposed 
alternative acoustic thresholds and replaced this methodology with 
optional weighting factor adjustments (WFAs) that more realistically 
incorporate marine mammal auditory weighting functions for all hearing 
groups (not just HF and MF cetaceans) and allow for all action 
proponents to use the same acoustic thresholds.
    NMFS has included additional explanation in the final Technical 
Guidance's Appendix D. For situations where the full auditory weighting 
functions cannot be incorporated, updated weighting factor adjustments 
are provided, which are based on broader, simpler consideration of 
weighting functions (i.e., relies on using a single frequency that best 
represents where a particular sound has energy). Incorporating optional 
WFAs should result in similar if not identical isopleths for narrowband 
sources and slightly more conservative isopleths (albeit more realistic 
than the previous alternative threshold methodology) for broadband 
sources compared to those action proponents that can fully incorporate 
the Technical Guidance's auditory weighting functions.
    Comment 93: The Commission questioned the utility of two sets of 
thresholds in the Guidance (i.e., weighted and unweighted), noting that 
if an action proponent can calculate or determine the isopleths 
(distances) to the relevant thresholds (weighted or unweighted) then 
that same action proponent should be able to apply the auditory 
weighting functions. The Commission suggested that NMFS require action 
proponents to use the best available science, including auditory 
weighting functions and relevant weighted thresholds, rather than give 
action proponents the choice of using unweighted thresholds.
    Response: NMFS notes that the updated optional WFAs, which replace 
the Draft Guidance alternative thresholds, are provided for action 
proponents unable to fully incorporate auditory weighting functions. 
This is because, especially for broadband sources (which most 
anthropogenic sources are), this incorporation is not a simple 
calculation (i.e., it depends upon the spectrum of the source). NMFS 
regards the practicality of applying more complex, updated thresholds 
an important consideration. This is why NMFS has provided the simpler 
optional WFA approach, which allows action proponents to apply 
weighting in a simpler manner (i.e., most appropriate single 
frequency). The use of WFAs results in all action proponents using on 
the same thresholds.
    Comment 94: Several commenters suggested that the Guidance provide 
clear direction on which thresholds should be used and under what 
specific circumstances. Further, multiple commenters noted that the 
Guidance's alternative thresholds (updated WFAs in final Technical 
Guidance) represent a simple and conservative way to present the 
thresholds and recommended that they be applied to all action 
proponents. Doing so, the commenters suggested, would simplify 
implementation for all authorization action proponents, as well as 
those processing and reviewing the applications, including the 
associated public comment by increasing transparency and reducing 
application processing time.
    Response: As indicated in the Response to the previous comment, 
alternative thresholds have been removed from the final Technical 
Guidance, such that all action proponents are using identical 
thresholds, regardless of their ability to incorporated marine mammal 
weighting functions. NMFS appreciates the need for clarity and has 
included more information in the final Technical Guidance's Appendix D 
regarding when optional WFAs should be used. Specifically, text has 
been added to indicate that NMFS recognizes that the implementation of 
marine mammal auditory weighting functions represents a new and 
complicating factor for consideration, which may extend beyond the 
capabilities of some action proponents and that NMFS has developed 
optional WFAs for those who cannot fully apply weighting functions 
associated with the SELcum metric. Action proponents are 
encouraged to incorporate as many factors, like full auditory weighting 
functions, into their exposure models as possible.
    Comment 95: One commenter suggested that NMFS include a more 
detailed definition of the term ``narrowband,'' one that includes 
explanatory text with regard to the derivation, terms and application 
within the Guidance. Additionally, it was pointed out that NMFS is 
incorrect to assume that narrowband sources will precisely adhere to 
manufacture specifications and that harmonics or subharmonics are 
unusual occurrences with these sources.
    Response: NMFS agrees and has included additional clarification in 
the Technical Guidance regarding the derivation and application of WFAs 
in Appendix D (see Response to Comment 70). The term ``bandwidth'' is 
defined in the Glossary (Appendix E). Additionally, based on this 
comment, NMFS has revised the Technical Guidance to indicate harmonics 
and sub-harmonics are almost always present and should be considered 
when evaluating a source. The terms ``harmonics'' and ``sub-harmonics'' 
have also been added to the Glossary (Appendix E) of the Technical 
Guidance.
24-Hour Accumulation Period
    Comment 96: One commenter suggested the Guidance's 
SELcum metric should require that the accumulation period be 
based on the time an animal is or could be exposed to the sound and not 
necessarily the time the noise occurs.
    Along these same lines, the Commission noted that the accumulation 
period should account for the biology, ecology, and ecological setting 
(e.g., semi-enclosed bay, steep-sided underwater canyon) of the 
affected animals and recommended that for activities that last at least 
24 hours, NMFS consult with scientists and acousticians regarding the 
applicability of an accumulation time for species that occur in a 
confined or small geographic area during an extended period of time and 
for activities that may affect resident populations or marine mammals 
involved in certain behavior states (e.g., feeding, breeding/nursing, 
socializing). Several other commenters provided similar examples and 
made similar recommendations.
    Response: NMFS agrees that the accumulation time associated with 
SELcum metric should be based on the time the animal is 
exposed, but notes that this can be exceedingly difficult if not 
impossible or practical to determine (i.e., an animal's movement can 
vary over space and time).
    Further, NMFS acknowledges for exposure scenarios that occur in 
confined geographic areas with resident populations, case-specific 
modifications can be made, if appropriate, to the accumulation period 
to capture the

[[Page 51717]]

potential for extended exposure periods for these populations. Various 
factors could be considered, including consulting with scientists, if 
appropriate.
    Comment 97: One commenter expressed concern that implementing a 
fixed accumulation period that is not based on physiology could have 
unintended consequences. The commenter provided the example of when an 
operation lasts for more than 24 hours, the use of a fixed 24-h 
accumulation period may result in animals being ``taken'' multiple 
times and that this may skew the risk assessment.
    Response: The Technical Guidance focuses on predicting onset of PTS 
and TTS, including consideration of energy accumulation. In the 
regulatory context, NMFS acknowledges that the application of the 
updated acoustic thresholds for quantifying take could result in 
scenarios where an animal could be ``taken'' on multiple days (i.e., a 
stationary source near resident animals; mobile source continuing over 
multiple days), but this is no different from how take calculations are 
done under the current thresholds, nor should it skew the broader 
effects analysis. Ultimately, other factors would have to be taken into 
consideration within a comprehensive effect analysis, including if the 
same animals are exposed or ``taken'' on multiple days.
    Comment 98: Several commenters recommended that the accumulation 
period encompass the entire duration of an activity and suggested NMFS 
revise the Technical Guidance to allow for the option of 
SELcum modeling for the duration of the activity, in order 
to allow action proponents the ability to utilize the approach with the 
smallest estimated number of marine mammal exposures.
    Response: NMFS determined the data currently available for deriving 
acoustic thresholds do not support an accumulation period beyond 24 
hours (e.g., available marine mammal TTS data are only available for 
shorter duration exposures). Further, a key consideration in accurately 
accumulating exposure beyond the recommended 24-h period is the ability 
to accurately predict the location of the receiver relative to the 
source. Again, the understanding of marine mammal distribution and 
movement, especially during periods of sound exposure, is limited. 
These data limitations hamper the ability to make realistic exposure 
predictions for longer duration exposures. However, NMFS acknowledges 
that there may be specific exposure situations where this accumulation 
period requires adjustment and will work with action proponents to make 
these adjustments (e.g., a resident population found in a small and/or 
confined area; continuous stationery activity nearby an area where 
marine mammals congregate, like a pinniped pupping beach). Finally, 
NMFS recommends use of the approach that produces the most accurate 
results for an activity (i.e., not necessarily the one that produces 
the smallest or largest number of exposures).
    Comment 99: Multiple commenters requested clarification as to 
whether the Guidance accounts for the accumulation of sound from 
multiple activities in the same area and multiple sources/phases 
associated with a single activity. The commenters requested that an 
alternative method/metric be developed for multiple sources active in 
the same area at the same time (i.e., to better address cumulative 
exposure associated with the entire soundscape). Specifically, the 
Commission recommended that NMFS require action proponents use the 
Guidance thresholds for determining the relevant isopleths associated 
with activities that use multiple sound sources in the same area during 
the same timeframe (e.g., multibeam echosounders and sub-bottom 
profilers simultaneously with airguns during a seismic survey, various 
types of sonar and/or impulsive sources used simultaneously during a 
military exercise), rather than requiring action proponents to apply 
the thresholds to discrete sources used during a specific activity.
    Response: The Technical Guidance recommends application of the 
SELcum metric to assess the impacts of noise on hearing for 
individual activities/sources. Because current data available for 
deriving acoustic thresholds are based on exposure to only a single 
source, this metric is not intended for accumulating sound exposure 
from multiple activities occurring within the same area or over the 
same time or for multiple sources within a single activity. Currently, 
NMFS is unaware of alternative metrics available to assess the impacts 
of noise on hearing from multiple sound sources. As more data become 
available, NMFS can re-evaluate the use of this metric for application 
of exposure from multiple activities occurring in space and time. In 
other contexts, such as masking, which is expected to occur at much 
lower levels and much more likely to result from the contributions of 
multiple sources, NMFS is supporting efforts to better assess the 
impact of multiple sound sources on marine mammals (e.g., NOAA Ocean 
Noise Strategy and CetSound Projects; National Research Council's Ocean 
Studies Board's Cumulative Effects of Human Activities on Marine Mammal 
Populations Study).
    Comment 100: The Commission requested that NMFS provide additional 
guidance on how action proponents unable to incorporate moving sources 
should determine the total ensonified area (and consequently the number 
of ``takes'') and recommended that action proponents unable to model 
moving receivers and/or sources determined the total ensonified area 
based on a model accumulating the energy for 24 hours and then 
multiplying that ensonified area by the marine mammal density to 
determine the total number of ``takes.'' The Commission's approach does 
not assume a constant distance from the source, but rather a total 
ensonified area associated with activity lasting 24 hours (or less if 
appropriate) and a uniform density.
    Response: Instead of the approach recommended by the Commission, 
NMFS created a simple User Spreadsheet (released with Technical 
Guidance) to aid action proponents in determining the isopleth 
associated with their particular activity, if they are unable to employ 
more sophisticated modeling techniques. The updated simple methodology 
is based on the concept of ``safe distance'' presented in Sivle et al. 
(2014) for moving sources, with more details presented in Appendix D of 
the Guidance. The ``safe distance'' is equivalent to isopleths 
applicants have calculated in the past, with area and marine mammal 
exposures calculated by the same means (i.e., multiply isopleth times 
marine mammal density) applicants have used with NMFS' current 
thresholds (e.g., generic RMS SPL 180/190 dB).
    Comment 101: One commenter requested clarification on several 
questions related to the modeling of exposures using more and less 
sophisticated methods: (1) Must a model be able to incorporate the 
movement of both the source and the receivers or at least the receiver? 
(2) How will NMFS determine whether an action proponent has the ability 
to model moving receivers or not? (3) What will be the difference 
between an action proponent employing more sophisticated modeling 
capabilities versus those with less sophisticated capabilities?
    Response: An action proponent is responsible for determining their 
own modeling capabilities and, depending on the source and/or receiver, 
this might include movement or not in order to recreate the most 
realistic source-receiver separation (i.e., variation in spacing 
between source and receiver over space and time). While NMFS does

[[Page 51718]]

not require any particular models be used, they do evaluate the 
appropriateness of models and associated methodologies used in 
estimating acoustic exposures on a case-by-case basis in the context of 
a proposed activity. NMFS has provided an optional User Spreadsheet for 
action proponents unable to employ more sophisticated modeling on their 
own. Generally speaking, because it intentionally includes multiple 
conservative assumptions, we expect the simple, alternative method 
generally will result in higher estimates of PTS-level exposure (which 
in turn will translate into higher take estimates). A comprehensive 
effects analysis for an action would take into consideration the fact 
that the alternative method results in overestimates.
    Comment 102: Several commenters indicated that the Guidance needs 
to better address the potential of noise-induced hearing loss from more 
continuous sources that operate 24 hours a day for multiple days (e.g., 
renewable energy wind farms/tidal operations; communication/navigation 
beacons). Additionally, a commenter urged NMFS to consider 
complementary devices operating synchronously in arrays as a continuous 
sound source, rather than discrete sources. This same commenter 
requested consideration for continuous noise sources having the 
potential to displace an animal from critical feeding habitat.
    Response: In U.S. waters, NMFS is aware of very few sources with 
the potential of operating continuously (i.e., 24 hours a day, 7 days a 
week, year-round). However, renewable energy platforms have the 
capabilities for these types of continuous operations. NMFS 
acknowledges that continuous operations can result in higher potential 
for exposure accumulation, but the majority of renewable energy 
operations produce relatively low levels of sound (i.e., close to 
ambient, especially in environments conducive to wave or tidal devices; 
e.g., Coping et al., 2014; Schuster et al., 2015) that even over an 
accumulation period of 24-h are unlikely to exceed the PTS onset 
thresholds. As for the operation of communication/navigation beacons, 
these types of sources have a multitude of characteristics (e.g., 
source level, duty cycle, frequency band, beam width/orientation) but 
generally have relatively short pulse lengths and produce higher 
frequencies (i.e., greater ability for sound to attenuate) reducing the 
likelihood of exposure resulting in cumulative effects. Finally, 
regarding the comment about displacing an animal from critical feeding 
habitat, the Technical Guidance focuses on the effects of noise on 
marine mammal hearing and does not address displacement.
    As previously addressed in a prior comment, because a sound 
operates 24-h a day does not necessarily mean a receiver is exposed to 
that source for that entire period (i.e., marine mammals are capable of 
moving vertically or horizontally in the water column) or that it is 
exposed to levels capable of inducing noise induced threshold shifts. 
In other words, having an accurate understanding of the spatial and 
temporal overlap between a source and receiver is important in being 
able to accurately predict exposures.
Recovery
    Comment 103: Multiple commenters recommended that the Guidance 
consider data on marine mammal recovery from noise exposure. 
Specifically, one commenter suggested the use of a ``leaky-integrator 
model'' that accumulates sound energy and account for potential 
physiological recovery in a time-dependent manner (described by a time 
constant). The commenter indicated that the value of the time 
constant(s) is not known but could be conservatively estimated.
    Contrary to this comment, another commenter cautioned that recovery 
times have generally been measured only during quiet periods within 
laboratory settings and that in the open ocean, it is likely that free-
ranging animals will be exposed to sound during the recovery period.
    Response: Recovery is an important consideration in assessing the 
effects of noise on marine mammals, and the Technical Guidance includes 
general information on recovery. We also agree recovery in the open 
ocean is more complex than measured in a laboratory setting. Currently, 
there are not enough data to directly take recovery into consideration 
in the development of acoustic thresholds (and this is specifically 
identified as a research recommendation in Appendix B), including the 
integration of a ``leaky-integrator model.'' As more data become 
available, NMFS can re-evaluate this issue. NMFS has provided 
additional text in the Technical Guidance to address why recovery was 
not directly considered in a quantitative manner. NMFS has also 
provided more clarification in the text regarding recovery and the 
Technical Guidance baseline accumulation period.
    Comment 104: One commenter suggested that the Guidance's 
accumulation period be ``reset'' to zero only when there has been a 
sufficiently long silent period (i.e., not automatically after 24 
hours). The commenter referred to NMFS' interim injury impact pile 
driving criteria for fishes, which assumes that accumulation from zero 
occurs only after a recovery period of 12 hours without sound exposure.
    Response: NMFS' interim injury criteria for fishes pertain to 
smaller pile driving activities (i.e., primarily associated with 
construction) that only occur during daylight hours, where resetting 
the accumulation period and allowing for a 12-h recovery period is 
possible. However, some activities covered by the scope of this 
Technical Guidance continue for longer than 24 hours (e.g., seismic 
survey) and only resetting the accumulation after a sufficiently long 
silent period (i.e., 12 to 24 hours) is not feasible. The data 
currently available for deriving acoustic thresholds do not support an 
accumulation period beyond 24 hours, and accumulating over the entire 
activity duration (i.e., beyond 24 hours) could result in unrealistic 
exposure results (e.g., difficult to predict the temporal and spatial 
variability of a receivers over multiple days; see Response to Comment 
79).
    Comment 105: One commenter noted that if TTS and/or PTS are caused 
by build-up of free radicals in the hair cell synapses (e.g., McFadden 
et al., 2005), then exposure over extended periods must take the 
clearance rate of the free radicals into consideration. The commenter 
indicated that a 24-h period might be a reasonable approach based on 
human audiometry but that given the absence of sufficient marine mammal 
data, it may be necessary to consider SELcum over periods of 
greater than 24 hours in situations where sources are loudest (e.g., 
large seismic airgun surveys) and propagation loss is lowest.
    Response: NMFS acknowledges there are a multitude of factors that 
affect recovery from noise-induced hearing loss, including clearance of 
free radicals, making recovery complex. Further, there is a lack of 
data, especially for marine mammals. That said, NMFS acknowledges there 
may be some situations where the accumulation period needs to be 
extended beyond 24 hours depending on case-specific scenarios. However, 
these should be exceptions and not the norm (i.e., proposed 
accumulations periods represent the typical exposure scenario; see 
Response to Comment 79).
    Comment 106: Multiple commenters expressed concern that several of 
the recovery time lengths in the marine mammal TTS literature have been 
reported to exceed 24 hours and

[[Page 51719]]

indicate the Guidance's acoustic thresholds may not be sufficiently 
conservative. Further, several commenters requested that NMFS consider 
recovery in terms of exposure to other stressors, since these stressors 
may exacerbate threshold shifts and/or recovery.
    Response: NMFS acknowledges that recovery from noise exposure is 
extremely complex and depends on a multitude of factors, which is why 
recovery was not directly integrated into the Technical Guidance's 
recommended accumulation period or into the acoustic thresholds. As 
NMFS notes in the Technical Guidance, threshold shifts on the order of 
the established PTS onset (i.e., 40 dB) recorded in marine mammal 
laboratory studies have still resulted in recovery. Additionally, NMFS 
has made several conservative assumptions in the development of its 
acoustic thresholds (see Response to Comment 77). NMFS has added a 
research recommendation relating to examining noise under realistic 
exposure scenarios, including consideration of other stressors.
    Comment 107: Several commenters suggested that the accumulation 
period allow for the consideration of periods of reduced or no sound 
(e.g., power-downs and line turns during seismic activities).
    Response: NMFS agrees that power-downs associated with line turns 
(not associated with mitigation, which can be unpredictable) should be 
accounted for in modeling, particularly with the accumulation period 
(i.e., total exposure period within a 24-h period, excluding periods 
when there is no exposure).
Appendix D: Alternative Methodology (Formerly Identified as the User 
Guide)
    Comment 108: Several commenters indicated that the Guidance should 
not be finalized until the public has been given the opportunity to 
evaluate NMFS' user tools (i.e., having these tools is necessary to 
perform a thorough analysis of the Guidance).
    Response: NMFS disagrees. See Response to Comment 3.
    Comment 109: It was suggested by a commenter that an alternative 
method is unnecessary, as it is unlikely animals will remain close 
enough to a source to exceed the Guidance's SELcum 
thresholds (i.e., PK is anticipated to be the dominant metric, 
resulting in the largest isopleth for most, if not all situations).
    Response: NMFS disagrees that the PK should be assumed to be the 
threshold resulting in the most conservative (i.e., largest) isopleth 
for most sources. Furthermore, as a result of public comment, NMFS 
decided to remove the PK thresholds for non-impulsive sounds. For 
impulsive sounds, NMFS recommends an action proponent fully evaluate 
their sound source to determine which metric would be dominant. NMFS 
agrees it may be unlikely that animals would remain close to a source 
for extended periods of time in most exposure situations. However, 
predicting animal movement and distribution, especially during sound 
exposure scenarios, is difficult. Finally, NMFS recognizes that in 
updating our acoustic thresholds to reflect the best available science, 
they have become more complex. Thus, Appendix D provides a set of 
tools, examples, and weighting factor adjustments to allow action 
proponents with different levels of exposure modeling capabilities to 
reasonably approximate PTS onset, using the updated acoustic 
thresholds, for all sound sources.
    Comment 110: Several commenters requested NMFS explain how the 
SELcum acoustic threshold should be used to determine if an 
auditory impact would occur. Commenters recommended more guidance on 
how this would be implemented for a couple of example projects (i.e. 
stationary source such as pile driving, and moving source such as 
seismic).
    Response: Due to the diverse array of potential sound sources, it 
is impractical for NMFS to provide specific, detailed example 
calculations within the Technical Guidance. However, NMFS is providing 
a simple optional User Spreadsheet to aid action proponents unable to 
perform more sophisticated exposure modeling. This spreadsheet 
specifically provides a means of applying the Technical Guidance's 
thresholds and simplified weighting (WFAs) and calculates isopleths 
associated with thresholds expressed as SELcum. Thus, 
example calculations can be completed by using the optional User 
Spreadsheet. Those using more sophisticated models (e.g., animats) 
would presumably have some other means of accounting for cumulative 
exposure, like an ``acoustic dosimeter,'' and would not necessarily 
need to determine a SELcum threshold distance (see Response 
to Comment 114).
    Comment 111: Concern was expressed by several commenters that the 
alternative methodology provided in Appendix D would limit flexibility 
to assess the impacts of noise on marine mammal hearing.
    Response: Action proponents are not obligated to use the 
alternative methodology and may perform more sophisticated modeling or 
consider additional action- or location-specific factors, if able. 
Thus, action proponents are given flexibility in terms of their 
exposure modeling.
    Comment 112: Several commenters were concerned that the highly 
technical nature of the Guidance does not lend itself to direct and 
consistent application, particularly by non-experts and indicated that 
alternative methodology could result in more restrictive acoustic 
criteria for the smaller action proponents.
    Response: NMFS has produced an associated simple optional User 
Spreadsheet that has been finalized with the Technical Guidance to 
assist stakeholders in applying the updated acoustic thresholds 
associated with the more complex SELcum thresholds, 
including tools to help those that cannot incorporate more complicated 
auditory weighting functions (see Response to Comments 70 and 100).
    NMFS acknowledges that less sophisticated exposure models may 
result in higher exposure estimates because these models do not 
incorporate as many factors as more sophisticated models. Action 
proponents are encouraged to incorporate as many appropriate factors 
into their modeling as possible. An action proponent is not obligated 
to use the simpler tools provided by NMFS, if they can provide equally 
or more realistic exposure modeling on their own.
    Comment 113: One commenter noted that the NMFS' West Coast Region 
provides a SELcum calculator for estimating impacts to 
fishes during impact pile driving, including the incorporation of an 
``effective quiet'' value, and requested a similar calculator be 
provided for marine mammals. The commenter recommended a consistent 
process for accumulating energy and assessing impacts to all species 
under NMFS' purview.
    Response: The Technical Guidance provides a similar 
SELcum calculator for marine mammals, but effective quiet 
will not be directly incorporated into the marine mammal calculator 
because NMFS determined there are not enough data at this time to do 
so. NMFS believes it is consistent in how it assesses acoustic impacts 
for the various species under its jurisdiction but, there may be 
exceptions that depend on various factors (e.g., species-specific 
considerations, data availability, etc.).
Model Specifications
    Comment 114: Multiple commenters indicated that the Guidance 
suggests that a variety of model approaches could be employed in 
applying the Guidance's acoustic thresholds. Instead, the commenters 
suggested that NMFS

[[Page 51720]]

recommended standardized computer models or modeling requirements, 
which would allow regulators, industry, and the public to run 
repeatable analysis to verify acoustic data based on NMFS' 
recommendations. The commenters expressed concern that it is likely 
that both the current range of modeling vendor choices and their 
capacity will be inadequate to fulfill the agency's requirements, which 
could lead to unwarranted permitting delays or costs, and suggested a 
transition period to necessitate the expansion of the pool of adequate 
modeling expertise and vendors. Finally, a commenter recommended that 
NMFS undertake model validation/verification as part of the process of 
developing the final acoustic criteria.
    Response: Providing standard computer models for analysis or 
modeling requirements associated with the application of the Technical 
Guidance's acoustic thresholds and/or auditory weighting functions, as 
well as model validation/verification, is beyond the scope of this 
exercise. The adequacy of models will depend on a multitude of factors, 
including the activity (source) and potential receivers. Because the 
updated acoustic thresholds are more complex, simpler alternatives have 
been provided (e.g., User Spreadsheet with weighting factor adjustments 
for those unable to fully incorporate auditory weighting functions), 
which can be used until the pool of adequate modeling expertise is 
expanded. Further, NMFS recognizes there will be a transition period 
before the Guidance is fully used. (See previous section in this Notice 
on Transitioning to the Technical Guidance).
    Comment 115: The Commission recommended that the Guidance provide 
specifications necessary to perform exposure modeling. They indicate 
that it is NMFS' responsibility, as a regulatory agency, to make 
required findings and direct action proponents to the appropriate types 
of models, including inputs and appropriate factors to be considered 
within those models.
    Response: NMFS does not currently provide modeling specifications 
and has no current plans to do so. NMFS will provide some technical 
assistance to prospective applicants who request it and will continue 
to evaluate the models that are used in submitted compliance documents 
to ensure they are adequate and appropriate.
    Comment 116: The Commission commented on the two alternative models 
(i.e., one for moving sources and one for stationary sources) provided 
in the 2015 Draft Guidance Appendix D. Specifically, the Commission 
requested that more information be provided whether the 3-D ``safe 
distance'' methodology of Sivle et al. (2014) for moving sources is 
applicable to NMFS' 2-D application specified in the Guidance. The 
Commission requests this aspect be submitted for peer review.
    BOEM expressed concern that the methodology of Sivle et al. (2014) 
is not appropriate for directional sources or for receivers that are 
not at the same depth as the source (e.g., sperm whales). The Guidance 
states that this methodology is independent of exposure duration, and 
BOEM states this is inconsistent with the document's recommendation of 
a 24-h baseline accumulation period. Further, BOEM recommended that 
this method include a representative depth typical of the species being 
modeled.
    Response: NMFS reiterates that the two models referred by the 
Commission are alternative methods. Action proponents are not obligated 
to use these methods. Although Sivle et al. (2014) accounted for the 
depth of herring to determine the percent of the winter and summer 
populations exceeding the ``safe distance'' associated with exposure to 
naval sonar, the calculation of ``safe distance'' (i.e., equations in 
the Technical Guidance) makes minimal assumptions associated with the 
receiver (i.e., the receiver is stationary and does not exhibit 
avoidance or attraction to the source) and does not directly account 
for receiver depth or density. It only provides the distance from the 
source (i.e., isopleth) beyond which a threshold is exceeded. Thus, 
NMFS believes that this methodology is appropriate for 2-D 
applications. NMFS has added information about the assumptions 
associated with the receiver within the Technical Guidance for clarity. 
NMFS does not believe additional peer review is need for this aspect of 
the Technical Guidance because the methodology (Sivle et al., 2014) has 
already undergone peer review as part of its publication in ICES 
Journal of Marine Science.
    Addressing concerns raised by BOEM, it is correct that the methods 
of Sivle et al. (2014) may not be representative for directional 
sources and are likely to result in more conservative exposures (i.e., 
model does not account for source directivity and isopleths produced 
assume an omnidirectional source; meaning that it produces an isopleth 
equal in all directions). However for directional sources, the source 
level parameter associated with this methodology assumes the values 
provided are those relating to the direction producing the maximum 
level. Again, this optional methodology does not make any assumptions 
about the depth of the receiver: it only provides an isopleth 
associated with a particular acoustic threshold. It is possible that 
the depth of the receiver can accounted for in terms of depth-dependent 
density (i.e., percentage of time species is located at a particular 
depth). However, accounting for specific characteristics associated 
with the receiver (e.g., depth distribution, density, behavioral 
response, etc.) is beyond the scope of this document.
    Finally, the reason this optional methodology is independent of 
exposure duration is because it only considers one pass of the source 
relative to receiver, with the closest points of approach incurring the 
greatest accumulation (i.e., once the source moves past the closest 
point of approach accumulation is only further reduced as the source 
moves farther and farther away). Accumulating past the recommended 24-h 
accumulation period does not result in the addition of any significant 
amount to the cumulative sound exposure of the receiver. The model can 
be adjusted to account for shorter accumulation periods. However, the 
equations become more complex and more difficult to implement.
    Comment 117: Several commenters expressed concerns over a potential 
short-coming associated with the optional ``safe distance'' method 
(Sivle et al., 2014) accounting for cumulative exposure for moving 
sources, specifically its ability to allow only for the inclusion of 
spherical spreading as a propagation model. It was suggested that other 
propagation models, especially those more conservative spreading models 
associated with shallow water, need to be incorporated into this 
methodology. Related to this, BOEM indicated that the Guidance's 
``source factor'' definitions closely resembled cylindrical spreading 
(10\TL\/\10\), rather than spherical spreading 
(10\TL\/\20\) and expressed a concern over whether Mean 
Squared Pressure (MSP) or Equivalent Plane Wave Intensity (EPWI) terms 
were used, and that the terms ``S,'' ``SE,'' and ``E0'' in the Guidance 
appear to have similar units, but they do not.
    Additionally, these commenters provided an example to assess the 
appropriateness of the ``safe distance'' methodology by examining the 
modeled radii from four parallel passes, within a 24-h period, from a 
3300 cubic inch airgun. Based on their modeling, it was suggested that 
NMFS lower thresholds for LF cetacean and PW pinnipeds, raise 
thresholds for HF cetaceans, and adjust the same distance methodology 
to

[[Page 51721]]

account for the number of passes within an area during a 24-h period. 
There was no detail provided by the commenter on what these adjustments 
should be.
    Response: NMFS acknowledges the concerns and potential limitations 
of the optional ``safe distance'' methodology but believes other 
assumptions associated with this methodology ensure as a whole it 
remains precautionary. The incorporation of other types of spreading 
models results in a more complicated equation making the methodology 
less easy to implement. However, many mobile sources, like seismic 
airguns or sonar, produce sound that is highly-directional (i.e., most 
of time sound source is directed to the ocean floor, with less sound 
propagating horizontally, compared to the vertical direction), and 
directionality is not accounted for with this methodology (see Response 
to previous comment). Additionally, many higher-frequency sounds, like 
sonar, are also attenuated by absorption, which is also not taken into 
account in this methodology. Thus, there are other considerations 
beyond spherical spreading, including other conservative factors (i.e., 
simplified incorporation of auditory weighting factors, the receiver 
does not avoid the source, etc.) to consider when assessing whether the 
use of this optional methodology will result in a potential 
underestimate of exposure. Thus, despite these simple assumptions, NMFS 
believes the optional ``safe distance'' approach offers a better 
approximation of the source-receiver distance over space and time for 
various mobile sources than choosing a set accumulation period for all 
sources, which assumes a fixed source-receiver distance over that time, 
and encourages the development/validation of alternative models, 
including the assessment optional models provided in the Technical 
Guidance (see Appendix B: Research Recommendations).
    As for BOEM's comments regarding MSP vs. EPWI terms, by following 
ANSI definitions within the Guidance, NMFS is implicitly using MSP 
terms. The term ``source factor'' within the Guidance is based on a 
source level being defined as pressure squared, which why it may appear 
to resemble cylindrical spreading, rather than spherical spreading. 
This additional information was added to provide clarity. BOEM is 
correct that the terms ``S,'' ``SE,'' and ``E0'' that appear in the 
Technical Guidance do not have identical units. NMFS understands the 
potential confusion, since this information was not included in the 
2015 July Draft Guidance. A section has been added in Appendix D 
providing these units in the Technical Guidance (i.e., See section 
3.2.1.1 Linear Equivalents).
    In response to the commenter's modeled example, NMFS disagrees with 
the appropriateness of this comparison. One of the assumptions 
associated with the optional ``safe distance'' methodology is that the 
source moves at a constant speed and in a constant direction. Thus, 
this model is not sophisticated enough to account for situations for 
multiple passes and should not be used for these situations (i.e., NMFS 
would recommend an action proponent in this situation to find a more 
appropriate means of modeling exposure, or work with NMFS to determine 
if the ``safe distance'' methodology can be appropriately modified to 
account for multiple passes from a source). Thus, it is not unexpected 
that there are several discrepancies between the commenter's modeled 
isopleths and those provided by the ``safe distance'' method, including 
the use of different weighting functions and thresholds, by the 
commenter, compared to those in the Technical Guidance. NMFS believes 
the Technical Guidance represents the best available science and 
disagrees that adjustments to the document's acoustic thresholds is 
supported.
Technical Guidance Implementation and Regulatory Context
    Comment 118: One commenter recommended that the Guidance solely 
focus on providing the technical basis for acoustic thresholds (i.e., 
best available science) rather than containing substantial 
implementation language in the document. The commenter indicated that 
limiting the purpose of the Guidance to solely providing technical 
background would allow flexibility to incorporate new technologies and 
information as they become available.
    Response: NMFS agrees and revised the title of the Guidance to 
reflect its technical, scientific nature. The Technical Guidance is a 
compilation, interpretation, and synthesis of the available literature. 
Application of the updated acoustic thresholds remains consistent with 
current NMFS practice. That information on regulatory context has been 
moved to this Notice. Any changes to application in the regulatory 
context are separate from the basis for updating the thresholds 
themselves, where advances in scientific knowledge are the drivers.
    Comment 119: One commenter requested the Technical Guidance provide 
a brief reference to its use in the current 14-question MMPA incidental 
take application.
    Response: The Technical Guidance is a compilation, interpretation, 
and synthesis of the scientific literature on the impacts of sound on 
marine mammal hearing. There is no change to the use of thresholds in 
the regulatory context. No specific reference is required in our 
implementing regulations.
    Comment 120: One commenter noted that the MMPA mandates that 
``Level A'' harassment includes not only the actual or likely onset of 
injury, but also the potential for injury and that the ESA definition 
of ``harm'' encompasses temporary injuries or impairments that impact 
essential behavior. The commenter expressed concern that setting the 
threshold for ``Level A'' harassment under the MMPA and ``harm'' under 
the ESA at the actual onset of injury is inconsistent with the 
statutory mandates, which seek to protect against the risk of, or 
potential for, injury and recommended that NMFS must set a protective 
threshold in order to comply with its statutory mandates (i.e., one 
that interprets the existing literature conservatively enough to 
reflect the potentiality of harm).
    Response: The Technical Guidance auditory impact thresholds were 
based on scientifically-based judgments, including accounting for 
uncertainty and variability, developed to stand independent of 
interpretations of statutory terms such as ``take,'' ``harm,'' and 
``harassment.'' At the same time, the thresholds were designed for use 
in NMFS' regulatory analyses.
    NMFS incorporated several conservative assumptions in the 
development of the PTS onset thresholds to account for the potential 
for PTS onset (see Response to Comment 77). Further, there are several 
examples of marine mammal exposure exceeding the Guidance's PTS 
thresholds, where recovery has occurred (see recent review in Finneran 
2015).
    Comment 121: Several commenters provided examples of how the 
weighting function and thresholds compare to data collected in the 
field during SSV measurements (e.g., seismic and impact piled driving). 
The commenters' analysis operated on the assumption that the weighting 
functions and thresholds should provide equal results when compared to 
the weighting functions and thresholds in Southall et al. (2007), and 
argued that results stemming from the Guidance ``did not yield the most 
reliable or cautionary results.'' In one example, it is stated that 
these comparisons are ``at odds with the

[[Page 51722]]

reports of the sensitivity of beaked whales to pulsed sounds.''
    Response: NMFS appreciates the commenter's efforts to provide 
examples and comparisons using the Technical Guidance. However, we 
disagree that the Technical Guidance must yield similar results to 
those provided in Southall et al. (2007), since available data and 
methodology has significantly evolved since 2007. For example, marine 
mammal weighting functions (M-weighting) from Southall et al. (2007) 
were derived in a more simplistic manner than the updated methodology 
provided in Appendix A, which directly uses audiogram and TTS data to 
derive weighting functions. Thus, the Southall et al. (2007) M-
weighting functions are broader than those provided in the Technical 
Guidance and would inherently result in larger, more conservative 
isopleths. Although the isopleths derived using the Technical Guidance 
results are smaller in comparison to those from Southall et al. (2007), 
they are not necessarily unreliable.
    In addition, NMFS is aware that the Southall et al. (2007) panel is 
in the process of updating its paper. It is anticipated that their 
proposed weighting functions will not be as broad (most susceptible 
frequency range) as their original M-weighting functions (i.e., they 
will be more aligned with those presented in the Technical Guidance). 
Regarding beaked whale sensitivity, NMFS agrees these species are often 
classified as a ``particularly sensitive'' group, but in the context of 
behavioral responses. The Technical Guidance does not pertain to 
behavioral responses, only effects of noise on hearing. The assumption 
that this enhanced sensitivity carries over to hearing and 
susceptibility to noise-induced hearing loss is currently unsupported 
by beaked whale AEP measurements (e.g., Finneran et al., 2009; Pacini 
et al.. 2011) or transmission pathway modeling (e.g., Cranford et al., 
2008) .
    Comment 122: Several commenters remarked that the Guidance does not 
explain the anticipated impact of the acoustic thresholds on the 
regulated community. Because the Guidance will be applied in a range of 
regulatory actions, it was recommended that NMFS undertake a study 
comparing the assessment approach described in the Guidance with the 
current assessment methods to demonstrate the regulatory implications 
of the proposed acoustic thresholds.
    Response: The Technical Guidance represents the culmination of a 
robust assessment of the scientific literature to derive updated, 
science-based auditory impact thresholds for marine mammals. The 
overall assessment approach in the regulatory context has not changed 
from current agency practice.
    The acoustic thresholds presented in the Technical Guidance use 
different metrics compared to the current thresholds. In some 
situations, depending on the sound source, species of interest, and 
duration of exposure, application of the updated acoustic thresholds 
may result in greater estimates of PTS (and therefore more ``takes'') 
than under the existing thresholds, while in other situations the 
opposite result may occur. Examining all possible scenarios associated 
with the wide range of potential activities is not feasible.
    Comment 123: Multiple commenters expressed concern that the 
Guidance will unnecessarily result in an increased burden to action 
proponents during the permitting process and would lead to an increased 
number of shutdowns or longer survey duration, with increased costs and 
safety risks.
    Response: NMFS recognizes the advancing science on auditory impacts 
has led to more complex set of thresholds and methodology for 
evaluating impacts and has provided a simplified alternative 
methodology to alleviate some of the burden associated with applying 
the more complex acoustic thresholds and auditory weighting functions.
    In terms of effects on activities themselves, the Guidance does not 
address consequences for mitigation requirements in a regulatory 
context. This will depend on the particular aspects of an action, 
taking into account the comprehensive effects analysis and regulatory 
considerations. NMFS notes that there are no requirements that 
mitigation measures directly correspond to acoustic thresholds (See 
Response to Comment 11).
    Comment 124: One commenter expressed concern that applying the 
alternative methods provided in the Guidance could result in 
unrealistically high exposure estimates. The commenter recommended that 
the Guidance include more explanation to inform action proponents about 
the potential costs, benefits, and consequences of methodologies that 
directly use auditory weighting functions and those that do not 
(alternative methods).
    Response: NMFS notes it will be an action proponent's decision as 
to how they model and estimate their potential impacts to marine 
mammals. Analyzing the potential cost/benefits of the methodologies 
applied is beyond the scope of the document and will vary depending on 
the activity/sound source and species impacted. The optional WFAs 
provided in the Technical Guidance should assist action proponents with 
incorporating auditory weighting functions and should provide very 
similar (if not identical) results for narrow-band sources and larger 
isopleths for broadband sources, depending on how much information the 
action proponent can provide regarding the frequency composition of 
their source (i.e., can provide the 95 percent frequency contour 
percentile or rely on the more conservative default WFA values).
    Comment 125: Multiple commenters requested more information on how 
NMFS will transition from previously applied thresholds to the acoustic 
thresholds provided in the Guidance (e.g., how will it affect 
applications/consultations completed, in process and beyond) and 
expressed concerned over the potential for delays and NMFS' time 
requirements to process permits based on the Guidance.
    Further, one commenter remarked that NMFS' intention to update the 
acoustic thresholds based on newly available information is valid from 
a scientific point of view, but from a practical aspect could be 
confusing, could promote regulatory uncertainty, and has the potential 
to affect permitting timelines. The commenter indicated that planning 
for certain activities can take multiple years to complete, with the 
introduction of additional uncertainty potentially adversely affecting 
the ability of action proponents to plan for and comply with the 
Guidance.
    Similarly, several commenters requested clarification as to how the 
Guidance would be implemented in (a) the context of a five-year 
incidental take regulation (ITR) (with specific take authorizations by 
letters of authorization (LOA)) and (b) when numerous IHAs are issued 
for a given area in the absence of an ITR. Specifically, a commenter 
asked if different methods will be used to estimate the amount of 
authorized incidental ``take'' in each of these contexts and how, if at 
all, will authorized ``take'' be allocated over certain periods of time 
in one or both of these contexts?
    Response: NMFS acknowledges there will be some lag between updates 
in the best available information and the ability to incorporate that 
new information into ongoing processes. We refer readers to the section 
of this Notice addressing Transitioning to the

[[Page 51723]]

Technical Guidance for more information.
    Comment 126: One commenter suggested that the Guidance provides an 
opportunity for NMFS to clarify its policy on ``takes'' vs. ``animals 
taken.'' The commenter indicated that just because an animal is 
``exposed'' to a sound source does not necessarily equate to a ``take'' 
or an impact as defined in the MMPA and provided the following example 
with migratory (e.g., 50 takes with individuals being taken once) vs. 
resident species (e.g., 50 takes with ten individuals being taken five 
time each). Similarly, a commenter requested that NMFS should clarify 
that, in estimating numbers of auditory impacts for management 
purposes, take numbers will be calculated for each day of exposure and 
then added to obtain the total estimate. For example, assuming an equal 
daily risk of eight exposures that exceed PTS thresholds for some 
species over a 10-day pile-driving project, the total potential PTS-
level take would be 80 animals. The Navy has long employed this method 
of calculation, but its use by other applicants (e.g., seismic 
operators) has been inconsistent. Notably, this method would not 
account for multiple takes of individual marine mammals and the 
cumulative impact on hearing that would result from those takes.
    Response: The Technical Guidance is designed for assessing the 
impact of underwater noise on marine mammal hearing by providing 
scientifically-based auditory weighting functions and acoustic 
thresholds. It does not address how to calculate takes in various 
situations. Those considerations are case-specific and based on 
multiple considerations, including spatial and temporal overlap between 
the sound source and a receiver). Moreover, factors like whether a 
marine mammal species or stock is migratory or resident (among numerous 
other factors), are considered within a broader comprehensive effects 
analysis when such information is available.
    Comment 127: The Commission commented that the Guidance states that 
an alternative approach may be proposed (by federal agencies or other 
action proponents) and used if case-specific information or data 
indicate that the alternative approach is likely to produce a more 
accurate estimate of Level A Harassment, harm, or auditory injury for 
the proposed activities. Such a proposed alternative approach may be 
used if NMFS determines that the approach satisfies the requirements of 
the applicable statutes and regulations. The Commission noted that NMFS 
has not provided any criteria under which such an exception could be 
invoked and is allowing action proponents to waive the Guidance's 
acoustic thresholds. The Commission does not support this approach and 
recommends that NMFS require all action proponents to implement the 
final acoustic thresholds until such time that they are amended or 
revised by NMFS.
    Similar to the Commission's concerns, another commenter indicated 
any alternative approach must be at least as protective as methods 
prescribed in the Guidance, which have at least undergone peer review 
and public notice and comment. Alternatively, the commenter suggested 
that more conservative approaches should be used if a project's 
circumstances require a lower threshold for ``take'' based on specific 
factors, such as geographic region, oceanographic conditions, low 
abundance, species site fidelity, prey impacts or cumulative impacts.
    Contrary to the comments above, a few commenters indicated that 
they welcome the opportunity for action proponents to propose 
alternative approaches to those presented in the Guidance. The 
commenters noted that this flexibility will enable innovation within 
the bounds of regulatory compliance and that are appropriate and 
justified (e.g., there are many ways to estimate potential exposures of 
marine mammals to various sound levels).
    Response: The Technical Guidance is not a regulation or rule. It 
does not create or confer any rights for or on any person, or operate 
to bind the public. However, it is NMFS' assessment of the best 
available information for determining auditory impacts from exposure to 
anthropogenic sound and it has undergone extensive peer and public 
review. With that in mind, NMFS agrees with the comment that any 
alternative approach should be peer reviewed before it is used instead 
of the updated thresholds in the Technical Guidance (or the alternative 
methodology). With that addition to NMFS' statement in the Draft 
Guidance, an alternative approach that has undergone independent peer 
review may be proposed if in NMFS' view it ``is likely to produce an 
equally or more accurate estimate of auditory impacts for the project 
being evaluated, if NMFS determines the approach satisfies the 
requirements of the applicable statutes and regulations.'' NMFS 
believes this sets a fairly high bar as to what type of data/
alternative approach would justify a departure from the Guidance's 
auditory weighting functions and/or acoustic thresholds, especially in 
terms of the HISA standards to which this Guidance adheres. 
Additionally, action proponents are afforded flexibility for factors 
beyond the Guidance's auditory weighting functions and/or acoustic 
thresholds (e.g., propagation modeling, exposure modeling) as a means 
to accurately predict and assess the effects of noise on marine 
mammals.
    Comment 128: Multiple commenters requested flexibility associated 
with the accumulation period, especially for projects with a stationary 
source and for action proponents with limited ability to conduct 
detailed modeling (e.g., pile driving projects). The commenters 
recommended that NMFS allow for the flexibility to make project-
specific adjustments based on physical or biological factors associated 
with the activity.
    Response: NMFS acknowledges that all action proponents may not have 
the same level capabilities to apply the Technical Guidance and has 
provided an optional User Spreadsheet for action proponents that wish 
to avail themselves of it. Additionally, NMFS recognizes there may be 
some situations where project-specific modification may be necessary 
(i.e., action proponent should contact NMFS to discuss project-specific 
issues that are beyond scope of Technical Guidance).
    Comment 129: One commenter expressed concern that the updated 
acoustic thresholds could underestimate instances of PTS/TTS from 
permitted activities because marine mammals can be elusive and 
observations from protected species observers are few in relation to 
the estimated abundance. Similarly, one commenter asked how the 
acoustic thresholds would be used to calculate ``take'' after an 
activity is completed.
    Response: The acoustic thresholds are just one tool used to predict 
``take'' calculations. Other factors (e.g., sound propagation or marine 
mammal density/occurrence) contribute to these calculations though they 
are beyond the scope of the Technical Guidance. NMFS notes that the 
Technical Guidance's intended purpose is as a tool for predicting 
potential impacts of noise on hearing before an activity occurs (and 
perhaps afterward).
    Comment 130: The Commission requested clarification on how and when 
action proponents should use the qualitative factors identified within 
the Guidance and expressed concern that these factors could be used to 
allow for a reduction in ``take'' estimates based on subjective 
judgments rather than best available science. The Commission 
recommended that NMFS remove the list of qualitative factors listed and 
incorporate it by reference in the text and not allow action proponents 
to use

[[Page 51724]]

those factors to modify isopleths or numbers of ``takes'' resulting 
from the quantitative thresholds.
    Response: NMFS' intent of providing qualitative factors for 
consideration was to acknowledge that when additional data may become 
available in the future; these additional factors may be incorporated 
with quantitative PTS onset thresholds. At this time, however, it is 
not NMFS' intent for these factors to reduce quantitative exposure 
estimates based on subjective judgment. The Technical Guidance 
acknowledges that these factors are important for consideration within 
the comprehensive effects analysis on a qualitative basis. To avoid 
confusion, NMFS removed the list of qualitative factors from the 
threshold tables and placed this information in Appendix B: Research 
Recommendations.
Miscellaneous Issues
    Comment 131: One commenter requested clarification was on how much 
an acoustic threshold would need to change to update the Technical 
Guidance and suggested updates only occur when thresholds change by at 
least 5 dB.
    Response: NMFS has provided a procedure and timeline for updating 
the Guidance (Section III of main Guidance document) and will evaluate 
new studies as they become available, including in the context of 
existing data, before determining the impact to the acoustic 
thresholds.
    Comment 132: One commenter recommended the Guidance include a table 
indicating a species' hearing ability, sound production 
characteristics, and genetic relatedness to other species in order to 
determine when there are enough individuals of a particular species or 
genus to warrant species- or genus-specific acoustic thresholds, rather 
than relying on hearing group thresholds.
    Response: NMFS has used the best available science to support the 
division marine mammals into five hearing groups, including the 
derivation of composite audiograms based on available hearing data, and 
declines to include the requested table as it goes beyond the scope of 
the Technical Guidance. As science progresses (i.e., more data on 
hearing, sound production, genetics become available), NMFS will 
determine if further refinements of hearing groups and their associated 
auditory thresholds are needed.
    Comment 133: Several commenters requested that additional terms be 
better defined in the Guidance (e.g., isopleth, narrowband, roll-off, 
equal latency).
    Response: NMFS has added and defined these terms in the Glossary 
(Appendix E) and/or provided more clarification within the Technical 
Guidance.
    Comment 134: A few commenters suggested improvements to the 
Guidance, including technical editing, literature citation 
verification, and the inclusion of more plain language.
    Response: NMFS has verified that all references used in the 
Technical Guidance appear in the Literature Cited section and has 
included more plain language, when possible. However, NMFS notes this 
is a highly technical document, with most of the terms not easily 
subjected to plain language revisions without altering the accepted 
meaning of those terms. Additionally, definitions for technical terms 
used in this document are defined in the Glossary (Appendix E).

    Dated: July 29, 2016.
Donna S. Wieting,
Director, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries 
Service.
[FR Doc. 2016-18462 Filed 8-3-16; 8:45 am]
 BILLING CODE 3510-22-P



                                                                                                      Vol. 81                           Thursday,
                                                                                                      No. 150                           August 4, 2016




                                                                                                      Part IV


                                                                                                      Department of Commerce
                                                                                                      National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
                                                                                                      Technical Guidance for Assessing the Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on
                                                                                                      Marine Mammal Hearing—Underwater Acoustic Thresholds for Onset of
                                                                                                      Permanent and Temporary Threshold Shifts; Notice
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:46 Aug 03, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00001   Fmt 4717   Sfmt 4717   E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM   04AUN2


                                                 51694                        Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices

                                                 DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE                                  managers and other relevant user groups               thresholds do not represent the entirety
                                                                                                         and stakeholders, including other                     of an impact assessment, but rather
                                                 National Oceanic and Atmospheric                        federal agencies, when seeking to                     serve as one tool (in addition to
                                                 Administration                                          determine whether and how their                       behavioral impact thresholds, auditory
                                                 RIN 0648–XC969                                          activities are expected to result in                  masking assessments, evaluations to
                                                                                                         hearing impacts to marine mammals via                 help understand the ultimate effects of
                                                 Technical Guidance for Assessing the                    acoustic exposure.                                    any particular type of impact on an
                                                 Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on                          The main body of the document                      individual’s fitness, population
                                                 Marine Mammal Hearing—Underwater                        contains NMFS’ updated acoustic                       assessments, etc.), to help evaluate the
                                                 Acoustic Thresholds for Onset of                        thresholds for onset of PTS for marine                effects of a proposed action.
                                                 Permanent and Temporary Threshold                       mammals exposed to underwater sound                      NMFS recognizes that action
                                                 Shifts                                                  and NMFS’ plan for periodically                       proponents may have varying abilities
                                                                                                         updating acoustic thresholds. Other                   to model and estimate exposure and that
                                                 AGENCY:  National Marine Fisheries                      information such as details on the                    the Technical Guidance may be more
                                                 Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and                    development marine mammal auditory                    complex than some action proponents
                                                 Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),                      weighting functions and acoustic                      are able to incorporate. Thus, NMFS has
                                                 Commerce.                                               thresholds, research recommendations,                 provided alternative methodology and
                                                 ACTION: Notice.                                         alternative methodology (formerly                     an associated User Spreadsheet to aid
                                                                                                         referred to as a User Guide), the peer                action proponents with SELcum
                                                 SUMMARY:    The National Marine                         review and public comment process,                    thresholds and marine mammal
                                                 Fisheries Service (NMFS) announces the                  and a glossary of acoustic terms can be               auditory weighting functions (http://
                                                 availability of its final Technical                     found in the Technical Guidance                       www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/acoustics/).
                                                 Guidance for Assessing the Effects of                   appendices.                                              The Technical Guidance is classified
                                                 Anthropogenic Sound on Marine                              These thresholds update those                      as a Highly Influential Scientific
                                                 Mammal Hearing—Underwater                               currently in use by NMFS. Updates                     Assessment (HISA) by the Office of
                                                 Acoustic Thresholds for Onset of                        include a protocol for deriving PTS and               Management and Budget. As such, three
                                                 Permanent and Temporary Threshold                       TTS onset levels for impulsive (e.g.,                 independent peer reviews were
                                                 Shifts (Technical Guidance or                           airguns, impact pile drivers) and non-                undertaken, at three different stages of
                                                 Guidance) that provides updated                         impulsive (e.g., tactical sonar, vibratory            the development of the Technical
                                                 received levels, or acoustic thresholds,                pile drivers) sound sources and the                   Guidance, including a follow-up to one
                                                 above which individual marine                           formation of marine mammal hearing                    of the peer reviews, prior to broad
                                                 mammals under NMFS’ jurisdiction are                    groups (low- (LF), mid- (MF), and high-               public dissemination by the Federal
                                                 predicted to experience changes in their                frequency (HF) cetaceans and otariid                  Government. Details of each peer review
                                                 hearing sensitivity (either temporary or                (OW) and phocid (PW) pinnipeds in                     can be found within the Technical
                                                 permanent) for all underwater                           water) and associated auditory                        Guidance (Appendix C) and at the
                                                 anthropogenic sound sources.                            weighting functions. Acoustic                         following Web site: http://
                                                 ADDRESSES: The Technical Guidance is                    thresholds are presented using the dual               www.nmfs.noaa.gov/pr/acoustics/.
                                                 available in electronic form via the                    metrics of cumulative sound exposure                  NMFS acknowledges and thanks the
                                                 Internet at http://www.nmfs.noaa.gov/                   level (SELcum) and peak sound pressure                Marine Mammal Commission
                                                 pr/acoustics/.                                          level (PK) for impulsive sounds and the               (Commission) and the Acoustical
                                                                                                         SELcum metric for non-impulsive                       Society of America’s Underwater
                                                 FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
                                                                                                         sounds. While the updated acoustic                    Technical Council for nominating peer
                                                 Amy R. Scholik-Schlomer, Office of                      thresholds are more complex than what                 reviewers and thanks the peer reviewers
                                                 Protected Resources, 301–427–8449,                      has been in use by NMFS and regulated                 for their time and expertise in reviewing
                                                 Amy.Scholik@noaa.gov.                                   entities, they more accurately reflect the            this document.
                                                 SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: The                          current state of scientific knowledge                    In additional to three independent
                                                 National Marine Fisheries Service in                    regarding the characteristics of sound                peer reviews, the Technical Guidance
                                                 consultation with the National Ocean                    that have the potential to impact marine              was the subject of three public comment
                                                 Service has developed Technical                         mammal hearing sensitivity. Given the                 periods. NMFS evaluated all substantive
                                                 Guidance to help assess the effects of                  specific nature of these updates, it is not           comments made during each public
                                                 underwater anthropogenic sound on                       possible to generally or directly                     comment period to determine their
                                                 marine mammal species under NMFS’                       compare the updated acoustic                          relevance to the Technical Guidance as
                                                 jurisdiction. Specifically, the Guidance                thresholds presented in this document                 it was revised. Public comments made
                                                 identifies the received levels, or                      with the thresholds they will replace                 on aspects of the Technical Guidance
                                                 acoustic thresholds, above which                        because outcomes will depend on                       that are no longer relevant have not
                                                 individual marine mammals are                           project-specific specifications.                      been included here. Substantive and
                                                 predicted to experience changes in their                   Although NMFS has updated the                      relevant comments and NMFS’
                                                 hearing sensitivity (either temporary or                acoustic thresholds, and these changes                responses are included below (see
                                                 permanent) for all underwater                           may necessitate new methodologies for                 Comments and Responses).
                                                 anthropogenic sound sources. NMFS                       calculating impacts, the application of                  The Technical Guidance does not
                                                 compiled, interpreted, and synthesized                  the thresholds in the regulatory context              create or confer any rights for or on any
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 scientific literature to produce updated                of applicable statutes (Marine Mammal                 person, or operate to bind the public.
                                                 acoustic thresholds for the onset of both               Protection Act (MMPA), Endangered                     An alternative approach that has
                                                 temporary (TTS) and permanent                           Species Act (ESA), and National Marine                undergone independent peer review
                                                 threshold shifts (PTS). This is the first               Sanctuaries Act (NMSA)) remains                       may be proposed (by federal agencies or
                                                 time NMFS has presented this                            consistent with current NOAA practice                 prospective action proponents) and
                                                 information in a single, comprehensive                  (see Regulatory Context in this Federal               used if case-specific information/data
                                                 document. This Technical Guidance is                    Register Notice). It is important to                  indicate that the alternative approach is
                                                 intended for use by NMFS analysts and                   emphasize that these updated acoustic                 likely to produce a more accurate


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:46 Aug 03, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00002   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM   04AUN2


                                                                              Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices                                           51695

                                                 portrayal of take for the project being                 exclusion under NAO 216–6, sec.                       uncertain environmental impacts or
                                                 evaluated, if NOAA determines the                       6.03c.3(i), we have determined the                    unique or unknown risks, establish a
                                                 approach satisfies the requirements of                  Technical Guidance is categorically                   precedent or decision in principle about
                                                 the applicable statutes and regulations.                excluded from further NEPA review.                    future proposals, result in cumulatively
                                                                                                            NAO 216–6, sec. 6.03c.3(i), provides               significant impacts, or have any adverse
                                                 Transitioning to the Technical                          that a categorical exclusion is                       effects upon endangered or threatened
                                                 Guidance                                                appropriate for ‘‘policy directives,                  species or their habitats.
                                                    NMFS considers the updated                           regulations, and guidelines of an
                                                 thresholds and associated weighting                     administrative, technical, or procedural              Regulatory Context
                                                 functions in the Technical Guidance to                  nature, or the environmental effects of                  NMFS uses acoustic thresholds to
                                                 be the best available information for                   which are too broad, speculative or                   help quantify ‘‘take’’ and as part of more
                                                 assessing whether exposure to specific                  conjectural to lend themselves to                     comprehensive effects analyses under
                                                 activities is likely to result in changes in            meaningful analysis and will be subject               several statutes. The Technical
                                                 marine mammal hearing sensitivity                       later to the NEPA process, either                     Guidance’s updated acoustic thresholds
                                                 (temporary or permanent). Prospective                   collectively or case by case.’’                       do not represent the entirety of the
                                                 applicants for incidental take                             Although changes to the PTS and TTS                comprehensive effects analysis, but
                                                 authorizations under the MMPA and                       thresholds will likely change the take                rather serve as one tool among others
                                                 federal agencies seeking ESA section 7                  estimates for at least some portion of                (e.g., behavioral impact thresholds,
                                                 consultations that have not yet started                 activities, any environmental effects of              auditory masking assessments,
                                                 their acoustic analyses should begin                    the draft guidance alone, without                     evaluations to help understand the
                                                 using the new Technical Guidance                        reference to a specific activity, are too             ultimate effects of any particular type of
                                                 immediately. At the same time, we                       speculative or conjectural to lend                    impact on an individual’s fitness,
                                                 recognize that for some proposed                        themselves to meaningful analysis at                  population assessments, etc.) to help
                                                 actions, analyses may have already                      this stage. Effects analyses under the                evaluate the effects of a proposed action
                                                 substantially progressed using the                      MMPA, ESA, and NMSA (and                              and make findings required by NOAA’s
                                                 existing thresholds or other methods for                appropriate mitigation and monitoring)                various statutes.
                                                 assessing hearing effects, and it may be                are activity-specific exercises that                     Under current agency practice, NMFS
                                                 impractical to begin those analyses                     cannot be conducted absent some level                 considers the onset of PTS, which is an
                                                 anew, taking into account timing                        of specificity regarding the nature of the            auditory injury, as an example of ‘‘Level
                                                 constraints, expense, and other                         proposed activity, the general location,              A Harassment’’ as defined in the MMPA
                                                 considerations. In such ‘‘pipeline’’                    and the time and duration. Moreover,                  and as ‘‘harm’’ as defined in ESA
                                                 cases, the applicant or action agency                   direct comparisons cannot be made                     regulations, such that exposing an
                                                 should contact NMFS as soon as                          between the thresholds currently used                 animal to weighted received sound
                                                 possible to discuss how to best include                 and the updated thresholds, due to the                levels at or above the indicated PTS
                                                 consideration of the Technical Guidance                 different metrics and taxa-specific                   threshold is predicted to result in these
                                                 to satisfy the applicable requirements. A               frequency weighting used in the new                   two types of ‘‘take’’ (i.e., Level A
                                                 non-exhaustive list of factors that could               thresholds.                                           Harassment under the MMPA and harm
                                                 affect the extent to which the Technical                   Any environmental effects from                     under ESA).
                                                 Guidance will be considered for an                      application of the updated PTS and TTS                   As explained below, NMFS does not
                                                 action include: The relative degree to                  thresholds will flow from future actions              consider a TTS to be an auditory injury
                                                 which the Technical Guidance is                         that are the subject of ITAs under the                under the MMPA or ESA, and thus it
                                                 expected to affect the results of the                   MMPA and related consultations under                  does not qualify as Level A harassment
                                                 acoustic impact analyses; how far in the                the ESA or NMSA. The nature and                       or harm. Nevertheless, TTS is an
                                                 process the application or prospective                  magnitude of such effects will depend                 adverse effect that historically has been
                                                 application has progressed; when the                    on the specific actions themselves, each              treated as ‘‘take’’ by ‘‘Level B
                                                 activity is scheduled to begin or other                 of which would be subject to the NEPA                 Harassment’’ under the MMPA and
                                                 timing constraints; the complexity of the               process.                                              ‘‘harassment’’ under the ESA. The broad
                                                 analyses and the cost and practicality of                  Because any effects from the                       definition of ‘‘injury’’ under the NMSA
                                                 redoing them; and the temporal and                      Technical Guidance are speculative and                regulations includes both PTS and TTS
                                                 spatial scope of anticipated effects. We                conjectural, NOAA has determined it                   (as well as other adverse changes in
                                                 anticipate that after the initial transition            cannot meaningfully analyze potential                 physical or behavioral characteristics
                                                 period, all applications for MMPA                       effects in the manner contemplated by                 that are not addressed in the Technical
                                                 incidental take authorization (ITA) and                 NEPA, which is to inform agency                       Guidance).
                                                 all requests for ESA section 7                          decisions about the effects of an action
                                                                                                         (and reasonable alternatives) on the                  Marine Mammal Protection Act
                                                 consultations involving noise that may
                                                 affect marine mammals will include full                 environment. Any changes in future                       The MMPA prohibits the take of
                                                 consideration of the Technical                          effects analyses resulting from the                   marine mammals, with certain
                                                 Guidance.                                               Guidance will be part of the NEPA and                 exceptions, one of which is the issuance
                                                                                                         other statutorily-required analyses                   of ITAs. Sections 101(a)(5)(A) & (D) of
                                                 National Environmental Policy Act                       conducted for specific actions in the                 the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.)
                                                 (NEPA)                                                  future.                                               direct the Secretary of Commerce to
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                   In 2005, NMFS published a Federal                        Finally, the proposed action does not              allow, upon request, the incidental, but
                                                 Register Notice of Public Scoping and                   trigger any of the exceptions for                     not intentional, taking of small numbers
                                                 Intent to Prepare an EIS for a similar                  categorical exclusions described in                   of marine mammals by U.S. citizens
                                                 action (70 FR 1871, January 11, 2005).                  section 5.05c of NAO 216–6. It does not               who engage in a specified activity (other
                                                 The nature of the Guidance has evolved                  involve a geographic area with unique                 than commercial fishing) within a
                                                 significantly since then. After evaluating              characteristics, is not a subject of public           specified geographical region if certain
                                                 the contents of the Technical Guidance                  controversy due to potential                          findings are made. Through delegation
                                                 and the standards for a categorical                     environmental consequences, have                      by the Secretary of Commerce, NMFS is


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:46 Aug 03, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00003   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM   04AUN2


                                                 51696                        Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices

                                                 required to authorize the incidental                    specific information. Although they may               distribution of that species. See id.at
                                                 taking of marine mammals if it finds                    also be used to inform the development                § 402.02.
                                                 that the total taking will have a                       of mitigation measures, the updated                     In support of the analysis necessary to
                                                 negligible impact on the species or                     acoustic thresholds are particularly                  conduct the consultation, the ESA
                                                 stock(s) and will not have an                           relevant to the following two of the                  implementing regulations state that in
                                                 unmitigable adverse impact on the                       fourteen required pieces of information:              order to initiate formal consultation, the
                                                 availability of the species or stock(s) for                • The type of incidental taking
                                                                                                                                                               federal action agency must submit a
                                                 certain subsistence uses. NMFS must                     authorization that is being requested (i.e.,          written request for formal consultation
                                                 also set forth the permissible methods of               takes by Level B Harassment only; Level A             to the Director (of NMFS or the USFWS)
                                                 taking and requirements pertaining to                   Harassment; or serious injury/mortality) and          that includes, among other things, a
                                                 the mitigation, monitoring, and                         the method of incidental taking;                      description of the manner in which the
                                                 reporting of such takings. (The ‘‘small                    • By age, sex, and reproductive condition          action may affect any listed species. See
                                                 numbers’’ and ‘‘specified geographical                  (if possible), the number of marine mammals           id.at § 402.14(c).
                                                 region’’ provisions do not apply to                     (by species) that may be taken by each type
                                                                                                         of taking identified in paragraph (a)(5) of this      National Marine Sanctuaries Act
                                                 military readiness activities.)                         section, and the number of times such
                                                    The term ‘‘take’’ means to harass,                                                                            Section 304(d) of the NMSA requires
                                                                                                         takings by each type of taking are likely to          federal agencies whose actions are likely
                                                 hunt, capture, or kill, or attempt to                   occur.
                                                 harass, hunt, capture or kill any marine                                                                      to destroy, cause the loss of, or injure a
                                                 mammal. 16 U.S.C. 1362(13).                             50 CFR 216.104 (emphasis added).                      sanctuary resource to consult with the
                                                    Except with respect to certain                                                                             Office of National Marine Sanctuaries
                                                                                                         Endangered Species Act
                                                 activities described below,                                                                                   (ONMS) before taking the action. See 16
                                                                                                            Section 9 of the ESA prohibits the                 U.S.C. 1434(d)(1). The NMSA defines
                                                 ‘‘harassment’’ means any act of pursuit,                take of ESA-listed species, with limited
                                                 torment, or annoyance which:                                                                                  sanctuary resource as ‘‘any living or
                                                                                                         exceptions. Section 7 of the ESA                      nonliving resource of a national marine
                                                   • Has the potential to injure a marine                requires that each federal agency, in                 sanctuary that contributes to the
                                                 mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild               consultation with NMFS and/or the U.S.                conservation, recreational, ecological,
                                                 (Level A Harassment), or                                Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS),
                                                   • Has the potential to disturb a marine                                                                     historical, educational, cultural,
                                                                                                         ensure that any action authorized,                    archeological, scientific, or aesthetic
                                                 mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild
                                                 by causing disruption of behavioral patterns,
                                                                                                         funded, or carried out by the agency is               value of the sanctuary.’’16 U.S.C.
                                                 including, but not limited to, migration,               not likely to jeopardize the continued                1432(8). Through the sanctuary
                                                 breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding or                existence of any endangered or                        consultation process, ONMS may
                                                 sheltering (Level B Harassment).                        threatened species or result in the                   recommend reasonable and prudent
                                                                                                         destruction or adverse modification of                alternatives that will protect sanctuary
                                                 See id. at 1362(18)(A)(i) & (ii) (emphasis
                                                                                                         designated critical habitat. See 16 U.S.C.            resources. Recommended alternatives
                                                 added).
                                                    Congress amended the definition of                   1536(a)(2). Provided that NMFS or the                 may include alternative locations,
                                                 ‘‘harassment’’ as it applies to a ‘‘military            USFWS reaches these conclusions                       timing, and/or methods for conducting
                                                 readiness activity’’ or research                        through a ‘‘formal consultation’’                     the proposed action. See id.at
                                                 conducted by or on behalf of the federal                process, incidental take of ESA-listed                § 1434(d)(2). Monitoring may also be
                                                 government consistent with MMPA                         species may be exempted from the                      recommended to better characterize
                                                 section 104(c)(3) as follows (section                   section 9 take prohibition through an                 impacts to sanctuary resources or
                                                 3(18)(B) of the MMPA):                                  ‘‘incidental take statement’’ that must               accompany mitigation.
                                                                                                         specify the impact, i.e., the amount or                  The term ‘‘injure’’ is defined in the
                                                   • Any act that injures or has the significant         extent, of the taking on the species. See             ONMS implementing regulations as to
                                                 potential to injure a marine mammal or                  id. at section 1536(b)(4). Incidental take
                                                 marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A
                                                                                                                                                               ‘‘change adversely, either in the short or
                                                 Harassment); or
                                                                                                         statements must also include reasonable               long term, a chemical, biological or
                                                   • Any act that disturbs or is likely to               and prudent measures necessary or                     physical attribute of, or the viability of.’’
                                                 disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal                appropriate to minimize the impact, and               15 CFR 922.3.
                                                 stock in the wild by causing disruption of              the terms and conditions required to                     In support of the analysis necessary to
                                                 natural behavioral patterns, including, but             implement those measures.                             conduct the consultation, the NMSA
                                                 not limited to, migration, surfacing, nursing,             Under ESA, ‘‘take’’ means to harass,               requires that any federal agency
                                                 breeding, feeding, or sheltering, to a point            harm, pursue, hunt, shoot, wound, kill,               proposing an action that may injure a
                                                 where such behavioral patterns are                      trap, capture, or collect, or to attempt to           sanctuary resource provide ONMS with
                                                 abandoned or significantly altered (Level B             engage in any such conduct. See id.at                 a written statement (‘‘sanctuary resource
                                                 Harassment).                                            section 1532(19). ‘‘Harm’’ is defined in              statement’’) describing the action and its
                                                 See id. at 1362(18)(B)(i) & (ii) (emphasis              NMFS regulations as ‘‘an act which                    potential effects on sanctuary resources.
                                                 added).                                                 actually kills or injures fish or wildlife’’          See 16 U.S.C. 1434(d)(1)(B).
                                                   The term ‘‘negligible impact’’ is                     (and can include significant habitat
                                                 defined as an impact resulting from the                 modification or degradation). See 50                  Application of Acoustic Thresholds for
                                                 specified activity that cannot be                       CFR 222.102.                                          Permanent Threshold Shift
                                                 reasonably expected to, and is not                         Under NMFS and the USFWS                             The acoustic thresholds for PTS will
                                                 reasonably likely to, adversely affect the              implementing regulations for section 7                be used in conjunction with sound
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 species or stock through effects on                     of the ESA, ‘‘jeopardize the continued                source characteristics, environmental
                                                 annual rates of recruitment or survival.                existence of’’ means to engage in an                  factors that influence sound
                                                 50 CFR 216.103.                                         action that reasonably would be                       propagation, anticipated marine
                                                   In support of the analysis that is                    expected, directly or indirectly, to                  mammal occurrence and behavior in the
                                                 necessary to make the required statutory                reduce appreciably the likelihood of                  vicinity of the activity, as well as other
                                                 determinations, MMPA implementing                       both the survival and recovery of a                   available activity-specific factors, to
                                                 regulations require ITA action                          listed species in the wild by reducing                quantitatively estimate (acknowledging
                                                 proponents to provide NMFS with                         the reproduction, numbers, or                         the gaps in scientific knowledge and the


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:46 Aug 03, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00004   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM   04AUN2


                                                                              Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices                                         51697

                                                 inherent uncertainties in a marine                      the ESA, which will be the subject of                 implications of irreversible neural
                                                 environment) the takes of marine                        future guidance. However, TTS is                      degeneration. The effects of sound
                                                 mammals (by Level A harassment and                      considered injury under the broad                     exposure on the nervous system are
                                                 harm under the MMPA and ESA,                            definition of the term ‘‘injury’’ in NMSA             complex, and this will be re-examined
                                                 respectively) and facilitate compliance                 regulations (along with PTS and                       as more data become available.
                                                 with the MMPA, ESA, and NMSA as                         behavioral impacts). For now, NMFS                       The occurrence of, and estimated
                                                 described above.                                        will continue the practice of requiring               number of, TTS takes is one component
                                                    NMFS will use the same PTS acoustic                  applicants to estimate take by TTS for                of the larger analysis that informs
                                                 thresholds in the identification and                    explosive sources.                                    NMFS’s ‘‘negligible impact’’ and
                                                 quantification of MMPA Level A                             MMPA Level B harassment and ESA                    ‘‘jeopardy’’ determinations under the
                                                 harassment for both military readiness                  harassment are broad categories that                  MMPA and ESA, respectively, as well as
                                                 and non-military readiness activities.                  encompass not only TTS but also other                 ‘‘likely to injure’’ or ‘‘may affect’’
                                                 Because the acoustic thresholds for PTS                 behaviorally related impacts that almost              determinations under the NMSA. As
                                                 predict the onset of PTS, they are                      always involve a lower onset threshold                with PTS, TTS acoustic thresholds also
                                                 inclusive of the ‘‘potential’’ and                      than that for onset of TTS. In                        may be used to inform the development
                                                 ‘‘significant potential’’ language in the               quantifying take by Level B harassment                of mitigation and monitoring measures
                                                 two definitions of Level A harassment.                  or harassment, NMFS considers all                     pursuant to the MMPA, ESA, or NMSA.
                                                 The limited data now available do not                   effects that fall into those categories of
                                                                                                                                                               Comments and Responses
                                                 support the parsing out of a meaningful                 take, not just TTS. NMFS will be
                                                 quantitative difference between the                     developing updated acoustic thresholds                   On December 27, 2013, NMFS
                                                 ‘‘potential’’ and ‘‘significant potential’’             for the onset of behavioral effects and               published the initial Draft Guidance for
                                                 for injury and, therefore, the designated               will further consider the best approach               Assessing the Effects of Anthropogenic
                                                 PTS acoustic thresholds will be treated                 for considering TTS at that time. When                Sound on Marine Mammals: Acoustic
                                                 as Level A harassment for both types of                 that process is completed, NMFS will                  Thresholds for Onset of Permanent and
                                                 activities.                                             provide further guidance regarding how                Temporary Threshold Shifts for a 30-
                                                    Estimating the numbers of take by                    to best consider and/or quantify TTS for              day public comment period (78 FR
                                                 Level A harassment and harm is one                      non-pulse and impulse sources not                     78822), which was extended an
                                                 component of the fuller analyses that                   involving instantaneous explosives (see               additional 45-days (79 FR 4672; January
                                                 inform NMFS’ ‘‘negligible impact’’ and                  exception below for underwater                        29, 2014) based on public request.
                                                 ‘‘jeopardy’’ determinations under the                   explosives). In the meantime, action                  During the public comment period,
                                                 MMPA and ESA, respectively, as well as                  proponents not using instantaneous                    NMFS received comments from U.S.
                                                 ‘‘likely to injure’’ or ‘‘may affect’’                  explosives do not need to quantify                    Representatives from Congress, Federal
                                                 determinations under the NMSA. Last,                    estimates of TTS separately from their                agencies, an international government
                                                 the PTS acoustic thresholds may be                      overall behavioral harassment take                    agency, state governments, Alaskan
                                                 used to inform the development of                       calculations. For now, the TTS acoustic               native groups, industry groups, and
                                                 mitigation and monitoring measures                      thresholds presented in the Technical                 non-governmental organizations,
                                                 (such as shut-down zones) pursuant to                   Guidance will be considered as part of                individual subject matter experts, a
                                                 the MMPA, ESA, or NMSA.                                 the larger comprehensive effects                      professional society, a regulatory
                                                    When initiating any of the MMPA,                     analyses under the MMPA and the ESA.                  watchdog group, and 89 private citizens.
                                                 ESA, or NMSA processes described                           With respect to instantaneous                         After the close of the initial public
                                                 above, agencies and other action                        explosives (as distinguished from                     comment period, as NMFS was
                                                 proponents should utilize the PTS                       repeated explosives such as gunnery                   addressing public comments and
                                                 acoustic thresholds, in combination                     exercises), NMFS already requires                     working towards finalizing the
                                                 with activity-specific information, to                  quantification of TTS estimates because               Guidance, a new methodology for
                                                 predict whether, and if so how many,                    an instantaneous explosive will not                   identifying marine mammal auditory
                                                 instances of PTS are expected to occur.                 have a separate behavioral component                  weighting functions and acoustic
                                                                                                         from a lower exposure threshold and                   thresholds was developed by the U.S.
                                                 Application of Acoustic Thresholds for                                                                        Navy (Dr. James Finneran, SPAWAR
                                                                                                         there is no time accumulation involved.
                                                 Temporary Threshold Shift                                                                                     Systems Center Pacific) based on new
                                                                                                         The rationale for calculating TTS for
                                                    As previously stated, NMFS has not                   instantaneous explosives continues to                 science. Additionally, NMFS re-
                                                 considered TTS an auditory injury for                   apply with the updated TTS thresholds                 evaluated its methods for defining
                                                 purposes of the MMPA and ESA, based                     for explosives.                                       threshold usage for sources
                                                 on the work of a number of investigators                   NMFS is aware of studies by Kujawa                 characterized as impulsive or non-
                                                 that have measured TTS before and after                 and Liberman (2009) and Lin et al.                    impulsive based on comments received
                                                 exposure to intense sound. For example,                 (2011), which found that despite                      during the initial public comment
                                                 Ward (1997) suggested that a TTS is                     completely reversible TS that leave                   period. Incorporating these updated
                                                 within the normal bounds of                             cochlear sensory cells intact, large (but             methodologies resulted in substantial
                                                 physiological variability and tolerance                 temporary) TS could cause synaptic                    changes to the Guidance, necessitating
                                                 and does not represent physical injury.                 level changes and delayed cochlear                    additional peer review, as well as
                                                 In addition, Southall et al. (2007)                     nerve degeneration in mice and guinea                 another public comment period. As a
                                                 indicates that although PTS is a tissue                 pigs. However, the large TS (i.e.,                    result, NMFS solicited public comment
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 injury, TTS is not because the reduced                  maximum 40 decibel dB) that led to the                on a revised Draft Guidance (July 2015)
                                                 hearing sensitivity following exposure                  synaptic changes shown in these studies               via a second 45-day public comment
                                                 to intense sound results primarily from                 are in the range of the large shifts used             period (80 FR 45642, July 31, 2015).
                                                 fatigue, not loss, of cochlear hair cells               by Southall et al. (2007) and in the                  During the second public comment
                                                 and supporting structures, and is                       Technical Guidance to define PTS onset                period, NMFS received 20 comments
                                                 reversible. Accordingly, TTS has been                   (i.e., 40 dB). It is unknown whether                  from Federal agencies, industry groups,
                                                 considered take by Level B harassment                   smaller levels of TTS would lead to                   environmental consultants, Alaskan
                                                 under the MMPA and harassment under                     similar changes or the long-term                      native groups, non-governmental


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:46 Aug 03, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00005   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM   04AUN2


                                                 51698                        Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices

                                                 organizations, individual subject matter                Technical Guidance Scope                              public comment periods were necessary
                                                 experts, a professional society, a                         Comment 1: Several commenters were                 to finalize the Technical Guidance.
                                                 regulatory watchdog group, and two                      concerned about the potential impacts                    NMFS disagrees that the March 2016
                                                 private citizens.                                                                                             public comment period was rushed or
                                                                                                         of sound on polar bear, sea otter, and
                                                                                                                                                               resulted in arbitrary decisions. The
                                                    While NMFS was working to address                    walrus and asked if NMFS coordinated
                                                                                                                                                               March 2016 public comment period was
                                                 public comments from the second                         with the USFWS or other branches of
                                                                                                                                                               the third opportunity given to the public
                                                 public comment period and finalize the                  NMFS when evaluating and establishing
                                                                                                                                                               to review our Draft Guidance (following
                                                 Guidance, NMFS and the Navy (Dr.                        thresholds in the Guidance.
                                                                                                                                                               the 75-day first public comment period
                                                 James Finneran, SPAWAR Systems                             Response: The Technical Guidance
                                                                                                                                                               and 45-day second public comment
                                                 Center Pacific) further evaluated certain               only addresses the effects of underwater
                                                                                                                                                               period). Previous versions of the Draft
                                                 aspects of the U.S. Navy’s methodology.                 anthropogenic sound on marine
                                                                                                                                                               Guidance had already been revised
                                                 As a result of the Navy’s and NMFS’                     mammal species under NMFS’
                                                                                                                                                               based upon peer review and public
                                                 review, several focused                                 jurisdiction. The Technical Guidance
                                                                                                                                                               input. Due to the focused nature of the
                                                 recommendations/modifications were                      does not pertain to marine mammal
                                                                                                                                                               proposed changes since the prior draft
                                                 suggested, which did not change the                     species under the USFWS’s jurisdiction
                                                                                                                                                               (which were described in a 24-page
                                                 overall methodology provided in the                     (e.g., walrus, polar bears, manatees, sea
                                                                                                                                                               standalone document) and balanced
                                                 July 2015 Draft Guidance (the primary                   otters). The USFWS is aware of this
                                                                                                                                                               against the lengthy process to date and
                                                 changes were related to deriving a                      document and was provided an                          need for updated thresholds, NMFS
                                                 composite audiogram for LF cetaceans).                  opportunity to comment. NMFS                          determined a 14-day public comment
                                                 After consideration of these                            Headquarters, Regions, and Science                    period was appropriate.
                                                 recommendations, NMFS updated                           Centers coordinated in the development                   Comment 3: A few commenters
                                                 sections of the July 2015 Draft Guidance                this Guidance, as did the National                    indicated that the 2015 Draft Guidance
                                                 to reflect the suggested changes and                    Ocean Service.                                        and the 2016 Proposed Changes
                                                 solicited public comment on those                          Comment 2: Multiple commenters,                    document was incomplete and the
                                                 focused revisions via a focused 14-day                  citing the technical complexity of the                Guidance should not be finalized until
                                                 public comment period (81 FR 14095,                     Draft Guidance, requested an extension                the public has an opportunity to
                                                 March 16, 2016). During this third                      during all three public comment                       comment on the following missing
                                                 public comment period, NMFS received                    periods. Additionally, multiple                       sections: Agency response to comments
                                                 20 comments from Federal agencies,                      commenters expressed concern that the                 made during the initial and second
                                                 industry groups, non-governmental                       public comment period associated with                 public comment periods; optional User
                                                 organizations, individual subject matter                the March 2016 Proposed Changes                       Spreadsheet for determining isopleths;
                                                 experts, a professional society, and a                  document was rushed, resulted in                      and references associated with sirenian
                                                 private citizen. Please refer to these                  arbitrary decisions, and did not allow                data used in the March 2016 Proposed
                                                 Federal Register Notices for additional                 for meaningful input from those action                Changes document.
                                                 background about the 2013 and 2015                      proponents most impacted by changes                      Response: NMFS disagrees that the
                                                 Draft Guidance, as well as the document                 (i.e., activities producing low-frequency             2015 Draft Guidance and 2016 Proposed
                                                 containing proposed changes to the                      sound). These commenters advocated                    Changes document were incomplete for
                                                 Draft Guidance during the public                        that instead of NMFS adopting the                     public comment. In finalizing the
                                                 comment period in 2016.                                 changes in the March 2016 document,                   Technical Guidance (via this Federal
                                                                                                         the July 2015 Draft Guidance instead be               Register Notice), NMFS has addressed
                                                    During these three public comment                    finalized.                                            to substantive comments provided
                                                 periods several commenters’ remarks                        Response: NMFS extended the initial                during all three public comment
                                                 pertained to topics beyond the scope of                 30-day public comment period on the                   periods, except those no longer relevant
                                                 the final Technical Guidance (e.g.,                     2013 Draft Guidance by an additional 45               due to subsequent changes to the Draft
                                                 impacts beyond hearing: Non-auditory                    days (79 FR 4672, January 29, 2014). In               Guidance. Both the 2015 Draft Guidance
                                                 injury, mortality, gas emboli, stranding                consideration of an appropriate duration              and the 2016 Proposed Changes
                                                 events, masking, stress, cumulative                     for the 2015 Draft Guidance public                    document encompassed modifications
                                                 effects, ecosystem-wide effects,                        comment period (80 FR 45642, July 31,                 based on comments received during the
                                                 behavioral disturbance; activity-specific               2015), NMFS chose a 45-day (opposed                   first and second public comment
                                                 issues associated with specific permit/                 to 30 days) public comment period,                    periods.
                                                 authorization; effects of airborne noise                based on the extent of changes from the                  NMFS disagrees that the User
                                                 on pinniped hearing; effects of noise on                Draft 2013 Guidance, but did not extend               Spreadsheet associated with the
                                                 fishes and sea turtles; propagation                     that public comment period. Regarding                 Technical Guidance’s alternative
                                                 modeling; animal distribution/density;                  the third public comment period, due to               methodology requires public comment.
                                                 data or modeling requirements; take                     the focused nature of the most recent                 This spreadsheet precisely follows the
                                                 estimation methodology). NMFS did not                   proposed revision, presented in a                     alternative methodology provided in the
                                                 address comments outside the scope of                   standalone 24-page document, and                      Technical Guidance (Appendix D),
                                                 this document. Additionally, in re-                     significant previous opportunities for                which was available for public
                                                 evaluating substantive public comments                  public comment, NMFS deemed a 14-                     comment. There is nothing additional or
                                                 made during the first (2013/2014),                      day public comment period appropriate                 new provided by this spreadsheet.
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 second (2015), and third (2016) public                  (81 FR, 14095, March 16, 2016) and did                   As for the sirenian data used in the
                                                 comment periods, those earlier                          not extend public comment period in                   March 2016 Proposed Changes
                                                 comments pertaining to sections of the                  response to requests. Based on input                  document, in response to this comment,
                                                 document no longer included in the                      received during the robust review                     these references (Gerstein et al., 1999;
                                                 final Technical Guidance are not                        process (i.e., three public comment                   Mann et al., 2009) have been included
                                                 addressed (e.g., proposed 1-hour                        periods and three peer reviews, as well               in the finalized Technical Guidance.
                                                 accumulation period, transition range                   as follow-up peer review), NMFS does                  However, NMFS does not believe
                                                 methodology, alternative thresholds).                   not believe additional or extended                    additional public review is necessary.


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:46 Aug 03, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00006   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM   04AUN2


                                                                              Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices                                           51699

                                                    Comment 4: A few commenters                          guidelines of an administrative,                      Guidance. The current approval expires
                                                 requested clarification as to how the                   technical, or procedural nature, or the               in March 2017 and will require renewal
                                                 Technical Guidance will be used in                      environmental effects of which are too                before then with an opportunity for
                                                 management decisions (i.e., is the                      broad, speculative or conjectural to lend             public comment. In preparation for that
                                                 Technical Guidance’s use a                              themselves to meaningful analysis and                 renewal, NMFS will consider the effect
                                                 requirement? Is the Technical Guidance                  will be subject later to the NEPA                     of the Technical Guidance, specifically
                                                 a rule?).                                               process, either collectively or case by               whether a revision in the burden hour
                                                    Response: The Technical Guidance                     case.’’ See the section addressing NEPA               estimates is appropriate, and invite
                                                 provides a robust assessment and                        earlier in this Notice.                               public comment on its assessment.
                                                 synthesis of a body of scientifically                      Comment 7: The Center for Regulatory               NMFS has complied with the IQA
                                                 complex information to assess impacts                   Effectiveness (CRE) indicated that any                Guidelines with the development of the
                                                 of sound on marine mammal hearing.                      use of the Guidance by NMFS in rules                  Guidance.
                                                 Although its use is not a binding                       would have to be supported by cost-                      Comment 9: A commenter requested
                                                 requirement, it currently reflects the                  benefit analyses because it ‘‘could have              that NMFS provide more information
                                                 agency’s expert assessment of the                       a potential impact of more than $500                  how the Guidance’s updated thresholds
                                                 scientific literature and represents what               million in any one year on either the                 would be applied in conjunction with
                                                 the agency believes is the best approach                public or private sector; or . . . the                thresholds used to assess MMPA Level
                                                 for assessing auditory impacts. The                     dissemination is novel, controversial, or             B behavioral harassment.
                                                 Guidance allows for an alternative                      precedent-setting; or . . . [it has]                     Response: The Technical Guidance
                                                 approach if case-specific information/                  significant interagency interest.’’                   does not provide updated acoustic
                                                 data indicate that such an approach is                     Response: The Technical Guidance is                thresholds for levels that could result in
                                                 likely, in NMFS’ view following peer                    not a regulatory action subject to a cost-            behavioral effects. NMFS’ current
                                                 review, to produce an equally or a more                 benefit analysis under Executive Orders               acoustic thresholds for these impacts are
                                                 accurate estimate of auditory impacts.                  12866 and 13563. The Technical                        not affected by the Technical Guidance.
                                                    Comment 5: Multiple commenters                       Guidance was classified as a HISA                     NMFS recognizes the Technical
                                                 requested NMFS include a brief                          because it was novel and precedent                    Guidance provides updated metrics that
                                                 statement in the Guidance about what                    setting, not due to the potential                     are different than those used for
                                                 standards are currently in use and why                  financial implications. The Technical                 estimating behavioral harassment.
                                                 they need to be updated. Additionally,                  Guidance will inform assessments of                   Accordingly, where calculations or
                                                 the Commission requested that the                       activities that occur in a regulatory                 modeling suggest that some animals will
                                                 Guidance include updated explosive                      context as they arise. The Technical                  be exposed to sound levels that are at
                                                 thresholds for mortality (extensive lung                Guidance does not address or change                   or above the relevant PTS threshold
                                                 injury) and injury (slight lung and                     NMFS’ application of the thresholds in                under the Technical Guidance but
                                                 gastrointestinal (G.I.) tract).                         the regulatory context, under applicable              behavioral harassment under the current
                                                    Response: A new section has been                     statutes. Any required cost-benefit                   behavioral harassment thresholds, an
                                                 added to the Technical Guidance (see                    considerations will take place during                 individual should be counted ‘‘taken’’
                                                 Section 1.1 of Main Document) to                        future actions that are the subject of                one time, by the more severe impact
                                                 explain the justification for the updated               regulatory action, such as ITAs under                 (i.e., PTS onset). However, the
                                                 acoustic thresholds for PTS and TTS.                    the MMPA. The nature and magnitude                    qualitative and contextual analysis of
                                                 The Technical Guidance explicitly                       of such effects will depend on the                    the likely impacts on that animal, at
                                                 indicates that the thresholds within the                specific actions themselves. Because                  these exposure levels, will consider
                                                 document are meant to update all                        any direct effects from the Technical                 both the impacts of the likely PTS as
                                                 thresholds currently in use by NMFS for                 Guidance are speculative and                          well as anticipated behavioral
                                                 assessing PTS onset, including generic                  conjectural, NMFS cannot meaningfully                 responses.
                                                 injury thresholds (i.e., root mean square               analyze potential effects by a cost-                     Comment 10: During the third public
                                                 sound pressure level (RMS SPL)                          benefit analysis.                                     comment period, the Commission
                                                 thresholds of 180/190 dB), and PTS/TTS                     Comment 8: The CRE states that                     recommended that NMFS review and
                                                 thresholds for explosives.                              NMFS needs to prepare and obtain                      revise this document every two years
                                                    NMFS acknowledges that future                        Office of Management and Budget                       via a small expert panel, as opposed to
                                                 Technical Guidance is needed for non-                   (OMB) approval of a new Paperwork                     the proposed three to five year schedule.
                                                 auditory impacts, but is planning on                    Reduction Act (PRA) Information                       Revising the Guidance on a two-year
                                                 addressing this in a separate guidance                  Collection Request (ICR) in compliance                basis was also supported by other
                                                 document and recommends current                         with Information Quality Act (IQA)                    commenters. Additionally, the
                                                 non-auditory thresholds for explosives                  Guidelines before they can use the                    Commission recommended that rather
                                                 remain in use until updates can be                      Technical Guidance for any sound                      than developing independent guidance,
                                                 completed via the appropriate                           source.                                               NMFS instead incorporate by reference
                                                 processes.                                                 Response: There is no collection of                technical reports and peer-reviewed
                                                    Comment 6: Multiple commenters                       information requirement associated                    literature already summarizing the best
                                                 requested clarification on the                          with the Technical Guidance. However,                 available science.
                                                 applicability the National                              NMFS’ information collection for                         Response: NMFS will continue to
                                                 Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) to the                  Applications and Reporting                            monitor and evaluate new data as they
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 Guidance.                                               Requirements for Incidental Taking of                 become available and will periodically
                                                    Response: NMFS determined that the                   Marine Mammals by Specified                           convene staff from our various offices,
                                                 Technical Guidance satisfies the                        Activities Under the Marine Mammal                    regions, and science centers, and to
                                                 standards for a categorical exclusion                   Protection Act, OMB approval number                   update the Guidance as appropriate
                                                 under NAO 216–6. NAO 216–6, sec.                        0648–0151, could be affected by                       (anticipating updates to occur on a three
                                                 6.03c.3(i), which provides that a                       applicants using the Technical                        to five year cycle). NMFS believes this
                                                 categorical exclusion is appropriate for                Guidance, possibly in added response                  timeline is appropriate and does not
                                                 ‘‘policy directives, regulations, and                   time to prepare applications using the                need to be modified.


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:46 Aug 03, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00007   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM   04AUN2


                                                 51700                        Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices

                                                   NMFS disagrees with the                               create an unfair competitive advantage                treated similarly to other publications
                                                 Commission’s recommendation to                          for any person or organization.’’                     that did not undergo formal peer review
                                                 incorporate by reference other reports or                  Comment 13: Several commenters                     associated with publication in a
                                                 peer-reviewed literature and believes                   expressed concern that the March 2016                 scientific journal. The commenter
                                                 the process of developing Technical                     Proposed Changes document did not                     questioned why the methodology from
                                                 Guidance requires a more thorough                       undergo peer review and believed peer                 the Finneran and Jenkins (2012)
                                                 evaluation of the science in the context                review would result in significant                    technical report was not subjected to an
                                                 of NOAA statutory requirements. Public                  changes to the Guidance necessitating                 independent peer review by NMFS but
                                                 comment would also be needed.                           the need for a fourth public comment                  was used in its 2013 Draft Guidance.
                                                   Comment 11: Several commenters                        period. If NMFS does not conduct a                       Response: NMFS disagrees that there
                                                 expressed uncertainty and requested                     fourth public comment period, the                     was an inconsistency in its treatment of
                                                 clarification as to how the Guidance                    commenters advocated that NMFS                        Finneran Technical Report (the
                                                 would apply to mitigation and                           retract its March 2016 Proposed                       methodology used for Navy’s ‘‘Phase 3’’
                                                 monitoring requirements (e.g., exclusion                Changes document and proceed with                     environmental compliance analyses in
                                                 zones), often prescribed by the                         issuing the July 2015 Draft Guidance                  any of the versions of our Technical
                                                 conditions of an MMPA permit or                         (modified based on public comments                    Guidance. NMFS considered Finneran
                                                 authorization.                                          from the first and second public                      and Jenkins (2012) in the development
                                                   Response: Mitigation and monitoring                   comment period) as its finalized                      of the 2013 Draft Guidance. However,
                                                 requirements associated with an MMPA                    Guidance.                                             that particular technical report served as
                                                 authorization or ESA consultation or                       Response: The comments are                         a summary of methodology and
                                                 permit are independent management                       incorrect. NMFS conducted a follow-up                 previously published data on impacts of
                                                 decisions made in accordance with                       peer review concurrent with the third                 sound on protected species (i.e., it did
                                                 statutory and regulatory standards in the               public comment period. NMFS                           not contain any new data). Although
                                                 context of a proposed activity and                      disagrees with the recommendation to                  Finneran and Jenkins (2012) was not
                                                 comprehensive effects analysis, and are                 retract the March 2016 Proposed                       published, the portions used directly in
                                                 beyond the scope of the Technical                       Changes document and that a fourth                    the 2013 Draft Guidance were supported
                                                 Guidance. NMFS acknowledges that in                     public comment period is needed based                 by peer reviewed publications. A
                                                 practice, exclusion zones and                           on comments made by the peer                          separate peer review of Finneran and
                                                 monitoring zones have often                             reviewers during this follow-up review.               Jenkins (2012) was neither necessary
                                                 corresponded to acoustic impact                         The follow-up peer review report is                   nor required under HISA requirements.
                                                 thresholds, but that is not a legal                     publicly available via: http://                          For the 2015 Draft Guidance, the
                                                 requirement, and the updated                            www.cio.noaa.gov/services_programs/                   Finneran Technical Report, used to
                                                 thresholds may make such a simple                       prplans/ID43.html and was available                   derive updated marine mammal
                                                 correlation more challenging, given                     before the Guidance was finalized (May                auditory weighting functions and
                                                 their greater complexity. The Technical                 2016).                                                thresholds for the Navy’s Phase 3
                                                 Guidance will be used with other                           Comment 14: One commenter                          analyses, was directly incorporated into
                                                 relevant information to inform impact                   indicated that Guidance should not be                 the Guidance via Appendix A. This was
                                                 assessments, and that in turn will be                   used until NMFS addresses all the peer                the first time the Finneran Technical
                                                 considered in the development of                        reviewers’ comments from its three peer               Report was made public, and thus, was
                                                 mitigation and monitoring.                              reviews, and that failing to doing so                 subject to HISA requirements for
                                                                                                         would cause the finalized Guidance to                 inclusion in the Technical Guidance,
                                                 Peer Review Process                                     be IQA non-compliant.                                 including peer review. We also note that
                                                   Comment 12: One commenter                                Response: NMFS adhered to IQA                      after the July 2015 public comment
                                                 expressed concerned about the peer                      procedures and NOAA’s IQG, making                     period, part of the Finneran Technical
                                                 review process and choice of peer                       the finalized Technical Guidance IQA                  Report, specifically a summary of
                                                 reviewers, particularly in regards to                   compliant. NMFS received valuable                     available data on noise-induced hearing
                                                 potential financial ties to NMFS.                       input from the peer reviewers and made                loss in marine mammals, was published
                                                   Response: NMFS adhered to                             changes to the Technical Guidance                     in a peer reviewed journal (Finneran et
                                                 appropriate procedures in the selection                 based on their comments during all                    al., 2015).
                                                 of the peer reviewers to prevent any real               three peer reviews, as well as during the                Comment 16: Several commenters
                                                 or perceived conflicts of interest. The                 follow-up review. The peer reviewers’                 expressed concerns over NMFS
                                                 Commission, specifically their                          comments greatly improved the                         adopting the Finneran Technical Report
                                                 Commissioners and members of their                      Technical Guidance before it was                      within the Guidance. One commenter
                                                 Committee of Scientific Advisors,                       available for public comment during the               specifically stated that the Guidance
                                                 nominated the peer reviewers for each                   initial and second public comment                     ‘‘effectively results in the US Navy
                                                 of the three peer reviews. Additionally,                periods. The manner in which NMFS                     writing its own regulations’’ and
                                                 the Acoustical Society of America’s                     addressed the peer reviewers’                         recommended that the entire Guidance
                                                 Underwater Technical Council                            comments, from all three peer reviews,                process be reconvened using a fully
                                                 nominated some of the peer reviewers                    as well as the follow-up review, appear               independent panel of experts.
                                                 in association with the third peer                      within our Peer Review Reports: http://                  Response: NMFS disagrees with the
                                                 review. Each peer reviewer, for all three               www.cio.noaa.gov/services_programs/                   commenters’ assessment. The author of
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 reviews, submitted a conflict of interest               prplans/ID43.html.                                    the Finneran Technical Report that was
                                                 form. None of the Technical Guidance’s                     Comment 15: A commenter                            incorporated into Technical Guidance
                                                 reviewers indicated having a conflict of                considered NMFS’ treatment and peer                   (Appendix A) is a well-respected and
                                                 interest, defined as ‘‘any financial or                 review of the Finneran Technical                      recognized scientist with over 50 peer
                                                 other interest which conflicts with the                 Report, associated with the July 2015                 reviewed publications on marine
                                                 service of the individual because it (1)                Draft Guidance (Appendix A), as                       mammal hearing and has served on the
                                                 could significantly impair the                          inconsistent, asserting the Finneran                  Southall et al., 2007 expert panel, as
                                                 individual’s objectivity, or (2) could                  Technical Report should have been                     well as the current Southall panel that


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:46 Aug 03, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00008   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM   04AUN2


                                                                              Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices                                            51701

                                                 is updating their 2007 publication.                     updated in the near future and that the               was a new source that was not
                                                 Additionally, this methodology                          Guidance’s finalization should be                     specifically listed).
                                                 underwent an independent peer review                    delayed for this publication or NMFS                     Comment 22: Multiple commenters
                                                 convened by NMFS and was evaluated                      should commit to updating its Guidance                remarked that the Guidance’s
                                                 internally within NMFS before it was                    within six months of the finalization of              definitions of ‘‘non-impulsive’’ and
                                                 incorporated into our Technical                         the updated Southall et al. (2007)                    ‘‘impulsive’’ sounds are vague (i.e.,
                                                 Guidance. NMFS believes the Finneran                    publication.                                          NMFS does not define what is meant by
                                                 Technical Report represents the best                       Response: NMFS notes that when                     ‘‘high peak sound pressure level’’ or
                                                 available science, which is why we                      these more recent studies become                      ‘‘rapid rise time’’) and do not objectively
                                                 incorporated it in the Technical                        available, they can be considered and                 distinguish between these two types of
                                                 Guidance.                                               incorporated into future updates of the               sound. The commenters recommended
                                                    Comment 17: One commenter                            Technical Guidance. NMFS is aware                     that clear, technical definitions be
                                                 requested that the NMFS share their                     that Southall et al. (2007) is being                  included. Further, commenters noted
                                                 original documents and peer reviews                     updated. We anticipate that the                       that impulsive sounds become
                                                 from the first peer review (2013), in                   methodology in the Technical Guidance                 increasingly continuous with distance,
                                                 order to facilitate common                              will be similar to that provided in the               due to multipath arrivals and other
                                                 understanding as to those aspects of                    updated publication (the author of the                factors, and may have continuous
                                                 science related to marine mammal                        Navy’s Finneran Technical Report is                   components even at short distances due
                                                 behavior that may be limiting NMFS’                     also on the panel updating Southall et                to reverberation and requested NMFS
                                                 ability to establish guidance and                       al., 2007). NMFS will evaluate and                    also consider waveform data at the
                                                 promote studies that would address                      consider the updated Southall et al.                  location of the marine mammal to
                                                 significant data gaps.                                  publication when it becomes available                 categorize sound sources.
                                                    Response: As noted in the first peer                 and does not believe delaying the                        Response: The Technical Guidance
                                                 review report (2013), in light of the peer              Technical Guidance is necessary.                      relied on defining sound sources based
                                                 reviewers’ comments and based upon                      Regarding the request to update the                   on previously established definitions
                                                 internal discussions, NMFS decided to                                                                         and standards (i.e., American National
                                                                                                         Technical Guidance within six months
                                                 re-evaluate its proposed methodology                                                                          Standards Institute (ANSI)). NMFS
                                                                                                         of the updated Southall et al. (2007)
                                                 for deriving acoustic thresholds for                                                                          categorized sound sources as impulsive
                                                                                                         publication, NMFS will evaluate the
                                                 behavior and, therefore, included only                                                                        or non-impulsive based on temporal
                                                                                                         Southall update and consider next steps
                                                 thresholds for PTS and TTS onset in the                                                                       characteristics of the sound at the
                                                                                                         at the time rather than commit to any
                                                 Draft Technical Guidance (i.e., Draft                                                                         source. The definition of an impulsive
                                                                                                         timeframe in advance.
                                                 2013 and 2015 and 2016 Proposed                                                                               sound source in the Technical Guidance
                                                 Changes public comment versions).                          Comment 20: One commenter                          relates specifically to noise-induced
                                                 NMFS did not include peer reviewer                      suggested that the Verboom and                        hearing loss and specifies the physical
                                                 comments on proposed behavioral                         Kastelein’s (2005) unpublished report,                characteristics of an impulsive sound
                                                 thresholds in the peer review report                    specifically the ‘‘discomfort threshold,’’            source, which likely gives impulsive
                                                 because they were no longer relevant to                 be included for consideration in the                  sounds a higher potential to cause
                                                 the scope of the Draft Guidance                         Guidance.                                             auditory injury than non-impulsive
                                                 contents. NMFS will publish this                           Response: NMFS reviewed Verboom                    sounds. Unfortunately, these standards
                                                 information, if relevant, once we re-                   and Kastelein (2005) and concluded the                do not provide quantitative definitions
                                                 evaluate our approach for establishing                  data are more relevant for consideration              for terms like ‘‘high’’ peak sound
                                                 updated guidance for behavior effects.                  in future behavioral effects guidance.                pressure level and ‘‘rapid’’ rise time,
                                                                                                         Sound Sources                                         especially in the context of underwater
                                                 Use of Published Versus Unpublished                                                                           sources.
                                                 Data                                                      Comment 21: Some commenters                            NMFS acknowledges that sound
                                                   Comment 18: Several commenters                        indicated that the Guidance appears to                propagation is complex and the physical
                                                 remarked on the use of published and                    focus on five sound sources (i.e.,                    property of sounds change as they travel
                                                 unpublished literature in the Guidance                  underwater detonations, seismic                       through the environment. The July 2015
                                                 and sought clarification regarding the                  airguns, impact pile drivers, vibratory               Draft Guidance proposed a methodology
                                                 sources considered in the development                   pile drivers, and sonar). They                        for examining when impulsive sounds
                                                 of the Guidance.                                        recommended the document consider                     are less likely to possess the physical
                                                   Response: Not all data considered in                  other sound sources that have the                     characteristics that make them more
                                                 the development of the Technical                        potential to result in noise-induced                  injurious (i.e., peak sound pressure level
                                                 Guidance have been published in a peer                  hearing loss and provide a list of these              and pulse duration). This proposed
                                                 review journal. For the development of                  potential sources within the Technical                methodology underwent an
                                                 PTS and TTS onset acoustic thresholds                   Guidance, so that other sounds sources                independent peer review (Guidance’s
                                                 and marine mammal auditory weighting                    are given explicit recognition.                       third peer review). However, based on
                                                 functions, NMFS primarily relied on                       Response: The Technical Guidance                    comments received during the public
                                                 published data. The scientific aspects of               identifies the received levels, or                    comment period for the 2015 Draft
                                                 the Technical Guidance underwent                        thresholds, above which individual                    Guidance, NMFS decided the proposed
                                                 some form of peer review, either via                    marine mammals are predicted to                       methodology would benefit from by
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 formal publication in a scientific journal              experience changes in their hearing                   further research, removed the proposed
                                                 and/or via the HISA process.                            sensitivity for acute, incidental                     methodology from main Guidance
                                                   Comment 19: Several commenters                        exposure to all underwater                            document, and highlighted it in the
                                                 recommended that unpublished                            anthropogenic sound sources. NMFS                     Research Recommendations, Appendix
                                                 information from more recent scientific                 believes providing a list of all potential            B. Included in the Technical Guidance’s
                                                 conferences should be considered in the                 sounds sources within the Technical                   Research Recommendations is a call to
                                                 Guidance. One commenter specifically                    Guidance is unnecessary and would                     identify sound characteristics associated
                                                 indicated Southall et al. (2007) will be                limit the document’s utility (e.g., if there          with injury, which may allow for more


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:46 Aug 03, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00009   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM   04AUN2


                                                 51702                        Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices

                                                 detailed definitions in future iterations               or less injurious in terms of noise-                  specified bands, which have the
                                                 of this Guidance.                                       induced hearing loss. The Technical                   potential to fall within the hearing range
                                                    Comment 23: One commenter                            Guidance does not address direct                      of marine mammals; Deng et al., 2014;
                                                 suggested that the Guidance definition                  behavioral impacts from sound and so                  Hastie et al., 2014). This factor is
                                                 of impulsive sound sources as those                     does not adopt definitions that bear on               important in considering the potential
                                                 with signals less than one second in                    behavior. Classification of sound                     of a sound source to impact a specific
                                                 duration could possibly capture sources                 sources in terms of behavioral                        hearing group, and text addressing this
                                                 that are not truly impulsive and                        harassment will be examined when we                   point has been added to the Technical
                                                 recommended that impulsive sources be                   develop guidance for these types of                   Guidance.
                                                 defined as those which exceed some                      impacts.                                                Comment 28: One commenter
                                                 threshold of impulse, defined as ‘‘the                     Comment 25: Multiple commenters                    remarked that the Guidance was unclear
                                                 time integral of a force over the time                  expressed concern that seismic                        whether NMFS will require sound
                                                 that the force is applied (ANSI 1994).’’                waterguns produce higher frequency                    source verification (SSV), associated
                                                 Another commenter suggested                             sounds than seismic airguns and should                with the application of the Guidance’s
                                                 characterizing impulsive sources based                  not be used to set thresholds for airguns.            acoustic thresholds. The comment noted
                                                 on metrics which consider rise time,                       Response: NMFS established                         that conducting a SSV poses a
                                                 crest factor, or the signal kurtosis (i.e.,             Technical Guidance for all impulsive                  complicated and unnecessary burden on
                                                 statistical quantity that represents the                sounds based on the currently available               operations because the results are highly
                                                 impulsiveness ‘‘peakedness’’ of the                     data, which may not include every                     variable due to constantly changing
                                                 event). A follow-up comment                             potential sound source to which a                     conditions in the environment.
                                                 acknowledged that kurtosis in the time                  marine mammal could be exposed.                         Response: The Technical Guidance
                                                 domain may not be practical and                         Watergun data were used to represent                  does not impose any such requirements.
                                                 suggested considering kurtosis in the                   airguns, as well as impact pile driving               NMFS has added text to the
                                                 frequency domain.                                       for most hearing groups. However it                   introduction of the Technical Guidance
                                                    Response: The terms impulsive and                    should be noted that the HF cetacean                  to clarify this point.
                                                 non-impulsive as defined in the                         TTS onset impulsive thresholds are
                                                 Technical Guidance are based on                         derived directly from data obtained                   Metrics
                                                 several ANSI standards. If action                       from a harbor porpoise exposed to a                      Comment 29: One commenter
                                                 proponents are unclear which category                   single airgun. Incorporating marine                   recommended additional clarification
                                                 their source might fit, they may contact                mammal auditory weighting functions                   on various sound metrics to prevent
                                                 NMFS for further discussion. NMFS                       into exposure models allows for the                   confusion between the peak sound
                                                 acknowledges that the additional factors                consideration that airguns                            pressure level (PK) used in the current
                                                 suggested by the commenters could be                    predominantly produce lower                           Guidance and maximum RMS SPL used
                                                 useful for defining source types.                       frequencies compared to waterguns.                    to describe prior NMFS thresholds.
                                                 However, these are not currently                           Comment 26: A group of commenters                     Response: NMFS agrees and added
                                                 commonly used descriptors by action                     expressed concern the Guidance will                   clarification to the Technical Guidance
                                                 proponents or those conducting marine                   restrict the use of marine vibrators,                 to distinguish between metrics used in
                                                 mammal noise-induced hearing loss                       which are designed to be more                         this document and those associated
                                                 studies (i.e., data are not typically                   environmentally friendly by avoiding                  with previous thresholds, as well as
                                                 collected and published using these                     the generation of sound in the ‘‘best                 including definitions of these metrics in
                                                 metrics), and would not be easily                       hearing’’ range of most marine animals,               the Glossary (Appendix E).
                                                 implementable at this time. Additional                  and generate a significantly lower                       Comment 30: One commenter
                                                 metrics can be considered as more data                  overall sound pressure level throughout               requested clarity on the definition of
                                                 become available in a broader array of                  the frequency band relative to seismic                ‘‘peak pressure’’ used in the Guidance,
                                                 metrics. A better understanding of                      airguns.                                              which the commenter assumes to be the
                                                 appropriate metrics has been identified                    Response: The Technical Guidance                   equivalent of a ‘‘zero-to-peak’’ value.
                                                 as an area for recommended research in                  does not restrict or allow any activity.              This commenter further indicated that
                                                 Appendix B of the Technical Guidance.                   It sets out science-based thresholds for              the Guidance has been inconsistent in
                                                 In regards to using kurtosis in the                     the onset of auditory impacts based on                converting between ‘‘peak-to-peak’’ and
                                                 frequency domain, NMFS re-examined                      our evaluation and synthesis of                       RMS values to ‘‘zero-to-peak’’ values.
                                                 this metric based on the comment                        available data. Decisions about various                  Response: NMFS has defined peak
                                                 received. However, upon evaluation, it                  sound-generating activities are outside               sound pressure level in the Glossary
                                                 was determined that this metric is still                the scope of the Technical Guidance.                  (Appendix E) and has clarified the
                                                 not currently practical to implement.                      Comment 27: A commenter noted that                 definition in the Technical Guidance to
                                                    Comment 24: The Commission                           when considering sound source                         indicate a zero-to-peak value. NOAA
                                                 recommended that the 2015 Finneran                      characterization, recording equipment                 disagrees that there are inconsistencies
                                                 Technical Report definitions of                         can be limited in bandwidth and                       in the Technical Guidance because there
                                                 impulsive and non-impulsive sounds be                   dynamic range (i.e., equipment may not                have been no conversions made
                                                 adopted by NMFS and used in all                         be able to accurately characterize the                between zero-to-peak and peak-to-peak
                                                 contexts, including MMPA Level B                        sound source).                                        sound pressure levels or from RMS
                                                 behavioral harassment.                                     Response: NMFS agrees that fully                   sound pressure to any other metric
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                    Response: The Technical Guidance                     characterizing the complete spectrum of               anywhere in this document.
                                                 definitions of impulsive and non-                       a sound source, within the hearing                       Comment 31: To match what was
                                                 impulsive sounds comply with ANSI                       ranges of marine mammals, is essential                provided in the Finneran Technical
                                                 definitions and were subject to                         to accurately assess potential impacts,               Report (Appendix A of July 2015 Draft
                                                 independent peer review (third peer                     as is ensuring that sources meet                      Guidance), the Commission and some
                                                 review). These specific definitions were                manufacturer specifications (i.e.,                    other commenters recommended that
                                                 chosen to capture those physical                        sometimes sources are capable of                      NMFS only provide dual metrics for
                                                 characteristics that make a sound more                  producing sounds outside their                        PTS onset for impulsive sources (i.e.,


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:46 Aug 03, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00010   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM   04AUN2


                                                                              Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices                                            51703

                                                 remove peak pressure metric threshold                   were used to derive both thresholds for                  Response: NMFS agrees that the SEL
                                                 for non-impulsive sources). Conversely,                 HF cetaceans exposed to impulsive                     implies accumulation. The ANSI
                                                 a commenter was not supportive of                       sources. For MF cetaceans, both                       definition indicates that accumulation
                                                 removing the peak pressure thresholds                   thresholds come from belugas exposed                  occurs over a stated time interval, which
                                                 for non-impulsive sources, as was                       to waterguns (Finneran et al., 2002). For             is typically referenced to one second. In
                                                 suggested in the 2016 Proposed Changes                  both the Lucke et al. (2009) and                      order to clarify that the duration of
                                                 document. Finally, there was some                       Finneran et al. (2002) study, TTS onset               accumulation in the Guidance is not one
                                                 confusion as to how and when the PK                     was recorded in multiple metrics, with                second (i.e., 24 hours), NMFS chose to
                                                 threshold needs to be considered based                  two of these metrics (i.e., PK and                    use the notation SELcum.
                                                 on the updates in the 2016 Proposed                     SELcum) directly used in the Technical
                                                                                                                                                               Use of Data From Captive Marine
                                                 Changes document.                                       Guidance. NMFS disagrees that auditory
                                                    Response: Upon further evaluation,                                                                         Mammals
                                                                                                         weighting functions are appropriate for
                                                 NMFS agrees and has removed the PK                      use with the PK metric, as direct                        Comment 36: Multiple commenters
                                                 thresholds for non-impulsive source in                  mechanical damage associated with                     indicated that the use of data from
                                                 the Technical Guidance, since it is                     sounds having high peak sound                         captive individuals was a poor proxy
                                                 highly unlikely that the dominant                       pressures typically does not strictly                 (e.g., over-estimate TTS onset or hearing
                                                 metric for non-impulsive sources will be                reflect the frequencies an individual                 thresholds, may be habituated or have
                                                 the peak sound pressure level. However,                 species hears best (i.e., why PK                      different survival tactics) for their free-
                                                 the Technical Guidance caveats that if a                thresholds should be considered                       ranging counterparts and suggested that
                                                 non-impulsive sound has the potential                   unweighted/flat-weighted within the                   data from captive bottlenose dolphins
                                                 of exceeding the PK threshold                           entire frequency band of a hearing                    be adjusted to be more representative.
                                                 associated with impulsive sources, these                group).                                                  Response: NMFS acknowledges that
                                                 thresholds should still be considered.                     Comment 34: Multiple commenters                    captive individuals may be habituated
                                                 Thus, in the Technical Guidance, there                  noted that the SELcum metric within the               to their test environment, making them
                                                 remain dual criteria associated with                    Guidance is used under the assumption                 less than ideal proxies for their free-
                                                 impulsive sources (i.e., applicant should               that a low amplitude/long signal having               ranging counterparts for studying
                                                 consider whichever threshold results in                 an equal SELcum, as a high amplitude/                 behavioral reactions to noise. However,
                                                 the largest effect distance (isopleth)).                short signal, will have the same effects              we believe habituation has minimal
                                                    Comment 32: A few commenters                         on the auditory system (i.e., the Equal               effects on testing auditory capabilities
                                                 remarked SELcum is not a standardized                   Energy Hypothesis (EEH)). A commenter                 and the impacts of noise on hearing,
                                                 acoustic notation and that the Guidance                 further stated that the EEH may be                    which is the focus of this Technical
                                                 should adhere to existing standards in                  correct in certain conditions, but that an            Guidance.
                                                 terms of terminology, definitions,                      increasing body of evidence indicates                    For example, NMFS notes that data
                                                 symbols, and acronyms in order to                       that the EEH does not hold true for most              from Castellote et al. (2014), from free-
                                                 promote clarity and reduce confusion. It                marine mammal sound exposures. It                     ranging belugas in Alaska, indicate of
                                                 was also recommended that NMFS work                     was suggested that as more data become                the seven healthy individuals tested (3
                                                 with standards-setting bodies to develop                available, NMFS should perform more                   females/4 males; 1 subadult/6 adults),
                                                 a consistent system of notation for                     analyses to determine what model or                   all had hearing abilities ‘‘similar to
                                                 marine bioacoustics applications (e.g.,                 equation best fits the EEH and revise the             those of belugas measured in zoological
                                                 ANSI or International Organization for                  acoustic thresholds to more accurately                settings.’’ Thus, from this one study, it
                                                 Standardization (ISO)).                                 reflect the potential for TTS changes                 appears that for baseline hearing
                                                    Response: NMFS acknowledges that                     with duration and amplitude.                          measurements, captive individuals
                                                 neither the 2013 nor the 2015 Draft                        Response: NMFS agrees that EEH may                 might be an appropriate surrogate for
                                                 Guidance documents consistently used                    not be valid for all exposure situations.             free-ranging animals. However, this is
                                                 notations complying with available                      However, the Technical Guidance                       currently the only study of its kind, and
                                                 standards. The final Technical Guidance                 provides acoustic thresholds in the                   more research is needed to examine if
                                                 has been revised to better reflect ANSI                 SELcum metric, based on the belief that               this trend applies to other species (see
                                                 standards (e.g., terminology,                           the EEH is the best means of                          Appendix B: Research
                                                 abbreviation, and symbols). Further,                    incorporating this metric (also                       Recommendations).
                                                 NMFS is aware of the work of ISO                        recommended by Southall et al., 2007).                   NMFS also finds an adjustment to
                                                 18405 to develop standards specifically                 NMFS maintains that despite the                       bottlenose dolphin data is unnecessary.
                                                 for underwater acoustics and will re-                   shortcomings, having a metric that                    The Technical Guidance methodology
                                                 evaluate the Guidance’s notations in                    includes the duration of exposure is                  for deriving marine mammal auditory
                                                 future updates once the ISO work                        critical for predicting effects of noise on           weighting functions incorporates data
                                                 becomes finalized.                                      marine mammal hearing. The evaluation                 from a multitude of species (∼20
                                                    Comment 33: One commenter noted                      of appropriate metrics and EEH has                    species), beyond just bottlenose
                                                 an inconsistency in the Guidance with                   specifically been identified as an area               dolphins, and is considered
                                                 both PK and SELcum acoustic thresholds                  where more research is needed                         representative based on the best
                                                 being derived from the same study. The                  (Guidance Appendix B).                                available science.
                                                 commenter noted that if the energy from                    Comment 35: One commenter                             Comment 37: Several commenters
                                                 a transmission does not cause an impact                 indicated since ‘‘SEL’’ is the                        expressed concern over the ages of
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 at a given frequency because of an                      accumulated acoustic energy in a signal               many of the captive individuals used in
                                                 animal’s reduced sensitivity (or                        and cumulative by definition, whether                 TTS studies as not being representative
                                                 capability) to hear that signal, then the               calculated over one second or a single                (e.g., thresholds obtained from younger
                                                 ability to be impacted by the PK should                 pulse event, the Guidance’s use of                    bottlenose dolphin in Johnson 1968 are
                                                 also be reduced for that frequency.                     ‘‘SELcum’’ to describe cumulative sound               on average 10 dB lower than from older
                                                    Response: NMFS does not agree there                  exposure is unnecessary. The                          individuals) and considers them sources
                                                 is an inconsistency in how data were                    commenter suggested NMFS should                       of uncertainty. Many commenters
                                                 assessed. Data from Lucke et al. (2009)                 simply use the abbreviation ‘‘SEL’’.                  suggested that data from older


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:46 Aug 03, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00011   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM   04AUN2


                                                 51704                        Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices

                                                 individuals should either be adjusted or                animals are capable of moving                         (Appendix A), NMFS has replaced the
                                                 excluded from consideration.                            horizontally and vertically in the water              concept of functional hearing range with
                                                    Response: NMFS disagrees that data                   column to reduce exposure, and/or                     the establishment of what the Technical
                                                 from older individuals needs to be                      individuals are exposed to mobile                     Guidance terms ‘‘generalized hearing
                                                 excluded or adjusted and notes that                     sources). Thus, using laboratory data                 range’’ for each hearing group. The latter
                                                 Houser and Finneran (2006) did a                        from animals exposed to unusually                     is recommended for consideration
                                                 comprehensive study on the hearing                      long, continuous durations of sound                   associated with flat weighting for PK
                                                 sensitivity of the Navy bottlenose                      (i.e., animals cannot leave exposure                  thresholds and when determining
                                                 dolphin population (i.e., tested 42                     scenario and the level during exposure                general risk of auditory impacts from
                                                 individuals from age 4 to 47 years; 28                  remains constant) may not best reflect                noise. The generalized hearing ranges
                                                 males/14 females) and found that high-                  scenarios expected to be encountered by               were chosen based on the approximate
                                                 frequency hearing loss typically began                  wild individuals, when exposed to                     65 dB threshold from the normalized
                                                 between the ages of 20 and 30 years. For                sound over long periods of time.                      composite audiogram. NMFS believes
                                                 example, at frequencies where this                      However, measurements of TTS from                     that outside the generalized hearing
                                                 species is most susceptible to noise-                   laboratory studies are the only data                  range, the risk of auditory impacts from
                                                 induced hearing loss (i.e., 10 to 30                    currently available, and they remain                  sounds (i.e., TTS or PTS) is considered
                                                 kilohertz (kHz)), these are the                         informative regarding sound exposure                  to be either zero or very low (the
                                                 frequencies where there is the lowest                   that may impact marine mammal                         exception would be if a sound above/
                                                 variability in mean thresholds between                  hearing. Appendix B of the Guidance                   below this range was determined to
                                                 individuals of different ages.                          recommends future TTS studies to                      have the potential to cause physical
                                                 Additionally, for harbor seals, similar                 address exposures animals are likely to               injury, i.e., lung or gastrointestinal tract
                                                 levels of TTS onset were found in                       receive in the natural environment and                injury from explosives) and added
                                                 Kastelein et al. (2012a) for individuals                provide more representative results.                  additional information to clarify this in
                                                 of 4 to 5 years of age compared to the                                                                        the Technical Guidance.
                                                 individual from in Kastak et al. (2005),                Marine Mammal Hearing Ranges                             NMFS is aware of the Au et al. (1997)
                                                 which was 14 years old. For belugas                        Comment 39: One commenter noted                    paper, which examines the effect of the
                                                 similar levels of TTS were measured in                  that the establishment of hearing groups              75 Hz acoustic thermometry of ocean
                                                 Popov et al. (2014) for an individual 2                 is fundamentally flawed because it is                 climate (ATOC) signal on hearing
                                                 years old compared to those used in                     based on the assumption that similar                  sensitivity of a single false killer whale
                                                 Schlundt et al. (2000), which were 20 to                exposures will result in similar effects              and single Risso’s dolphin, both mid-
                                                 22 years old or 29 to 31 years old.                     in all group members. The commenter                   frequency (MF) cetaceans. Hearing
                                                    Further, Houser and Finneran 2006                    believes it is important to consider                  thresholds for both species, from this
                                                 attribute the lower thresholds recorded                 species differences in behavior (e.g.,                study, were 139 dB or higher (false
                                                 by the individual from Johnson (1968)                   movement away from the noise source)                  killer whale: Thomas et al., 1988;
                                                 to differences in methodology (i.e.,                    when calculating cumulative exposure                  Risso’s dolphin: Nachtigall et al., 1995).
                                                 Johnson (1968) used behavioral protocol                 associated with PTS onset.                            Thus, this ATOC signal is considered
                                                 to test hearing versus                                     Response: NMFS agrees that marine                  beyond the generalized hearing range of
                                                 electrophysiological methodology by                     mammal behavioral responses could                     MF cetaceans.
                                                 Houser and Finneran (2006)). The                        result in differences in noise exposures                 Comment 41: Several commenters
                                                 Technical Guidance relies primarily on                  and accumulation scenarios (i.e.,                     questioned the justification used to
                                                 behavioral data associated with hearing                 SELcum). However, NMFS disagrees that                 support the PW and OW pinnipeds’
                                                 and threshold shift measurements, as                    such responses necessarily indicate that              upper hearing limit in the Technical
                                                 opposed to those obtained via other                     hearing physiology is dissimilar or that              Guidance. The commenters noted that
                                                 means (e.g., auditory evoked potentials                 levels causing noise-induced threshold                newer studies have consistently shown
                                                 (AEP)) because we consider these data                   shifts are dissimilar between species                 that 75 kHz is a more reasonable upper
                                                 to be most representative of hearing                    within a hearing group. Further,                      cutoff for PW pinnipeds underwater.
                                                 ability and noise-induced hearing loss,                 differences in behavioral responses to                These commenters recommended that
                                                 which further eliminates the need for                   sound will be considered in the                       NMFS choose the median value, not the
                                                 any adjustment.                                         development of behavioral effects                     most conservative value, for the PW
                                                    Comment 38: One commenter                            thresholds.                                           pinniped upper hearing range limit. For
                                                 indicated that studies show that marine                    Comment 40: One commenter                          OW pinnipeds, the 2013 Draft Guidance
                                                 mammals tend to avoid disruptive                        indicated that the method for                         does not clearly explain why 40 kHz
                                                 sound sources, which could                              determining the limits of the functional              was selected as a high-frequency cut-off
                                                 significantly diminish the potential for                hearing ranges was not clearly indicated              for OW pinnipeds instead of 50 kHz
                                                 noise-induced hearing loss. Therefore,                  in the Guidance and suggests that NMFS                reported in Finneran and Jenkins (2012).
                                                 the commenter suggests that the data                    should indicate how the limits were                      Response: As indicated in the
                                                 collected in laboratory experiments are                 obtained for each group. Another                      previous comment/response, NMFS has
                                                 likely to result in overestimates of                    commenter indicated that the term                     provided generalized hearing ranges by
                                                 exposure because the subjects are                       ‘‘functional hearing range’’ is intended              marine mammal hearing group. The
                                                 exposed to longer and louder sounds                     to convey the range over which the                    generalized hearing ranges are
                                                 than they would be in the natural                       majority of the species’ hearing ability is           supported by available pinniped
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 environment.                                            found. However, there are at least two                audiogram data that were used to derive
                                                    Response: NMFS agrees that when                      examples of a species’ ability to hear a              the composite audiogram for this group
                                                 considering exposure durations for                      signal outside its functional hearing                 (Terhune 1988; Kastak and Schusterman
                                                 animals under realistic exposure                        range (i.e., false killer whale and Risso’s           1999; Kastelein et al., 2009; Reichmuth
                                                 conditions, generally, it is predicted that             dolphin (Au et al., 1997)).                           et al., 2013; Sills et al., 2014; and Sills
                                                 most individuals will only be in the                       Response: Based on the revised                     et al., 2015). The generalized frequency
                                                 closest ranges to a sound source/activity               methodology for establishing marine                   ranges are intended to be broad enough
                                                 for a minimal amount of time (e.g.,                     mammal auditory weighting functions                   to encompass the hearing range of the


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:46 Aug 03, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00012   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM   04AUN2


                                                                              Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices                                          51705

                                                 entire hearing group (i.e., choice of                   response, and thus do not take into                   production and regions of best hearing
                                                 using 65 dB threshold compared to 60                    account contributions to hearing from                 sensitivity do not overlap to a high
                                                 dB threshold typically used to define                   higher centers of the brain and auditory              degree. A few commenters further
                                                 human and other terrestrial mammal                      nervous system, and no means have                     added that applying results from one or
                                                 hearing ranges). Thus, NMFS disagrees                   been established for ‘‘correcting’’ AEP               two aging bottlenose dolphins to all
                                                 that using a median is preferred. For PW                data so that they may be more                         members of a hearing group is
                                                 and OW pinnipeds, the upper range                       comparable to those obtained via                      inadequate.
                                                 based in the finalized Technical                        behavioral methods. AEP thresholds are                   Response: The auditory weighting
                                                 Guidance is 86 kHz and 39 kHz,                          typically elevated compared to                        functions are meant to assess risk of
                                                 respectively.                                           behavioral thresholds in a frequency-                 noise-induced hearing loss and not
                                                    Comment 42: One commenter noted                      dependent manner, especially at lower                 necessarily encompass the entire range
                                                 that current ESA and MMPA analyses                      frequencies (e.g., Szymanski et al., 1999;            of best hearing for every species within
                                                 are based on data collected while                       Yuen et al., 2005; Houser and Finneran                the hearing group. NMFS’ use of
                                                 monitoring previous activities, with                    2006); therefore including the low-                   auditory weighting functions is
                                                 little of that data having been analyzed                frequency AEP data in the composite                   consistent with how weighting
                                                 by hearing group. The commenter                         audiogram would cause an artificial                   functions are used in human noise
                                                 suggested that until more data are                      increase in audiogram low-frequency                   standards, which is to assess the overall
                                                 available, it will be difficult to find data            slope and cause the resulting weighting               hazard of noise on hearing. Specifically,
                                                 upon which to base the analyses.                        function to be more narrow at low                     the human auditory weighting function
                                                    Response: NMFS disagrees that it will                frequencies.                                          provides a ‘‘rating that indicates the
                                                 be difficult to complete analyses and                      Despite not directly including AEP                 injurious effects of noise on human
                                                 believes that hearing group data and                    audiograms in the development of a                    hearing’’ (OSHA 2013). While these
                                                 marine mammal auditory weighting                        hearing groups’ composite audiogram,                  weighting functions are based on
                                                 functions provided in the Technical                     these data were evaluated to ensure                   regions of equal loudness and best
                                                 Guidance are based on the best available                species were placed within the                        hearing, they are meant to reflect the
                                                 science and can be applied to any                       appropriate hearing group and to ensure               susceptibility of the ear to noise-
                                                 source. Additionally, the Technical                     that a species for which only AEP data                induced threshold shifts, and as such,
                                                 Guidance states that the application of                 were available were within the bounds                 the region of enhanced susceptibility to
                                                 marine mammal auditory weighting                        of the composite audiogram for that                   noise exposure may not perfectly mirror
                                                 functions should be completed after                     hearing group. Further, AEP TTS data                  a species’ region of best hearing (e.g.,
                                                 data collection (i.e., auditory weighting               are presented within the Guidance for                 TTS data from bottlenose dolphin,
                                                 functions should not be applied                         comparative purposes alongside TTS                    belugas, and Yangtze finless porpoise
                                                 beforehand), with the total spectrum of                 data collected by behavioral methods                  support this).
                                                 sound preserved for later analysis (i.e.,               illustrating that the AEP TTS data are
                                                                                                                                                                  Further, updated methodology in the
                                                 if weighting functions are updated or if                within the bounds (the majority of the
                                                                                                                                                               July 2015 revised Draft Guidance used
                                                 there is interest in additional species,                time above) of those collected by
                                                                                                                                                               composite audiograms based on
                                                 data can still be used).                                behavioral methods (i.e., Figures A18
                                                                                                                                                               multiple species to derive marine
                                                                                                         and A19).
                                                 General Auditory Weighting Functions                       Comment 44: One commenter                          mammal auditory weighting functions.
                                                   Comment 43: NMFS’ exclusion of                        remarked that the Guidance may change                 Thus, data from more than just
                                                 AEP data in establishing marine                         as improved information becomes                       bottlenose dolphins were used to derive
                                                 mammal composite audiograms and                         available, which means that auditory                  these functions (i.e., MF cetacean
                                                 auditory weighting functions was                        weighting functions may also change.                  composite audiograms are derived using
                                                 criticized by several commenters. These                 The commenter suggested that NMFS                     data from eight different species).
                                                 commenters noted that by including                      develop a mechanism for allowing                         As for how animal age could impact
                                                 AEP datasets, the statistical power of the              updates until a widely-accepted                       hearing susceptibility, please see
                                                 assessment would be improved.                           weighting procedure for marine                        Response to Comment 37.
                                                   Response: In deriving marine                          mammals is standardized by expert                        Comment 46: Multiple commenters
                                                 mammal composite audiograms, NMFS                       consensus (e.g., through the ANSI or                  expressed concern that the Guidance’s
                                                 established an informal data hierarchy                  ISO standardization processes).                       marine mammal auditory weighting
                                                 in terms of assessing these types of data.                 Response: NMFS agrees that as                      functions are invalid, since they are
                                                 Specifically, audiograms obtained via                   additional data become available, the                 based on assumptions that have not
                                                 behavioral methodology provide the                      auditory weighting functions, among                   been subject to uncertainty analysis for
                                                 most representative presentation (most                  other factors, may require modification.              frequencies below 3 kHz.
                                                 sensitive) on hearing ability, followed                 For that reason, NMFS has added                          Response: NMFS disagrees that there
                                                 by AEP data, lastly by mathematical                     specifications to the Technical                       is greater uncertainty for frequencies
                                                 models for species where no data are                    Guidance indicating that auditory                     below 3 kHz, since audiogram data were
                                                 available (i.e., low-frequency or LF                    weighting functions should be applied                 collected for frequencies below 3 kHz
                                                 cetaceans). Thus, the highest quality                   after data are collected (i.e., during data           for a multitude of species in the MF and
                                                 data available for a specific hearing                   collection, the complete spectrum of                  HF cetacean and PW and OW pinniped
                                                 group should be used, which for all                     sound should be collected) to ensure                  hearing groups (e.g., see Figure A5 in
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 hearing groups, except LF cetaceans, is                 they are available for re-analysis if                 Technical Guidance). Further, low-
                                                 behavioral. Additional clarifying text on               updated weighting functions become                    frequency data from the composite
                                                 this informal data hierarchy has been                   available. The Technical Guidance also                audiogram is used to directly determine
                                                 provided in the Technical Guidance.                     establishes protocols for evaluating new              the slope of the weighting function.
                                                   It also should be noted that marine                   data and updating the document.                          Comment 47: A commenter requested
                                                 mammal AEP audiograms have been                            Comment 45: Multiple commenters                    clarification on what NMFS intended by
                                                 based almost exclusively on                             noted that each of Guidance’s hearing                 the term ‘‘smaller isopleth’’ in
                                                 measurements of the auditory brainstem                  groups contains species whose sound                   discussing the effects marine mammal


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:46 Aug 03, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00013   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM   04AUN2


                                                 51706                        Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices

                                                 auditory weighting functions have on                    Biological Removal (PBR); human noise                 just the composite audiogram (i.e., the
                                                 exposure modeling results.                              standards (NIOSH 1998)).                              audiogram shapes are adjusted to best fit
                                                    Response: The Technical Guidance                        Further, Wright (2015) claimed that                the existing TTS data) resulting in a
                                                 thresholds associated with a hearing                    inconsistencies within the methodology                function that is always broader than the
                                                 group themselves do not change                          used to establish the auditory weighting              composite audiogram (e.g., Figure A17).
                                                 depending on how much a sound may                       functions and acoustic thresholds                        Human noise risk assessments
                                                 overlap a group’s most susceptible                      contributed to uncertainty; namely, that:             (NIOSH 1998) are not equivalent (or
                                                 frequency range. Instead, how weighting                 (a) The hearing threshold (audiogram)-                applicable) to thresholds provided in
                                                 functions affect exposure modeling/                     to-TTS onset component, on a per                      the Technical Guidance, since they are
                                                 analysis is related to the size of the                  individual basis, is neglected                        used to predict hearing loss based on a
                                                 isopleth (area) associated with the                     (recommends calculating audiogram-to-                 daily 8-h exposure over 40 years (i.e.,
                                                 threshold based on how susceptible that                 TTS onset for each individual); (b) it is             current marine mammal TTS are only
                                                 particular hearing group is to the                      inappropriate for non-adjusted (non-                  available to predict exposure periods of
                                                 particular sound being modeled. For                     normalized) TTS onset data points for                 24 h or less and cannot be used to assess
                                                 example, a hearing group could have                     individuals to be fit to composite                    or predict risk associated with a lifetime
                                                 different size isopleths associated with                audiograms; and (c) there is a                        of exposure; See Response to Comment
                                                 the same threshold, if one sound was                    discrepancy between the frequency of                  79) and are based on larger sample sizes
                                                 within its most susceptible frequency                   best sensitivity for the composite                    of human listeners (e.g., NIOSH 1972
                                                 range and the other was not (i.e., sound                audiogram and exposure function,                      and 1997 risk assessments were based
                                                 in the most susceptible hearing range                   which results in the weighting/exposure               on a sample size of 1,172 people). As
                                                 will result in larger isopleth compared                 function gain parameters (i.e.,                       pointed out in Wright 2015, NIOSH
                                                 to sound outside the most susceptible                   parameters ‘‘K’’ and ‘‘C’’)                           criteria provide a 95 percent confidence
                                                 hearing range). We have provided                        underestimating TTS onset.                            interval for their human noise standards
                                                 additional text in the Technical                           Finally, it was requested that NMFS                but also allows for an excess risk of
                                                 Guidance to clarify this concept.                       (1) provide the underlying data used to               material hearing impairment, defined as
                                                    Comment 48: One commenter                            derive the weighting functions so that                an average threshold elevation for both
                                                 expressed concern as to the practicality                uncertainty and statistical analyses can              ears that exceeds 25 dB, of eight percent
                                                 of obtaining and maintaining modeled                    be evaluated by those outside NMFS                    (i.e., human noise standards limits do
                                                 sound field results for broadband                       and (2) delay the Guidance’s finalization             allow for some risk; risk is not zero
                                                 sources (e.g., airguns or impact pile                   until this outside process can be                     percent and specifically that eight
                                                 drivers) in order for weighting functions               completed.                                            percent of the population is still capable
                                                 (current or revised) to be applied at a                    Response: NMFS acknowledges the                    of developing noise-induced hearing
                                                 later date.                                             small sample size associated with the                 loss exceeding 25 dB when exposed to
                                                    Response: The Technical Guidance                     available marine mammal data used to                  the 85 dB NIOSH level). For how the
                                                 recommends that marine mammal                           derive weighting functions and                        Technical Guidance’s TTS thresholds
                                                 auditory weighting functions be applied                 thresholds presents challenges.                       encompass available data, see Response
                                                 after sound field measurements have                     However, the Technical Guidance’s                     to Comment 72 and Appendix A,
                                                 been obtained (i.e., post-processing;                   methodology is designed to predict the                Figures A18–A20, which provide all
                                                 auditory weighting functions should not                 mostly likely (realistic) outcome using               available marine mammal TTS data
                                                 be applied beforehand), with the total                  the central tendencies (means/median)                 collected via both behavioral and AEP
                                                 spectrum of sound preserved for later                   associated with the best available                    techniques). Additionally, methodology
                                                 analysis (i.e., if weighting functions are              science. The intent is not to predict the             associated with the calculation of PBR
                                                 updated or if there is interest in                      worst-case-scenario by relying on the                 (i.e., use of twentieth percentile) was
                                                 additional species, data can still be                   lowest limits for every possible step in              based on simulations specific to a
                                                 used). This recommendation applies to                   the methodology (i.e., Technical                      particular dataset (Wade 1998) and is
                                                 actual field measurements and not                       Guidance is for accurately predicting                 not applicable to the Technical
                                                 modeling results. The final Technical                   exposures and not for establishing ‘‘safe             Guidance.
                                                 Guidance includes additional text to                    limits,’’ where there is limited to no                   With respect to specific comments
                                                 clarify this point.                                     risk). Despite not using statistical                  made in Wright (2015), NMFS disagrees
                                                                                                         methodology to report variability,                    there are inconsistencies in the
                                                 Uncertainty and Statistical Analyses                    Appendix A provides the full suite of                 methodology in the Technical
                                                 Associated With Auditory Weighting                      available data for consideration and                  Guidance. Specifically related to the
                                                 Functions                                               comparison to the values used in the                  assertion in part (a) of the comment that
                                                   Comment 49: Several commenters                        Technical Guidance (e.g., Figures A5                  NMFS neglected the hearing threshold
                                                 expressed concern about uncertainty in                  and A6 for audiogram data and Figures                 (audiogram)-to-TTS onset component:
                                                 the development of the marine mammal                    A18–A20 for TTS data). With respect to                In re-examining available data sets, in
                                                 auditory weighting functions and                        data used to derive composite                         terms of offset between hearing
                                                 acoustic thresholds, especially because                 audiograms, auditory thresholds are                   threshold and TTS onset, only six
                                                 of the reliance on mean and median                      typically defined by the 50 percent                   individuals (three MF cetacean, one OW
                                                 values without reporting variation (i.e.,               detection threshold (ANSI 2009), and                  pinniped, and two PW pinnipeds) have
                                                 methodology does not account for                        equal loudness contours used to derive                measurements available for both hearing
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 variability/confidence intervals                        human weighting functions are derived                 threshold and TTS onset. Differences in
                                                 associated with small sample sizes).                    using averages (e.g., Fletcher and                    TTS onset at frequency of best hearing
                                                 Alternative methodologies to account                    Munson 1933), as opposed to relying on                (from the exposure function) and
                                                 for uncertainty were suggested for                      the lowest value (i.e., there is a                    threshold at frequency of best hearing
                                                 consideration (e.g., inverse Bayesian                   precedence for using medians/means).                  (from the composite audiogram) are
                                                 formulations with Markov-chain Monte                    Additionally, it is important to                      reflected by hearing group in the
                                                 Carlo and Metropolis-Hastings sampling                  remember that the derived weighting                   Technical Guidance in Table A7
                                                 methods; Wright 2015; Potential                         functions are based on more than the                  (Appendix A, ‘‘Difference’’ column).


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:46 Aug 03, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00014   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM   04AUN2


                                                                              Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices                                           51707

                                                 Unfortunately, comparisons between the                  commenters, citing Nowacek et al.                     inverted audiograms that have been
                                                 difference hearing thresholds and TTS                   (2007), indicated that PTS can lead in                suggested). The commenters stressed
                                                 onset from the same individual to                       many cases to mortality of individuals                that inverted audiograms have only
                                                 differences depicted in Table A7 are                    which may have serious consequences                   been recommended for individual
                                                 difficult, since none of the individual                 for the survival of populations.                      species and not entire hearing groups.
                                                 TTS data occur in the frequency of best                   Response: NMFS agrees that the                        Response: NMFS disagrees with this
                                                 hearing. However, TTS onset (SELcum                     ability to accurately interpret the                   recommendation (See Response to
                                                 metric) predicted from the exposure                     surrounding environment via hearing is                Comment 49). As far as comparing the
                                                 function is within 1 dB or lower                        essential for marine mammals.                         Technical Guidance’s weighting
                                                 compared to TTS onset based on these                    However, NMFS’ review of Nowacek et                   functions to inverted audiograms,
                                                 five individuals. Further, this specific                al. (2007) as well as all other available             NMFS agrees that the comparison to
                                                 recommendation from Wright (2015), to                   information did not locate any                        inverse audiograms may not have been
                                                 consider data from individual                           statements that PTS can result in                     applicable and removed it from the
                                                 audiograms, counters other                              mortality.                                            Technical Guidance. Nevertheless, the
                                                 recommendations made elsewhere in                         Comment 51: Some commenters                         point that the Technical Guidance
                                                 that paper that data from the same                      recommended that audiograms from                      auditory weighting functions are
                                                 species should be considered correlated                 individuals of the same species should                broader than the corresponding hearing
                                                 and combined to reduce issues                           be treated as correlated in the                       group’s composite audiogram, as well as
                                                 associated pseudoreplication (See                       determination of composite audiograms.                any audiogram associated with an
                                                 Response to Comments 53).                               Further, in order to determine a                      individual species, is still valid.
                                                    As for non-adjusted TTS data points                  conservative representative sensitivity                 Comment 53: Pseudoreplication was
                                                 being fit to normalized composite                       for each hearing group, the highest                   highlighted as a significant deficiency of
                                                 audiograms (point b), the Guidance’s                    measured sensitivity, lowest threshold                the Guidance by several commenters. It
                                                 methodology examines the best fit of                    (behavioral or AEP), per frequency per                was recommended that NMFS evaluate
                                                 TTS data points to both original (non-                  species should be assessed. Commenters                TTS on a species-by-species basis,
                                                 normalized) and normalized composite                    indicated that this would be a more                   rather than on an individual basis.
                                                 audiogram data to establish the ‘‘delta                 cautionary approach than relying on the                 Response: NMFS understands the
                                                 T’’ parameter (i.e., both non-normalized                mean.                                                 concerns regarding pseudoreplication.
                                                 and normalized data are used to derive                    Response: NMFS does not disagree                    However, marine mammal hearing and
                                                 delta T). Additionally, the ‘‘K’’                       that audiograms from individuals of the               noise-induced hearing loss data are
                                                 parameter is derived using the original                 same species may be correlated but                    limited, not only in the number of
                                                 (non-normalized) audiogram data and is                  disagrees with the recommendation to                  species but also in the number of
                                                 defined to minimize the square error                    collapse available audiograms, so that                individuals available. Unfortunately,
                                                 between the exposure function and TTS                   there is only one per species. Employing              any means of minimizing
                                                 data for each hearing group.                            this recommendation would further                     pseudoreplication would further reduce
                                                    As to point (c), NMFS acknowledges                   reduce already limited data sets (see                 these already limited data sets.
                                                 that there is a shift (discrepancy) in                  Response to Comment 53 regarding                      Specifically, with marine mammal
                                                 frequency between the best sensitivity                  pseudoreplication recommending a                      behavioral TTS studies, behaviorally-
                                                 in terms of the composite audiogram                     similar procedure and similar issue with              derived data are only available for two
                                                 and resulting exposure function for a                   data limitations) For NMFS’ response                  MF cetacean species (i.e., bottlenose
                                                 hearing group, but disagrees that this                  relating to the use of AEP data, see                  dolphin, beluga) and two PW pinniped
                                                 leads to an underestimation of TTS                      Response to Comment 43, and for our                   species (i.e., harbor seal and northern
                                                 onset. Any difference in minimum value                  response regarding relying on the lowest              elephant seal), with OW pinnipeds and
                                                 between the exposure function and                       threshold, see Response to Comment 49.                HF cetaceans only having behaviorally-
                                                 audiogram is an outcome of the fitting                  NMFS believes that the Guidance’s                     derived data from one species. Thus,
                                                 process used to fit the exposure function               current approach maximizes the use of                 NMFS believes that the current
                                                 to the available TTS data, and thus,                    the best available science.                           approach makes the best use of the
                                                 reflects the underlying TTS data. This                    That said, based on this comment,                   given data (See Response to Comment
                                                 shift in minimal value results in an                    NMFS re-evaluated AEP data available                  72 for more information on the
                                                 identical (PW and OW pinnipeds) or                      for consideration in the development of               inclusion of available TTS data).
                                                 lower TTS onset threshold (MF and HF                    composite audiograms. The inclusion of                Appropriate means of reducing
                                                 cetaceans) than predicted by                            AEP resulted in only minimal changes                  pseudoreplication may be considered in
                                                 considering the composite audiogram                     to the composite audiogram (i.e.,                     the future, if more data become
                                                 alone (See Table A7 vs. A8 in Technical                 majority of AEP audiogram data had                    available.
                                                 Guidance). Further, the ‘‘C’’ parameter                 equal, if not higher thresholds, than                   Comment 54: Several commenters
                                                 results in a minimal adjustment to the                  those collected by behavioral methods,                requested that a list of data gaps and
                                                 final TTS onset threshold (maximum 1                    which would only result in a less                     research recommendations should be
                                                 dB; See Table A8 in Appendix A).                        conservative composite audiogram).                    included in the Guidance to inform
                                                    Finally, NMFS believes it is                           Comment 52: Based on Wright 2015,                   funding groups and the research
                                                 unnecessary to provide underlying                       commenters recommended that NMFS                      community of critical data needs.
                                                 datasets associated with the Technical                  develop marine mammal auditory                          Response: NMFS agrees and has
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 Guidance and delay publication, since                   weighting functions based on envelope                 identified several data gaps and added
                                                 the majority of the underlying data                     functions, which incorporate all                      a Research Recommendations Appendix
                                                 (with a few exceptions) are published                   available audiogram points.                           (B) to the Technical Guidance.
                                                 and freely available.                                   Additionally, these same commenters
                                                    Comment 50: Commenters indicated                     objected to NMFS’ comparison between                  Low-Frequency Cetacean Hearing and
                                                 that sound reception is an essential                    the Guidance’s weighting functions and                Auditory Weighting Functions
                                                 ability of marine mammals, particularly                 inverted audiograms (i.e., Guidance’s                   Comment 55: Several commenters
                                                 cetaceans, for survival, and these                      weighting functions are broader than                  questioned the justification for


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:46 Aug 03, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00015   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM   04AUN2


                                                 51708                        Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices

                                                 expanding the upper hearing limit of LF                 kangaroo rats. Additionally, these same               based on anatomical modeling for
                                                 cetaceans beyond that proposed in                       commenters commended NMFS for not                     minke whale (Tubelli et al., 2012), fin
                                                 Southall et al. (2007) in the 2013 Draft                using vocalizations, especially                       whale (Cranford and Krysl 2015), and
                                                 Guidance (i.e., 22 kHz to 30 kHz).                      frequencies associated with blue and fin              humpback whale (Houser et al., 2001)
                                                    Response: NMFS has replaced the use                  whales, as a direct means for deriving                all indicate this hearing group may have
                                                 of functional hearing range with                        the LF cetacean predicted audiogram.                  a shallower low-frequency slope
                                                 generalized hearing range, which is                        Finally, NMFS received a comment                   compared to other terrestrial and marine
                                                 derived based upon more consistent                      from a group of subject matter experts                mammals. Specifically, Tubelli et al.
                                                 methodology (See Response to                            offering information on ambient noise                 (2012) offers that the ‘‘extra’’ 20 dB
                                                 Comment 40).                                            levels below 2 kHz from Clark and                     difference in the low-frequency slope
                                                    Comment 56: One commenter                            Ellison (2004) as additional scientific               between other cetaceans (HF and MF
                                                 indicated that recent data suggest that                 justification for the LF cetacean                     cetaceans) may be a result of the inner
                                                 within the LF cetacean hearing group,                   weighting function contained in the                   ear anatomy of this hearing group (i.e.,
                                                 new divisions are appropriate to                        March 2016 Proposed Changes.                          open auditory bulla and the resulting
                                                 consider (e.g., Ultra Low: blue and fin                    Response: NMFS acknowledges the                    pressure differences along the ‘‘glove
                                                 whales; Low: bowhead and right                          limited data predicting LF cetacean                   finger’’). Finally, ambient noise levels
                                                 whales; Low to Mid: humpback and                        hearing sensitivity but disagrees that                with slopes ∼20 dB/decade support the
                                                 gray whales; and Mid: minke whale                       utilizing the M-weighting functions                   predicted low-frequency slope for this
                                                 groups).                                                from Southall et al. (2007) or creating a             hearing group (Wenz 1962).
                                                    Response: NMFS acknowledges that                     weighting function that is flat to 0 Hz                  Comment 58: Multiple commenters
                                                 as more data become available, marine                   reflects the best available science. Via              indicated the LF cetacean exposure
                                                 mammal hearing ranges may warrant                       the Technical Guidance public                         function’s ‘‘K’’ parameter, which the
                                                 modification, or that it may be                         comment and peer review processes,                    commenters classified as a metric of
                                                 appropriate to divide LF cetaceans into                 NMFS determined that the methodology                  dynamic range, was arbitrary and
                                                 subdivisions. However, NMFS does not                    in the March 2016 Proposed Changes                    inappropriately based on data from a
                                                 believe there currently are enough data                 document best reflects the currently                  beluga and a harbor porpoise for
                                                 to support further LF cetacean divisions                available data for deriving marine                    impulsive sounds.
                                                 and subsequent auditory weighting                       mammal auditory weighting/exposure                       Response: NMFS disagrees with the
                                                 functions, especially since so little                   functions, including those methods to                 commenters’ classification of the
                                                 direct information on hearing is                        derive surrogate parameters for LF                    exposure function’s ‘‘K’’ parameter as a
                                                 available for this hearing group.                       cetaceans.                                            metric of dynamic range and the
                                                    Comment 57: Several commenters                          Regarding the appropriateness of                   criticism. This parameter is set to match
                                                 questioned the sufficiency of data to                   using vocal range to establish weighting              the weighted threshold for TTS or PTS
                                                 support the LF cetacean auditory                        functions, see Response to Comment 45.                onset based on available data in the
                                                 weighting function provided in various                  As for the frequencies used by fin and                SELcum metric (i.e., NMFS’ dynamic
                                                 versions of the Draft Guidance. Some                    blue whales, NMFS acknowledges that                   range methodology is for deriving PK
                                                 recommended using the M-weighting                       the weighting function amplitude is                   thresholds; See Response to Comment
                                                 function provided by Southall et al.                    >¥16 dB at frequencies below 30 Hz.                   87). NMFS agrees that for impulsive
                                                 (2007) until more data could be                         However, predicted hearing sensitivity                sounds, TTS data are extremely limited
                                                 collected or developing a LF cetacean                   for LF cetaceans based on ambient noise               (i.e., beluga data from Finneran et al.
                                                 weighting function based on the known                   levels from Clark and Ellison (2004)                  (2002) and harbor porpoise data from
                                                 low-frequency vocal range of this                       offer additional scientific support to                Lucke et al. (2009)). Nevertheless, the
                                                 hearing group, ensuring that the                        NMFS’ weighting function below 2 kHz                  methodology for establishing a surrogate
                                                 weighting function encompasses ultra-                   (for direct comparison to the 2016 LF                 value for this parameter for hearing
                                                 low-frequencies (i.e., <30 Hz) used by                  cetacean weighting function see: https://             groups where no data are available is
                                                 blue and fin whales. One commenter                      www.regulations.gov/                                  consistent with the derivation of other
                                                 further suggested that the LF cetacean                  #!documentDetail;D=NOAA-NMFS-                         surrogate parameters within the
                                                 weighting function be flat down to 0 Hz                 2013-0177-0155). Additionally,                        Technical Guidance.
                                                 to ensure low-frequency sound does not                  Cranford and Krysl (2015) predicted that                 Comment 59: Numerous commenters,
                                                 compromise critical communication                       since low-frequency sound propagates                  including the Commission, identified an
                                                 signals.                                                further than those containing higher                  inconsistency in how NMFS derived the
                                                    Counter to those recommendations,                    frequencies, this might explain the                   ‘‘F2’’ parameter, which predicts the
                                                 other commenters expressed concern                      potential mismatch between the                        high-frequency portion of the composite
                                                 that the low-frequency slope parameter                  frequencies associated with best hearing              audiogram for LF cetaceans.
                                                 (‘‘a’’ parameter) of the LF weighting                   and vocalizations for LF cetaceans.                   Specifically, this parameter was
                                                 function (i.e., 20 dB/decade) was not                   Furthermore, creating a weighting                     adjusted to achieve a threshold at 30
                                                 scientifically supportable and should be                function to ensure communication                      kHz of 40 dB relative to the lowest
                                                 more reflective of mammalian data (30                   signals are not compromised is beyond                 threshold. However, in earlier
                                                 to 40 dB/decade). Furthermore, the                      the scope of this document (the                       discussions of the low-frequency
                                                 selection of this parameter was                         Technical Guidance weighting functions                parameter ‘‘F1,’’ the March 2016
                                                 criticized because it resulted in an                    are meant to reflect a hearing group’s                Proposed Changes document mentioned
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 exposure function that predicts an                      susceptibility to noise-induced hearing               predictive modeling of LF cetacean
                                                 unrealistically low-frequency hearing                   loss).                                                hearing indicating 40 dB of best
                                                 (80 dB threshold above best hearing                        As for the low-frequency slope                     sensitivity occurring at ∼25 kHz (i.e., not
                                                 occurring well below 1 Hz; e.g., only a                 associated with the LF cetacean                       30 kHz). Commenters were unclear if
                                                 ¥26 dB weighting function amplitude                     weighting function, NMFS believes it is               this was an error or if 30 kHz was
                                                 at 10 Hz), which is not reflective of what              reflective of currently available                     chosen deliberately and if so, why.
                                                 is known about other low-frequency                      predictive data for this hearing group.                  Response: NMFS acknowledges the
                                                 specialist mammals, like humans and                     For example, predictive audiograms                    potential for confusion and chose to


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:46 Aug 03, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00016   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM   04AUN2


                                                                              Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices                                             51709

                                                 adjust the ‘‘F2’’ parameter to achieve a                cetaceans (i.e., current audiograms do                beaked dolphin (Nachtigall et al., 2008),
                                                 threshold value at 30 kHz of 40 dB                      not indicate this species has better low-             bottlenose dolphin (Johnson 1967), and
                                                 relative to the lowest threshold as a                   frequency hearing than other MF                       harbor porpoise (Kastelein et al., 2002;
                                                 means to account for uncertainty                        cetaceans). Currently, there are no direct            Kastelein et al., 2010) indicating white-
                                                 associated with this hearing group and                  measurements available on sperm whale                 beaked dolphin do not have
                                                 to avoid too gradual of a cutoff at the                 hearing (only an incomplete audiogram                 significantly better high-frequency
                                                 high-frequency end (i.e., decision to                   exists for a stranded sperm whale                     hearing than the bottlenose dolphin (for
                                                 adjust parameter at 30 kHz vs. 25 kHz).                 neonate from Ridgway and Carder                       figure depicting comparison see: https://
                                                 Additional text was added to the final                  (2001)). NMFS considers sperm whale                   www.regulations.gov/#!document
                                                 Technical Guidance for more clarity on                  placement within MF cetaceans                         Detail;D=NOAA-NMFS-2013-0177-
                                                 this decision.                                          appropriate based on Ketten (2000),                   0152); (2) white-beaked dolphin
                                                   Comment 60: Numerous commenters                       which classified sperm whales as                      echolocation are more similar to those
                                                 criticized the potential for ‘‘takes’’/                 having Type I cochlea, similar to other               of bottlenose dolphins (i.e., resembling
                                                 isopleths/mitigation ranges to increase                 MF cetaceans and considers the MF                     broadband, exponentially-damped
                                                 dramatically based on updated                           cetacean auditory weighting function                  sinusoids containing only a few cycles;
                                                 weighting functions/thresholds for LF                   representative of all species within this             Au 1980; Rasmussen and Miller 2002)
                                                 cetacean hearing group (i.e., comparison                hearing group based on the best                       in contrast to echolocation emissions for
                                                 between 2015 Draft Guidance and 2016                    available science.                                    harbor porpoises and other species
                                                 Proposed Changes document).                                For HF cetaceans, composite                        placed into the HF cetacean hearing
                                                   Response: NMFS acknowledges that                      audiograms are derived from more                      group (e.g., Cephalorhynchus sp.,
                                                 the LF cetacean predicted weighting                     limited data (i.e., four individuals from             Lagenorhynchus australis) (i.e., more
                                                 function and PTS onset thresholds in                    two species: harbor porpoise and                      narrowband, longer in duration, and
                                                 the 2016 Proposed Changes document/                     Amazon River dolphin; AEP data are                    contain mostly high-frequency energy;
                                                 Technical Guidance are more                             only available for Yangtze finless                    Tougaard and Kyhn 2010); and (3)
                                                 conservative than those presented in the                porpoise). Thus, it is unclear how these              Ketten’s (2000) categorization of the
                                                 2015 Draft Guidance. However, in our                    two species represent others in this                  cochlea of white-beaked dolphin and
                                                 judgement, the changes reflect the best                 hearing group, since no other data are                bottlenose dolphin as ‘‘Type II,’’ while
                                                 available science and account for                       available (i.e., no data on hearing ability           the harbor porpoise cochlea is
                                                 uncertainty associated with this                        of Irrawaddy, Ganges River,                           categorized as ‘‘Type I’’ (i.e., reinforcing
                                                 particular hearing group where data are                 Commerson’s and Peale’s dolphins).                    the idea that the white-beaked dolphin
                                                 limited. In response to how the                         The need for additional audiograms,                   is acoustically more-closely related to
                                                 Technical Guidance could impact                         particularly from the HF cetacean                     the bottlenose dolphin than to
                                                 mitigation ranges, see Response to                      hearing group was added as a Research                 porpoises).
                                                 Comment 11.                                             Recommendation (Appendix B) in the                       Response: Upon re-evaluation, NMFS
                                                 Mid- and High-Frequency Cetacean                        Technical Guidance.                                   concurs that based on currently
                                                                                                            Comment 62: One commenter noticed                  available data, it is more appropriate for
                                                 Hearing and Auditory Weighting
                                                                                                         an error in the audiograms used to                    the white-beaked dolphin to remain in
                                                 Functions
                                                                                                         construct the composite audiogram for                 the MF cetacean hearing group. The
                                                    Comment 61: Multiple commenters                      HF cetacean in the July 2015 Draft                    scientific support to move this species
                                                 indicated that the Guidance’s auditory                  Guidance. They indicated that the                     from MF to HF cetaceans is not to the
                                                 weighting functions do not represent the                harbor porpoise audiogram by Kastelein                level of that of two other members of the
                                                 hearing sensitivities of all included                   et al. (2002), was later revised due to a             genus Lagenorhynchus Peale’s and
                                                 species, indicating that bottlenose                     problem with the analysis of the sound                hourglass dolphins. (Note: In the Navy’s
                                                 dolphins are not appropriate surrogates                 stimuli, with the correct audiogram                   justification above, Ketten (2000) did
                                                 for killer whales or sperm whales,                      found in Kastelein et al. (2010). Thus, it            not analyze white-beaked dolphin
                                                 which are known to have regions of                      is recommended that NMFS use the                      cochlea but instead Pacific and Atlantic
                                                 greatest hearing sensitivities at much                  2010 data, instead of the 2002 data.                  white-sided dolphins (also members of
                                                 lower frequencies, and that harbor                         Response: NMFS re-evaluated the                    the genus Lagenorhynchus)).
                                                 porpoises and finless porpoise may not                  data used to construct the composite                     Comment 64: The Commission
                                                 represent the auditory ability of                       audiogram for HF cetaceans and                        supported NMFS’ decision to include
                                                 Irrawaddy, Ganges River, Commerson’s,                   confirmed the assertion made by the                   the newly published audiogram of a
                                                 and Peale’s dolphins.                                   commenter that the wrong data set was                 harbor porpoise (Kastelein et al., 2015)
                                                    Response: See Response to Comment                    initially used. This error has been                   in the March 2016 Proposed Changes
                                                 45. In the Guidance, a broader range of                 corrected for in the final Technical                  document. However, other commenters
                                                 species were considered in the                          Guidance.                                             indicated that NMFS provided
                                                 development of the MF auditory                             Comment 63: Several commenters,                    incomplete information on this dataset
                                                 weighting function via the composite                    including the Commission, were in                     making it impossible to conduct a
                                                 audiogram. Specifically, for MF                         support of moving the white-beaked                    meaningful comparison to the July 2015
                                                 cetaceans, the composite audiograms are                 dolphin from MF cetaceans to HF                       Draft Guidance.
                                                 derived from data compiled from eight                   cetaceans.                                               Response: NMFS disagrees that
                                                 species (bottlenose dolphins, beluga,                      However, numerous other                            incomplete information was provided in
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 false killer whale, Risso’s dolphin,                    commenters indicated that moving this                 the March 2016 Proposed Changes
                                                 striped dolphin, and tucuxi) and 22                     species to a new hearing group was not                document associated with the addition
                                                 individuals of these species, of which                  scientifically supported. The Navy                    of a newly published harbor porpoise
                                                 only six individuals are bottlenose                     specifically recommended that this                    audiogram (Kastelein et al., 2015). The
                                                 dolphins. Further, two individuals of                   species remain in the MF cetacean                     addition of this audiogram did not
                                                 these are killer whales, which from                     hearing group based upon the following                change the fundamental methodology
                                                 these available audiogram data indicate                 scientific support: (1) A hearing                     associated with the Guidance (i.e.,
                                                 thresholds consistent with other MF                     threshold comparison between white-                   Appendix A), rather it only added a


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:46 Aug 03, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00017   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM   04AUN2


                                                 51710                        Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices

                                                 newly available dataset, as will be the                 or data collected in the presence of                  pinnipeds in Table A4. These tables
                                                 case as new data become available in                    relatively high ambient noise which                   indicate an unusually high ‘‘F1’’ value
                                                 the future.                                             resulted in elevated thresholds.                      (excess of 300 kHz) and an anomalous
                                                                                                         Excluding these data ensured that the                 ‘‘T0’’ value of negative decibels.
                                                 Pinniped Hearing and Auditory                                                                                    Response: Upon re-evaluation, NMFS
                                                                                                         composite audiograms were not
                                                 Weighting Functions                                                                                           determined that the best-fit parameters
                                                                                                         artificially elevated, which could result
                                                   Comment 65: NMFS received a                           in unrealistically high impact                        for PW are not anomalous or in error.
                                                 comment indicating that there are not                   thresholds. NMFS disagrees that                       These parameters mentioned by the
                                                 enough data to establish two separate                   previous exposure to anthropogenic                    commenter are merely fitting parameters
                                                 weighting functions for pinnipeds.                      sources is the basis for deeming the                  for equation 9 in Appendix A and do
                                                   Response: NMFS disagrees. There are                   datasets unrepresentative, since                      not directly correspond to a particular
                                                 audiogram data available from three                     currently available audiograms are                    feature of the audiogram (i.e., F1 does
                                                 species (eight individuals) of OW                       derived from captive individuals (i.e.,               not represent the frequency at which the
                                                 pinnipeds and four species (eight                       there is no indication that                           audiogram reaches a specific value). The
                                                 individuals) of PW pinnipeds. Further,                  anthropogenic sound in captivity is                   value for F1 influences the frequency at
                                                 based on NMFS’ review of the literature,                directly impacting auditory thresholds,               which thresholds begin to plateau near
                                                 phocid species have consistently                        other than via possible masking).                     the best sensitivity. Very large values for
                                                 demonstrated an extended frequency                         Comment 67: NMFS received several                  F1 (and the accompanying small value
                                                 range of hearing compared to otariids,                  comments indicating that the proposed                 for T0) simply reflect little or no plateau
                                                 especially in the higher frequency range.               changes to the PW pinniped ‘‘a’’                      in the thresholds in the region of best
                                                 This is believed to be because phocid                   parameter, which defines the slope of                 sensitivity. In many respects, the
                                                 ears are anatomically distinct from                     the low-frequency portion of the                      specific numeric values applied to
                                                 otariid ears in that phocids have larger,               weighting function, were arbitrary and                Equation 9 in Appendix A of Technical
                                                 more dense middle ear ossicles, inflated                unsupported. Additionally, a                          Guidance are not key; what matters are
                                                 auditory bulla, and larger portions of the              commenter noted an inconsistency in                   the resulting shapes of the composite
                                                 inner ear (i.e., tympanic membrane, oval                this parameter (i.e., ‘‘a’’ parameter value           audiograms and how well they match
                                                 window, and round window), which                        provided did not seem to match what                   the underlying threshold data.
                                                 make them more adapted for                              was depicted on the PW pinniped                          Comment 69: One commenter
                                                 underwater hearing. If one examines the                 weighting function). Finally, the                     suggested that the two species of PW
                                                 composite audiograms for these two                      commenters criticized that the March                  pinnipeds (i.e., harbor seal and northern
                                                 pinniped groups, distinct differences                   2016 Proposed Changes document                        elephant seal) mentioned in the
                                                 appear, supporting NMFS’ decision to                    illustrated (Figure PC5) that the PW                  Guidance are commonly found in close
                                                 establish two distinct pinniped hearing                 exposure functions was only based on                  proximity to human population centers
                                                 groups.                                                 one data point.                                       and are not good proxies for Arctic and
                                                   Comment 66: Numerous commenters                          Response: The PW pinniped ‘‘a’’                    Antarctic seals.
                                                 questioned the justification for the                    parameter is directly derived from PW                    Response: The Technical Guidance
                                                 removal of some of the pinniped                         pinniped behavioral audiograms (8                     relies on more data than from harbor
                                                 datasets based on non-representative                    individuals of 4 species). Additionally,              seal and northern elephant seal.
                                                 hearing in the March 2016 Proposed                      the 2016 Proposed Changes document                    Additionally data from two Arctic
                                                 Changes document. The commenters                        removed unrepresentative datasets,                    species (spotted seal from Sills et al.
                                                 noted that masking is a common issue                    which resulted in a steeper slope (‘‘a’’              (2014) and ringed seal from Sills et al.
                                                 with obtaining audiogram data for                       = 1.0) compared to the 2015 Draft                     (2015)) were used to derive composite
                                                 animals in captivity and indicated that                 Guidance (‘‘a’’ = 0.8).                               audiogram for PW pinnipeds. Thus, data
                                                 NMFS must provide a specific                               Upon re-evaluation, NMFS agrees that               from four different PW pinniped species
                                                 explanation for why these particular                    there was a slight discrepancy with the               were used to derive composite
                                                 datasets contain unique masking                         ‘‘a’’ parameter depicted in the weighting             audiograms for this hearing group.
                                                 problems that are unlike the other                      function provided for PW pinnipeds in                 NMFS believes currently available data
                                                 datasets used in the Guidance. An                       the March 2016 Proposed Changes                       are representative of all PW pinnipeds,
                                                 additional commenter requested NMFS                     document. This has been remedied with                 including polar species.
                                                 provide the exact procedures as to how                  the correct value portrayed for this
                                                 and why it removed unrepresentative or                  hearing group’s auditory weighting                    Application of Auditory Weighting
                                                 outlier data from its datasets and                      function.                                             Functions
                                                 consider that one reason for                               Finally, the March 2016 Proposed                      Comment 70: One commenter
                                                 unrepresentative data is due to exposure                Changes document (Figure PC5)                         requested that NMFS provide additional
                                                 to anthropogenic sound. Other                           illustrates available TTS data for all                clarification as how the auditory
                                                 commenters, including the Commission,                   hearing groups. NMFS agrees that data                 weighting functions were applied to the
                                                 were in favor of removing these                         are limited particularly for PW                       data used to develop acoustic thresholds
                                                 datasets.                                               pinnipeds (i.e., two TTS onset data                   (e.g., were the auditory weighting
                                                   Response: Decisions to exclude data                   points). Nevertheless, it should be noted             functions applied to the entire raw data
                                                 were based on comparison of the                         that the exposure/weighting functions                 before calculating the SELcum) and
                                                 individual published audiograms and                     are not merely based on TTS onset data                examples of software that could be used
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 ambient noise characteristics with those                but also incorporate available                        to apply these weighting functions.
                                                 for other individuals of the same or                    audiogram data each for hearing group.                   Response: Marine mammal auditory
                                                 closely related species. The most                          Comment 68: A commenter                            weighting were directly incorporated in
                                                 common reasons for excluding an                         questioned if there was an error in                   the derivation of thresholds associated
                                                 individual’s data were abnormal                         Appendix A, specifically with the best-               with non-impulsive sounds and then
                                                 audiograms featuring high-frequency                     fit parameters associated with the                    were directly applied in the derivation
                                                 hearing loss (typically seen in older                   derivation of the composite audiogram                 of impulsive thresholds, since only
                                                 animals) or ‘‘notches’’ in the audiogram,               (original and normalized data) for PW                 limited data are available (Details in


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:46 Aug 03, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00018   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM   04AUN2


                                                                              Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices                                           51711

                                                 Appendix A). Section 2.2.4 of the                       incorporates a 3-dB precautionary                     threshold (i.e., 1 dB below the
                                                 Technical Guidance (Main Document)                      adjustment in their propagation                       threshold). Thus, NMFS believes any
                                                 provides more detail on how to                          modeling to account for uncertainty.                  further adjustments to the thresholds are
                                                 implement/apply these weighting                            Response: The Technical Guidance                   unnecessary and that they provide
                                                 functions. For a source consisting of a                 explains that auditory weighting                      realistic predictions, based on currently
                                                 single tone, the application of auditory                functions are considered within both                  available data, of noise-induced hearing
                                                 weighting functions is a straight forward               the data evaluation and implementation                loss in marine mammals.
                                                 process (i.e., only single frequency to                 processes, as pointed out by Tougaard et
                                                                                                         al. (2013) (now published Tougaard et                 Temporary Threshold Shifts
                                                 consider). For broadband sounds, the
                                                 application is more complicated (i.e.,                  al., 2015). NMFS acknowledges that                       Comment 73: One commenter
                                                 must consider multiple frequencies),                    adjustments during the data evaluation                cautioned that a 6 dB threshold shift
                                                 which is why NMFS included                              process that result in a lower threshold              may be appropriate for testing TTS but
                                                 alternative weighting factor adjustments                could potentially translate to smaller                should not be confused with the level
                                                 for when frequency weighting functions                  isopleths, if a source has energy in                  that is biologically important (e.g., 6 dB
                                                 cannot be fully incorporated (Appendix                  frequencies outside a hearing groups                  corresponds to a roughly 8-fold decrease
                                                 D).                                                     most susceptible hearing range (i.e.,                 in the volume in which biologically
                                                    Comment 71: One commenter noted                      weighting functions are essentially                   significant sounds can be detected
                                                 that the LF cetacean acoustic thresholds                filters; their application results either in          through passive listening).
                                                 do not appear to be adjusted based on                   the same size or in smaller isopleths or                 Response: The Technical Guidance
                                                 the LF cetacean auditory weighting                      the same or lower thresholds). Tougaard               considers a threshold shift of 6 dB the
                                                 functions and asked whether the                         et al. (2015) provide some important                  minimum threshold shift clearly larger
                                                 threshold for LF cetaceans exposed to                   factors for consideration when applying               than any day-to-day or session-to-
                                                 an airgun/watergun with most of its                     weighting functions in both the context               session variation in a subject’s normal
                                                 energy in their primary hearing band as                 of data evaluation and implementation.                hearing ability and is typically the
                                                 measured in the experiment should be                    However, NMFS does not find it                        minimum amount of threshold shift that
                                                 adjusted.                                               appropriate to normalize the Technical                can be differentiated in most
                                                    Response: Marine mammal TTS data                     Guidance’s acoustic thresholds, as                    experimental conditions (Schlundt et
                                                 for impulsive sources exist only for two                suggested by the commenters, as there                 al., 2000; Finneran et al., 2000; Finneran
                                                 hearing groups (i.e., MF and HF                         are no data to support doing so. Further,             et al., 2002). Similarly, for humans,
                                                 cetaceans). For other groups, alternative               several conservative assumptions were                 NIOSH (1998) regards the range of
                                                 methodology was developed using MF                      applied to the derivation of acoustic                 audiometric testing variability to be
                                                 and HF cetaceans as surrogate data and                  thresholds to account for uncertainty                 approximately 5 dB. Because the
                                                 assuming the relationship between                       and limited data (see Response to                     Technical Guidance does not address
                                                 impulsive and non-impulsive                             Comment 77). Finally, NMFS’                           the biological significance of passive
                                                 thresholds is conserved among hearing                   application of auditory weighting                     listening, NMFS has set the onset of
                                                 groups (i.e., methodology resulted in a                 functions is consistent with what has                 TTS at the lowest level that exceeds
                                                 TTS onset threshold for impulsive                       been done for humans (i.e., A-weighted                recorded variation and could be
                                                 sources that is 11 dB lower than the TTS                thresholds used in conjunction with A-                considered biologically significant.
                                                 threshold onset for non-impulsive                       weighting during implementation).                        Comment 74: One commenter noted
                                                 sources). NMFS disagrees that any                          As for the 3-dB adjustment JASCO                   that the Guidance appeared to use
                                                 adjustment needs to be made to the LF                   Applied Sciences makes to the results of              temporary threshold shift (TTS) when it
                                                 cetacean acoustic thresholds. Weighting                 their propagation models, this                        may mean threshold shift (TS) and
                                                 functions are also implemented in                       adjustment is based on their best fit                 suggested that NMFS use terms
                                                 exposure modeling, which will take into                 analysis, where 90 percent of all their               consistently and clearly.
                                                 account whether or not a sound falls                    measured values fall within 3 dB of the                  Another commenter requested the
                                                 within a hearing group’s most                           mean level (e.g., see any recent SSV                  Guidance make clear that a threshold
                                                 susceptible frequency range.                            reports from JASCO Applied Sciences,                  shift is a symptom of noise exposure
                                                    Comment 72: A few commenters                         like Beland et al. (2013), for more                   rather than an impact (i.e., a
                                                 indicated that Tougaard et al. (2013)                   details). NMFS used this same premise                 manifestation of an anatomical
                                                 note that auditory weighing functions                   to re-examine the TTS onset thresholds                alteration that deters or eliminates
                                                 cannot themselves be ‘‘conservative’’ if                for non-impulsive sources for data                    auditory responses). The commenter
                                                 applied in establishing and then                        collected via both the preferred                      emphasized that impairments arise from
                                                 implementing acoustic thresholds. To                    behavioral technique as well as AEP                   other acoustic features associated with
                                                 achieve a conservative approach, the                    methodology, the next tier in our data                what the ear receives (i.e., not
                                                 commenters suggested the application                    hierarchy (the same analysis could not                necessarily characteristics associated
                                                 of a more tailored function at the                      be done for impulsive sources, where                  with the source), and there are multiple
                                                 acoustic threshold determination stage                  data are limited to two studies). It was              components to any received sound (e.g.,
                                                 in combination with a wider and more                    found that for all hearing groups, except             received level, timing, intensity,
                                                 energy-inclusive function at the                        PW pinnipeds, the TTS onset thresholds                sensitivity, time course, recovery
                                                 implementation stage. The commenters                    encompassed more than 90 percent of                   period), all of which may act singly or
                                                 suggested that NMFS use a function                      available TTS data (MF cetaceans, only                in concert to impact an ear at any
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 normalized to a lower level (e.g., ¥3                   two points below the onset threshold,                 frequency and for any species, whether
                                                 dB) for establishing acoustic thresholds,               with maximum point only 2 dB below),                  in air or water. As such, the commenter
                                                 while using functions normalized to a                   and in some situations 100 percent of                 suggested the Guidance include a brief
                                                 higher level (e.g., 0 dB) for estimating                TTS data (i.e., OW and HF cetaceans;                  statement indicating the choice of using
                                                 the number of ‘‘takes’’ when                            although both these groups are data                   a threshold shift to assess the effects of
                                                 implementing these thresholds. The                      limited). For PW, which are also data                 noise on hearing is one driven by
                                                 commenters provided the example that                    limited, only one of the five available               practicality (i.e., Guidance does not
                                                 JASCO Applied Sciences typically                        data points was below the TTS onset                   address all critical features associated


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:46 Aug 03, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00019   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM   04AUN2


                                                 51712                        Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices

                                                 with impacts from sound, but there is an                exposures separate from assessments of                shift to represent TTS onset, not directly
                                                 awareness and expectation that other                    Level B harassment or ESA harassment                  accounting for exposure levels that did
                                                 features require investigation and that                 using the prior existing thresholds for               not result in threshold shifts, assuming
                                                 these may ultimately alter the                          enumerating behavioral takes. NMFS is                 there is no recovery with the 24-h
                                                 thresholds according to their interplay                 in the process of evaluating behavioral               baseline accumulation period or
                                                 and relative potential for harm).                       effects thresholds and intends to                     between intermittent exposures, etc.).
                                                    Response: NMFS has revised the                       develop related guidance for use in its                  The Technical Guidance includes
                                                 Technical Guidance to clearly                           regulatory processes. Because the effects             information from Kujawa and Liberman
                                                 distinguish between a threshold shift                   in consideration when TTS is incurred                 (2009) and Lin et al. (2011) as a way to
                                                 (temporary or permanent) as a term                      are behavioral and temporary in nature,               illustrate the complexity associated with
                                                 which indicates the increase in                         much like behavioral responses, we                    noise-induced hearing loss and as an
                                                 threshold of audibility (i.e., 6 dB for                 intend to address those effects in the                area where more research is needed
                                                 onset of TTS and 40 dB for onset of                     context of regulatory compliance at that              (Appendix B). NMFS finds that these
                                                 PTS) versus the exposure level (i.e.,                   time.                                                 studies would be informative for use as
                                                 acoustic threshold) associated with that                   Comment 76: Multiple commenters                    qualitative considerations within the
                                                 shift.                                                  indicated an inconsistency in the                     comprehensive effects analysis. NMFS
                                                    NMFS agrees that a threshold shift is                Guidance in the characterization of TTS               acknowledges the complexity of sound
                                                 a ‘‘symptom’’ rather than an ‘‘impact.’’                among NOAA’s various statutes (i.e.,                  exposure on the nervous system, and
                                                 However, in the context of the                          NMFS collectively does not consider                   will re-examine this issue as more data
                                                 Technical Guidance and in terms of                      TTS an auditory injury, but TTS is                    become available.
                                                 how the acoustic thresholds will be                     considered injury under the broad                        Comment 78: One commenter
                                                 used, the term/concept of ‘‘impact’’ is                 definition of the NMSA) and suggested                 indicated that in Germany, TTS is
                                                 one that readers of the document will be                NOAA implement a consistent                           considered the onset of injury. The
                                                 more familiar with. NMFS also agrees                    regulatory interpretation of the term                 commenter suggested that since many
                                                 that features of the signal at the receiver             injure when addressing acoustic                       countries may adopt this Guidance
                                                 are most important, but are often most                  exposures on marine mammals.                          rather than developing their own, NMFS
                                                 difficult to determine. The Technical                      Response: The Guidance is a technical              make clear that choosing PTS as onset
                                                 Guidance includes more information                      document that compiles, interprets, and               for injury is based on U.S. legal
                                                 explaining when choices are based on                    synthesizes the scientific literature, to             considerations.
                                                 considerations of practicality because of               produce updated, scientifically-based,                   Response: This Federal Register
                                                 complexity and makes various research                   impact thresholds for assessing the                   Notice contains a section explaining the
                                                 recommendations to address these                        effects of noise on hearing. Although                 current U.S. regulatory context for using
                                                 issues (Appendix B).                                    these changes may necessitate new                     the acoustic thresholds contained in the
                                                    Comment 75: Several commenters                       methodologies for calculating impacts,                Technical Guidance.
                                                 requested clarification on the                          the application of the thresholds under                  Comment 79: Several commenters
                                                 application of TTS onset acoustic                       applicable statutes remains consistent                indicated that chronic, repeated
                                                 thresholds presented in the Guidance                    with past and current NMFS practice.                  exposures to levels capable of inducing
                                                 under NMFS’ relevant statutes,                          See Regulatory Context section in this                TTS can lead to PTS and recommended
                                                 including the Commission, which                         Federal Register Notice. That                         that NMFS consider cumulative effects
                                                 recommended all applicants be required                  information was moved out of the main                 of all anthropogenic sound sources in
                                                 to use the Guidance’s TTS onset                         body of the Guidance to emphasize the                 terms of long-term exposure in the
                                                 thresholds. The Commission requested                    distinction between the scientific                    development of the Guidance’s acoustic
                                                 further clarification on how the                        exercise of developing updated                        thresholds, as well as within the context
                                                 Guidance’s TTS thresholds are to be                     thresholds, which is science-based, and               of NEPA. Specifically, it was suggested
                                                 implemented in conjunction with                         the application of thresholds in the                  that, apart from the accumulation time
                                                 NMFS’ generic RMS SPL 120/160 dB                        regulatory arena, which is also informed              applied to any single activity (i.e.,
                                                 behavioral thresholds.                                  by policy and legal considerations.                   acoustic thresholds), NMFS add
                                                    Response: The Technical Guidance                        Comment 77: Multiple commenters                    repeated, intermittent exposure to
                                                 sets forth the levels at which TTS and                  recommended that NMFS consider                        multiple acoustic activities to its table of
                                                 PTS onset are likely to occur. In this                  threshold shifts requiring extended                   ‘‘qualitative factors for consideration.’’
                                                 Federal Register Notice (Regulatory                     recovery periods (e.g., in excess of 24                  Response: NMFS acknowledges that
                                                 Context), we describe our current                       hours), as well as nerve and other                    cumulative effects and long-term
                                                 agency practice for assessing take and                  related damage, to be included in the                 exposure of noise are important
                                                 refer readers to that section (this                     definition of injury. The commenters                  considerations in understanding the
                                                 information previously appeared in the                  expressed concern that NMFS did not                   impacts of sound on marine mammals
                                                 Draft Guidance Regulatory Context                       consider the results of Kujawa and                    and that repeated exposures initially
                                                 section). In short, PTS onset is treated                Liberman (2009) and Lin et al. (2011),                resulting in TTS have the potential to
                                                 as Level A harassment under the MMPA                    and suggested the Guidance state that                 result in PTS. However, they are beyond
                                                 and harm under the ESA (as well as                      the PTS acoustic thresholds will be                   the scope of this document, in terms of
                                                 injury under NMSA as administered by                    conservatively revised in the future to               developing quantitative acoustic
                                                 NOS’ National Marine Sanctuary                          reflect any new evidence showing                      thresholds and are being considered by
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 Program), and NMFS recommends using                     correlations of injurious effects of TTS              other mechanisms within or supported
                                                 the Technical Guidance to estimate take                 below these new acoustic thresholds.                  by NOAA (e.g., NOAA Ocean Noise
                                                 from PTS exposures in regulatory                           Response: NMFS recognizes this is an               Strategy and CetSound Projects;
                                                 compliance documents.                                   area where additional study is needed.                National Research Council’s Ocean
                                                    Regarding TTS, with the exception of                 NMFS has included several                             Studies Board’s Cumulative Effects of
                                                 underwater explosives (see Regulatory                   conservative assumptions in its protocol              Human Activities on Marine Mammal
                                                 Context), NMFS does not currently                       for examining marine mammal hearing                   Populations Study). The Technical
                                                 recommend calculations of TTS                           loss data (e.g., using a 6 dB threshold               Guidance focuses on acute exposures to


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:46 Aug 03, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00020   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM   04AUN2


                                                                              Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices                                             51713

                                                 noise and threshold shifts associated                   issue of uncertainty. Additionally, a                 (see Response to Comment 77). The
                                                 with these types of exposures.                          Research Recommendations section has                  comment’s reference to use of a median
                                                 Additionally, the TTS data currently                    been added to identify data gaps                      value if five or more data points are
                                                 available for marine mammals only                       (Appendix B). As more data become                     available refers to proposed
                                                 support deriving thresholds for these                   available, NMFS can explore more                      methodology from the 2013 Draft
                                                 types of short-term exposures, rather                   sophisticated means of analysis.                      Guidance. The 2015 Draft Guidance
                                                 than long-term/chronic exposure.                           As previously indicated, the acoustic              contained updated methodology for
                                                 Having data to address more realistic                   thresholds do not represent the entirety              deriving TTS/PTS onset acoustic
                                                 exposure scenarios, including repeated                  of an effects analysis, but rather serve as           thresholds which better account for
                                                 exposures, have been identified within                  one tool to help evaluate the effects of              available marine mammal data (see
                                                 our Research Recommendation                             a proposed action and make findings                   Response to Comment 72).
                                                 Appendix (Appendix B).                                  required by NOAA’s various statutes.                     NMFS used the best available science
                                                    NMFS has added cumulative                            Further, other measures can be                        to develop the Technical Guidance. As
                                                 exposures to its recommended                            employed to account for uncertainty                   more data are collected, NMFS will be
                                                 qualitative factors to consider within a                beyond considerations within the                      better able to identify outliers (e.g., one
                                                 comprehensive effects analysis. The                     Technical Guidance (e.g., mitigation/                 individual has an unusually high or low
                                                 discussion of qualitative factors has                   monitoring requirements).                             threshold or testing procedures led to
                                                 been moved from the main Guidance                          Comment 82: Multiple commenters                    flawed results) and consider necessary
                                                 document to Appendix B (See Response                    recommended that the procedures for                   adjustments (i.e., removal of an outlier
                                                 to Comment 130).                                        establishing acoustic thresholds be                   datum).
                                                    Comment 80: One commenter                            revised to use the lowest available value                Comment 83: Multiple commenters
                                                 recommended that since seismic                          or correction factor to account for the               expressed concern associated with the
                                                 activities do not cause PTS and TTS                     full representation of the distribution of            Guidance’s low acoustic thresholds for
                                                 ‘‘during realistic field conditions,’’ there            TTS/PTS onset in a population rather                  the HF cetacean hearing group.
                                                 is no need to apply the new PTS and                     than using the median value if five or                Specifically, the commenters indicated
                                                 TTS acoustic thresholds levels in the                   more data points are available.                       that for impulsive sound, the thresholds
                                                 Guidance to these activities.                           Specifically, commenters expressed                    are based on data from a single study
                                                    Response: NMFS notes that the only                   concern that NMFS is producing a                      involving a single animal (harbor
                                                 marine mammal TTS data available are                    threshold closer to the population mean               porpoise) (Lucke et al., 2009), and for
                                                 from laboratory studies, and that there                 (i.e., the point at which the first ‘‘take’’          non-impulsive sound, the threshold is
                                                 are no TTS data available for any sound                 is estimated to occur is roughly 50                   based on a single study involving only
                                                 source in more realistic field conditions.              percent of any given population will                  two animals (Popov et al., 2011). The
                                                 Nevertheless, marine mammal                             have already experienced a threshold                  commenters remarked that both studies
                                                 laboratory studies offer vital information              shift) by relying on the median value.                have potential biases and uncertainty
                                                 on exposure situations that can result in               These commenters suggested that NMFS                  and urged NMFS to allow for flexibility
                                                 noise-induced threshold shifts, and                     investigate statistical methods that deal             in the implementation of acoustic
                                                 NMFS used this information to establish                 with probabilities and distributions                  thresholds in future regulatory
                                                 acoustic thresholds for free-ranging                    (e.g., Bayesian statistics), which                    processes.
                                                 animals exposed to anthropogenic                        particularly account for individual                      Response: NMFS acknowledges that,
                                                 sound sources in their natural                          variability and uncertainty over the                  for most hearing groups, data are
                                                 environment. NMFS is not aware of any                   mean of threshold shift onset. These                  available only from a limited number of
                                                 evidence to indicate that seismic sound                 commenters further indicated that these               species and a limited number of
                                                 sources should be treated differently                   statistical methods or a simple less                  individuals within that species. The
                                                 than any other anthropogenic sound                      precise alternative where the lowest                  need for more data from all species is
                                                 source.                                                 reported TTS onset value was always                   highlighted in the newly added
                                                                                                         selected (instead of the median) would                Research Recommendation section of
                                                 Uncertainty and Statistical Analyses                    likely provide a more appropriate                     the Technical Guidance (Appendix B).
                                                 Associated With Temporary Threshold                     estimation of TTS/PTS onset for a given                  In addition, new data have become
                                                 Shift Data                                              proportion of the population.                         available since the NMFS received this
                                                   Comment 81: Several commenters                           Contrary to the comments above,                    comment during the first public
                                                 suggested that where a potential for                    another commenter cautioned against                   comment period. As indicated in the
                                                 uncertainty exists NMFS should                          relying on the lowest onset with limited              Technical Guidance, the acoustic
                                                 proceed cautiously and consider                         data because these data could be                      threshold (SELcum metric) for HF
                                                 adjustments to thresholds that are most                 outliers and result in overly                         cetaceans exposed to non-impulsive
                                                 protective of the animals. One                          conservative acoustic thresholds. The                 sound was derived using data from
                                                 commenter specifically urged NMFS to                    commenter further indicated that overly               three studies (i.e., Kastelein et al., 2012,
                                                 consider the precautionary principle                    conservative thresholds could result in               Kastelein et al., 2014a, and Kastelein et
                                                 within the Guidance and NOAA’s need                     unrealistic exposure estimates and                    al., 2014b, not Popov et al., 2011a,
                                                 to comply with its own statutes.                        suggested NMFS’ protocol be modified                  which did not derive TTS onset and
                                                   Response: The Technical Guidance                      to examine the distribution of the data               relied on AEP methodology). These new
                                                 identifies areas of uncertainty and data                and make a reasoned decision about                    studies support results from Lucke et al.
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 limitations (Appendix A) and has made                   whether the lowest threshold might be                 2009 indicating that harbor porpoises
                                                 several conservative assumptions to                     an outlier and whether (and how) it                   have a lower TTS onset than other
                                                 account for this (e.g., defining TTS onset              should be included in the determination               cetaceans (i.e., reason for separating MF
                                                 as the level just above where individual                of a threshold.                                       and HF cetaceans into separate hearing
                                                 variability in hearing occurs, not                         Response: NMFS incorporated several                groups).
                                                 accounting for exposures where TTS                      conservative assumptions into the                        NMFS recognizes that acoustic
                                                 onset did not occur, etc.). See Response                derivation of the acoustic thresholds to              thresholds for HF cetaceans, which are
                                                 to Comment 49 for more details on the                   account for uncertainty and variability               based exclusively from harbor porpoise


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:46 Aug 03, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00021   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM   04AUN2


                                                 51714                        Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices

                                                 data, are much lower than other hearing                 Cetacean Temporary Threshold Shift                    (psi) presented in Finneran et al. (2002).
                                                 groups, and therefore some additional                   Data                                                  This value was then converted from psi
                                                 considerations may be warranted on a                       Comment 85: There was concerned                    to peak pressure levels (i.e., 23 psi is
                                                 case-by-case basis. However, it also                    expressed that the low TTS onset                      equivalent to PK 224 dB). The PK 226
                                                 should be noted that auditory weighting                 thresholds for HF cetaceans exposed to                dB, referred to by the commenter, was
                                                 functions should be considered when                     impulsive sources results from a AEP                  a peak-to-peak pressure level and not a
                                                 evaluating impacts of sound on HF                       study, opposed to one using behavioral                peak pressure level (i.e., different
                                                 cetaceans, which are most susceptible to                methods, and that this violates the                   metric), which was why it was not
                                                 injury from higher frequency sounds                     methodology of only using behavioral                  directly applied to the Technical
                                                 (e.g., 25 to 60 kHz).                                                                                         Guidance.
                                                                                                         data stipulated in Appendix A of the
                                                    Comment 84: Multiple commenters                                                                               Comment 87: The Commission
                                                                                                         Guidance. Contrary to this comment,
                                                 recommended a precautionary approach                                                                          recommended that instead of using the
                                                                                                         multiple commenters advocated for the                 MF cetaceans’ PK thresholds as
                                                 (i.e., more conservative thresholds)
                                                 when applying the Guidance to                           inclusion of TTS data derived using                   surrogates for other hearing groups
                                                 activities and species in the Arctic.                   AEPs into the Guidance’s methodology.                 where no data are available that NMFS
                                                    Response: NMFS recognizes that                          Response: As mentioned in earlier,
                                                                                                                                                               consider dynamic range (i.e., difference
                                                 marine mammals in the Arctic are                        NMFS established an informal data                     between threshold at frequency of best
                                                 experiencing increasing pressures from                  hierarchy in consideration of the                     hearing sensitivity and peak pressure
                                                 human activities (e.g., climate change,                 development of the Technical                          threshold) for deriving peak pressure
                                                 increased commercial activities).                       Guidance’s composite audiograms and                   thresholds, as has been used for humans
                                                 However, NMFS does not find that there                  acoustic thresholds (see Response to                  (e.g., 140 dB from Occupational Safety
                                                 are data to indicate greater susceptibility             Comment 43), with the best-                           and Health Administration, OSHA). The
                                                 of Arctic species to noise-induced                      representative data being used over                   Commission specifically suggested
                                                 hearing loss compared to non-Arctic                     other sources. In the case of deriving                NMFS apply the measured dynamic
                                                 species. Data from two Arctic species                   TTS acoustic thresholds for HF                        range from HF cetaceans to the derive
                                                 (spotted seal from Sills et al., 2014 and               cetaceans, only one dataset is currently              thresholds for LF cetaceans, PW
                                                 ringed seal from Sills et al., 2015) were               available (Lucke et al., 2009), which                 pinnipeds, and OW pinnipeds.
                                                 used to derive composite audiograms for                 relies on AEP measurements. Appendix                     Contrary to the Commission’s
                                                 PW pinnipeds. Additionally, measured                    A specifically addresses this issue:                  recommendation, several commenters
                                                 underwater hearing of two captive                       ‘‘Note that the data from Lucke et al.                criticized NMFS’ use of dynamic range
                                                 spotted seals (Sills et al., 2014) and two              (2009) are based on AEP measurements                  to predict PK thresholds. Specifically,
                                                 captive ringed seals (Sills et al., 2015)               and may thus under-estimate TTS onset;                commenters questioned NMFS use of
                                                 found these species’ hearing abilities are              however, they are used here because of                onset TTS to define dynamic range,
                                                 comparable to harbor seals. Thus,                       the very limited nature of the impulse                since the onset of TTS is not equivalent
                                                 harbor seals (i.e., only phocid with TTS                TTS data for marine mammals and the                   to the threshold of pain and therefore
                                                 data are available) are believed to be an               likelihood that the high-frequency                    overly conservative (i.e., different
                                                 appropriate surrogate for ice seal                      cetaceans are more susceptible than the               between TTS onset and PTS is
                                                 species.                                                mid-frequency cetaceans (i.e., use of the             approximately 40 dB). Additionally,
                                                    Further, audiogram data from belugas                 mid-frequency cetacean value is not                   these commenters indicated that
                                                 (n=9; more individuals of this species                  appropriate).’’                                       dynamic range data are available for
                                                 than any other) were specifically used to                  There have been limited comparisons                both pinniped hearing groups (Kastak et
                                                 derive composite audiograms for MF                      of TTS data collected via behavioral                  al., 2005) and should be used instead of
                                                 cetaceans. In addition, recent data from                versus AEP methods for any marine                     surrogate data from MF and HF
                                                 Castellote et al. (2014), from free-                    mammals, especially marine mammals.                   cetaceans.
                                                 ranging belugas in Alaska, indicate of                  There is only one available marine                       Additionally, one group of
                                                 the seven individuals tested (3 females/                mammal study (Finneran et al., 2007)                  commenters requested NMFS provide
                                                 4 males; 1 subadult/6 adults), all had                  that found threshold shifts of 40 to 45               more information on why the median
                                                 hearing abilities ‘‘similar to those of                 dB associated with AEP methods and 19                 dynamic range for MF and HF cetaceans
                                                 belugas measured in zoological                          to 33 dB thresholds shifts measured via               was used as a surrogate for LF
                                                 settings.’’ Thus, from this study, it                   behavioral methods. These two                         cetaceans.
                                                 appears that for baseline hearing                       methodologies do not provide the same                    Response: NMFS evaluated the
                                                 measurements, captive individuals are                   results (i.e., AEP methods consistently               Commission’s recommendation of an
                                                 an appropriate surrogate for free-ranging               produce higher thresholds compared to                 alternative methodology for deriving PK
                                                 animals. The Technical Guidance also                    behavioral techniques), and there is                  thresholds using dynamic range and
                                                 incorporates TTS data (i.e., TTS onset                  currently no accurate means available to              determined that it is a more valid
                                                 and TTS growth rate) are available from                 ‘‘correct’’ AEP data so that it can be                approach to approximating PK
                                                 four individual belugas (e.g., Schlundt                 more comparable to those obtained via                 thresholds for hearing groups where no
                                                 et al., 2000; Popov et al., 2014)                       behavioral techniques.                                data exist. However, NMFS determined
                                                    Thus, data from Arctic species are                      Comment 86: One commenter                          that using the dynamic range for HF
                                                 directly incorporated into numerous                     requested the Guidance provide                        cetaceans for other hearing groups was
                                                 aspects of the Technical Guidance’s                     additional clarification on the TTS PK                not appropriate and instead used the
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 methodology. These data indicate                        acoustic threshold of 224 dB for MF                   median of the dynamic range from both
                                                 additional conservative adjustments in                  cetaceans and suggested a 226 dB value                MF and HF cetaceans to derive PK
                                                 determining thresholds unnecessary.                     be used instead, as is cited in Finneran              thresholds for PW and OW pinnipeds
                                                 Precautionary adjustments may be made                   et al. (2002).                                        and LF cetaceans.
                                                 elsewhere (e.g., applied in a specific                     Response: NMFS notes the Guidance’s                   As for comments criticizing the
                                                 regulatory context of fully evaluating                  MF cetacean TTS onset PK threshold is                 Technical Guidance’s methodology for
                                                 effects, authorizing, and developing                    based on the pressure levels originally               establishing PK thresholds based on
                                                 mitigation for an action).                              expressed as pounds per square inch                   dynamic range, NMFS notes that


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:46 Aug 03, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00022   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM   04AUN2


                                                                              Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices                                           51715

                                                 ‘‘dynamic range’’ can have many                         discussed application of thresholds in                suggested the highest threshold values
                                                 connotations. In the Technical                          the regulatory context for informational              from any of the cetacean hearing groups
                                                 Guidance, we relate hearing threshold                   purposes has been more appropriately                  (and not any higher) be used to establish
                                                 and TTS onset levels, and therefore                     placed in this Federal Register Notice                the underwater acoustic thresholds for
                                                 define dynamic range based on hearing                   (see Regulatory Context). However, to                 pinnipeds.
                                                 threshold and TTS onset. Furthermore,                   account for uncertainty and limited                      Response: In establishing the
                                                 NMFS does consider a 40 dB threshold                    data, the Technical Guidance used a                   pinniped thresholds, NMFS used the
                                                 shift to represent the PTS onset and uses               conservative protocol to estimate the                 best available data (i.e., non-impulsive
                                                 this value to approximate PTS onset                     onset of TTS (see Response to Comment                 TTS thresholds are based on
                                                 thresholds from available TTS onset                     77). NMFS agrees that exposure                        measurements collected from three
                                                 data (i.e., TTS growth rate data). NMFS                 scenarios where TTS could not be                      individual harbor seals and a single
                                                 re-evaluated data within Kastak et al.                  induced are not directly accounted for                California sea lion) and acknowledges
                                                 (2005) to consider for establishing PK                  in the development of the quantitative                that in some situations where no
                                                 pressure thresholds for pinnipeds,                      acoustic thresholds. Nevertheless, in                 pinniped data were available, cetacean
                                                 rather than using surrogate MF and HF                   some situations, studies where TTS                    data were used as surrogate data to
                                                 cetacean data. Within this publication,                 could not be induced are used to                      derive acoustic thresholds for
                                                 NMFS could not find any information                     evaluate (cross-check) the Guidance                   pinnipeds. As an example, for PK
                                                 on dynamic range for pinnipeds or any                   thresholds (e.g., HF cetacean pile                    thresholds, data from MF cetaceans and
                                                 other publication that provides                         driving data; MF cetacean seismic                     HF cetaceans were used to determine an
                                                 impulsive data for pinnipeds. Therefore,                airgun data, MF cetacean explosion                    appropriate dynamic range for
                                                 dynamic range cannot be directly                        simulator data). As more data become                  pinnipeds, but this surrogate dynamic
                                                 calculated for pinnipeds and surrogate                  available, NMFS may explore                           range was then combined with direct
                                                 data had to be used.                                    alternative means of deriving acoustic                data on hearing thresholds from
                                                    As for the request for more                          thresholds (e.g., protocol that directly              pinnipeds to derive these thresholds
                                                 information on why a surrogate                          accounts for scenarios when threshold                 (i.e., combination of pinniped and other
                                                 dynamic range from MF and HF                            shifts do and do not occur).                          marine mammal data). As more direct
                                                 cetacean data was used for LF cetaceans,                   Comment 89: The Commission                         pinniped data become available, NMFS
                                                 NMFS relied on the methodology used                     indicated that TTS data have not been                 will re-evaluate these acoustic
                                                 in other situations to derive surrogate                 collected for either HF or MF cetaceans               thresholds. This has specifically been
                                                 values for species groups where data do                 below 1 kHz. Further, they recommend                  identified as a data gap within the
                                                 not exist (i.e., use data from other                    that measurements of TTS frequencies                  Research Recommendation Appendix
                                                 hearing groups, assuming groups where                   lower than 1 kHz and TTS                              (Appendix B) of the Technical
                                                 data are not available fall within the                  measurements associated with exposure
                                                                                                                                                               Guidance.
                                                 bounds of existing marine mammal                        to multiple pulses/hammers strikes be
                                                                                                                                                                  Comment 91: A commenter expressed
                                                 data). Until data become available for                  added the Guidance’s Research
                                                 these hearing groups, NMFS believes                     Recommendations (Appendix B).                         concern that the thresholds for OW
                                                 this method is an appropriate means of                     Response: Although limited, TTS data               pinnipeds were much higher than other
                                                 deriving surrogate values.                              have been collected at frequencies                    hearing groups, especially that the
                                                    Comment 88: Multiple commenters                      below 1 kHz for HF and MF cetaceans.                  SELcum thresholds are not much lower
                                                 expressed concern that the Guidance                     Finneran et al. (2015) exposed                        than the PK threshold. It was indicated
                                                 excludes studies in which TTS was not                   bottlenose dolphins (MF cetaceans) to                 that these values appear anomalous and
                                                 induced, and that, as a result, the                     multiple impulses from seismic airguns                should be verified.
                                                 acoustic thresholds could represent                     measured TTS at a range of frequencies                   Response: NMFS re-evaluated the
                                                 exposure scenarios that will not                        (0.5 to 64 kHz) for three individuals (see            data used to derive the OW pinniped
                                                 necessarily result in TTS under all                     Figure 6 in Finneran et al., 2015b).                  acoustic thresholds. There are only
                                                 conditions. The commenters suggested                    Additionally, Kastelein et al. (2015)                 limited data available for this hearing
                                                 that Guidance’s thresholds should only                  exposed a harbor porpoise (HF cetacean)               group, with TTS onset thresholds for
                                                 be used to estimate the number of                       to playbacks of offshore pile driving and             non-impulsive sources coming from a
                                                 animals that could potentially                          measured TTS at a range of frequencies                single California sea lion. This threshold
                                                 experience TTS (i.e., acoustic exposure                 from 0.5 to 125 kHz. Finally, Kastelein               is 18 dB higher than that for PW
                                                 levels describe potential and not actual                et al. (2014) exposed harbor porpoise                 pinnipeds and at least 20+ dB higher
                                                 TTS onset for all exposure scenarios)                   (HF cetaceans) to 1 to 2 kHz sonar                    than the thresholds for the cetacean
                                                 and that exposures not inducing TTS be                  sweeps and measured TTS at 1.5 kHz.                   hearing group. Additionally, with the
                                                 directly included and used to develop                   NMFS agrees with the Commission’s                     updated methodology to estimate PK
                                                 the Guidance’s acoustic thresholds. The                 recommendations for additional                        thresholds using dynamic range (2016
                                                 commenters stressed that this                           research and has added them to                        Proposed Changes document), the OW
                                                 distinction is important because the                    Appendix B of the Guidance (i.e., Sound               pinniped PK thresholds have increased
                                                 Draft Guidance defines TTS, not                         Exposure to More Realistic Scenarios).                by 2 dB compared to the thresholds in
                                                 ‘‘potential TTS,’’ as Level B harassment                                                                      the 2015 Draft Guidance. Due to lack of
                                                 and that how Level B harassment is                      Pinniped Temporary Threshold Shift                    data for OW pinnipeds, surrogate
                                                 estimated has important relevance to the                Data                                                  datasets or methodologies to
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 ‘‘small numbers’’ and ‘‘negligible                        Comment 90: One commenter                           approximate TTS onset for impulsive
                                                 impact’’ determinations that must be                    remarked that pinnipeds are likely to be              sounds and PTS onset levels had to be
                                                 made in support of MMPA incidental                      less sensitive to noise compared to                   used. These approximations build upon
                                                 take authorizations.                                    cetaceans and expressed concern that                  the one data set available for OW
                                                    Response: The Technical Guidance                     the Guidance’s extrapolations using                   pinnipeds. Thus, all the resulting
                                                 itself does not rely upon or address                    cetaceans as surrogates for pinnipeds                 thresholds are higher than those of other
                                                 regulatory practice or interpretations.                 may be flawed. Given the current lack                 hearing groups. This has been
                                                 The section of the Draft Guidance that                  of information, the commenter                         highlighted within the Technical


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:46 Aug 03, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00023   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM   04AUN2


                                                 51716                        Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices

                                                 Guidance’s Appendix B: Research                         thresholds, are provided for action                   explanatory text with regard to the
                                                 Recommendations.                                        proponents unable to fully incorporate                derivation, terms and application within
                                                                                                         auditory weighting functions. This is                 the Guidance. Additionally, it was
                                                 Alternative Acoustic Thresholds
                                                                                                         because, especially for broadband                     pointed out that NMFS is incorrect to
                                                 (Optional Means To Incorporate
                                                                                                         sources (which most anthropogenic                     assume that narrowband sources will
                                                 Weighting Functions)
                                                                                                         sources are), this incorporation is not a             precisely adhere to manufacture
                                                    Comment 92: One commenter                            simple calculation (i.e., it depends upon             specifications and that harmonics or
                                                 suggested that there is no justification or             the spectrum of the source). NMFS                     subharmonics are unusual occurrences
                                                 explanation for the process for                         regards the practicality of applying more             with these sources.
                                                 alternative acoustic thresholds within                  complex, updated thresholds an                           Response: NMFS agrees and has
                                                 the 2015 Draft Guidance and that                        important consideration. This is why                  included additional clarification in the
                                                 attempts to compare the results of using                NMFS has provided the simpler                         Technical Guidance regarding the
                                                 these alternative thresholds seem to                    optional WFA approach, which allows                   derivation and application of WFAs in
                                                 produce conservative (i.e., higher) levels              action proponents to apply weighting in               Appendix D (see Response to Comment
                                                 of exposure when compared to the                        a simpler manner (i.e., most appropriate              70). The term ‘‘bandwidth’’ is defined in
                                                 thresholds the encompass the full                       single frequency). The use of WFAs                    the Glossary (Appendix E).
                                                 auditory weighting function.                            results in all action proponents using on             Additionally, based on this comment,
                                                    Response: Based on public comment,                   the same thresholds.                                  NMFS has revised the Technical
                                                 NMFS re-evaluated its proposed                             Comment 94: Several commenters                     Guidance to indicate harmonics and
                                                 alternative acoustic thresholds and                     suggested that the Guidance provide                   sub-harmonics are almost always
                                                 replaced this methodology with                          clear direction on which thresholds                   present and should be considered when
                                                 optional weighting factor adjustments                   should be used and under what specific                evaluating a source. The terms
                                                 (WFAs) that more realistically                          circumstances. Further, multiple                      ‘‘harmonics’’ and ‘‘sub-harmonics’’ have
                                                 incorporate marine mammal auditory                      commenters noted that the Guidance’s                  also been added to the Glossary
                                                 weighting functions for all hearing                     alternative thresholds (updated WFAs                  (Appendix E) of the Technical
                                                 groups (not just HF and MF cetaceans)                   in final Technical Guidance) represent a              Guidance.
                                                 and allow for all action proponents to                  simple and conservative way to present
                                                 use the same acoustic thresholds.                                                                             24-Hour Accumulation Period
                                                                                                         the thresholds and recommended that
                                                    NMFS has included additional                         they be applied to all action proponents.                Comment 96: One commenter
                                                 explanation in the final Technical                      Doing so, the commenters suggested,                   suggested the Guidance’s SELcum metric
                                                 Guidance’s Appendix D. For situations                   would simplify implementation for all                 should require that the accumulation
                                                 where the full auditory weighting                       authorization action proponents, as well              period be based on the time an animal
                                                 functions cannot be incorporated,                       as those processing and reviewing the                 is or could be exposed to the sound and
                                                 updated weighting factor adjustments                    applications, including the associated                not necessarily the time the noise
                                                 are provided, which are based on                        public comment by increasing                          occurs.
                                                 broader, simpler consideration of                       transparency and reducing application                    Along these same lines, the
                                                 weighting functions (i.e., relies on using              processing time.                                      Commission noted that the
                                                 a single frequency that best represents                    Response: As indicated in the                      accumulation period should account for
                                                 where a particular sound has energy).                   Response to the previous comment,                     the biology, ecology, and ecological
                                                 Incorporating optional WFAs should                      alternative thresholds have been                      setting (e.g., semi-enclosed bay, steep-
                                                 result in similar if not identical                      removed from the final Technical                      sided underwater canyon) of the
                                                 isopleths for narrowband sources and                    Guidance, such that all action                        affected animals and recommended that
                                                 slightly more conservative isopleths                    proponents are using identical                        for activities that last at least 24 hours,
                                                 (albeit more realistic than the previous                thresholds, regardless of their ability to            NMFS consult with scientists and
                                                 alternative threshold methodology) for                  incorporated marine mammal weighting                  acousticians regarding the applicability
                                                 broadband sources compared to those                     functions. NMFS appreciates the need                  of an accumulation time for species that
                                                 action proponents that can fully                        for clarity and has included more                     occur in a confined or small geographic
                                                 incorporate the Technical Guidance’s                    information in the final Technical                    area during an extended period of time
                                                 auditory weighting functions.                           Guidance’s Appendix D regarding when                  and for activities that may affect
                                                    Comment 93: The Commission                           optional WFAs should be used.                         resident populations or marine
                                                 questioned the utility of two sets of                   Specifically, text has been added to                  mammals involved in certain behavior
                                                 thresholds in the Guidance (i.e.,                       indicate that NMFS recognizes that the                states (e.g., feeding, breeding/nursing,
                                                 weighted and unweighted), noting that                   implementation of marine mammal                       socializing). Several other commenters
                                                 if an action proponent can calculate or                 auditory weighting functions represents               provided similar examples and made
                                                 determine the isopleths (distances) to                  a new and complicating factor for                     similar recommendations.
                                                 the relevant thresholds (weighted or                    consideration, which may extend                          Response: NMFS agrees that the
                                                 unweighted) then that same action                       beyond the capabilities of some action                accumulation time associated with
                                                 proponent should be able to apply the                   proponents and that NMFS has                          SELcum metric should be based on the
                                                 auditory weighting functions. The                       developed optional WFAs for those who                 time the animal is exposed, but notes
                                                 Commission suggested that NMFS                          cannot fully apply weighting functions                that this can be exceedingly difficult if
                                                 require action proponents to use the                    associated with the SELcum metric.                    not impossible or practical to determine
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 best available science, including                       Action proponents are encouraged to                   (i.e., an animal’s movement can vary
                                                 auditory weighting functions and                        incorporate as many factors, like full                over space and time).
                                                 relevant weighted thresholds, rather                    auditory weighting functions, into their                 Further, NMFS acknowledges for
                                                 than give action proponents the choice                  exposure models as possible.                          exposure scenarios that occur in
                                                 of using unweighted thresholds.                            Comment 95: One commenter                          confined geographic areas with resident
                                                    Response: NMFS notes that the                        suggested that NMFS include a more                    populations, case-specific modifications
                                                 updated optional WFAs, which replace                    detailed definition of the term                       can be made, if appropriate, to the
                                                 the Draft Guidance alternative                          ‘‘narrowband,’’ one that includes                     accumulation period to capture the


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:46 Aug 03, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00024   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM   04AUN2


                                                                              Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices                                            51717

                                                 potential for extended exposure periods                 accumulation period requires                          Council’s Ocean Studies Board’s
                                                 for these populations. Various factors                  adjustment and will work with action                  Cumulative Effects of Human Activities
                                                 could be considered, including                          proponents to make these adjustments                  on Marine Mammal Populations Study).
                                                 consulting with scientists, if                          (e.g., a resident population found in a                  Comment 100: The Commission
                                                 appropriate.                                            small and/or confined area; continuous                requested that NMFS provide additional
                                                    Comment 97: One commenter                            stationery activity nearby an area where              guidance on how action proponents
                                                 expressed concern that implementing a                   marine mammals congregate, like a                     unable to incorporate moving sources
                                                 fixed accumulation period that is not                   pinniped pupping beach). Finally,                     should determine the total ensonified
                                                 based on physiology could have                          NMFS recommends use of the approach                   area (and consequently the number of
                                                 unintended consequences. The                            that produces the most accurate results               ‘‘takes’’) and recommended that action
                                                 commenter provided the example of                       for an activity (i.e., not necessarily the            proponents unable to model moving
                                                 when an operation lasts for more than                   one that produces the smallest or largest             receivers and/or sources determined the
                                                 24 hours, the use of a fixed 24-h                       number of exposures).                                 total ensonified area based on a model
                                                 accumulation period may result in                          Comment 99: Multiple commenters                    accumulating the energy for 24 hours
                                                 animals being ‘‘taken’’ multiple times                  requested clarification as to whether the             and then multiplying that ensonified
                                                 and that this may skew the risk                         Guidance accounts for the accumulation                area by the marine mammal density to
                                                 assessment.                                             of sound from multiple activities in the              determine the total number of ‘‘takes.’’
                                                    Response: The Technical Guidance                     same area and multiple sources/phases                 The Commission’s approach does not
                                                 focuses on predicting onset of PTS and                  associated with a single activity. The                assume a constant distance from the
                                                 TTS, including consideration of energy                  commenters requested that an                          source, but rather a total ensonified area
                                                 accumulation. In the regulatory context,                alternative method/metric be developed                associated with activity lasting 24 hours
                                                 NMFS acknowledges that the                              for multiple sources active in the same               (or less if appropriate) and a uniform
                                                 application of the updated acoustic                     area at the same time (i.e., to better                density.
                                                 thresholds for quantifying take could                   address cumulative exposure associated                   Response: Instead of the approach
                                                 result in scenarios where an animal                     with the entire soundscape).                          recommended by the Commission,
                                                 could be ‘‘taken’’ on multiple days (i.e.,              Specifically, the Commission                          NMFS created a simple User
                                                 a stationary source near resident                       recommended that NMFS require action                  Spreadsheet (released with Technical
                                                 animals; mobile source continuing over                  proponents use the Guidance thresholds                Guidance) to aid action proponents in
                                                 multiple days), but this is no different                for determining the relevant isopleths                determining the isopleth associated
                                                 from how take calculations are done                     associated with activities that use                   with their particular activity, if they are
                                                 under the current thresholds, nor                       multiple sound sources in the same area               unable to employ more sophisticated
                                                 should it skew the broader effects                      during the same timeframe (e.g.,                      modeling techniques. The updated
                                                 analysis. Ultimately, other factors would               multibeam echosounders and sub-                       simple methodology is based on the
                                                 have to be taken into consideration                     bottom profilers simultaneously with                  concept of ‘‘safe distance’’ presented in
                                                 within a comprehensive effect analysis,                 airguns during a seismic survey, various              Sivle et al. (2014) for moving sources,
                                                 including if the same animals are                       types of sonar and/or impulsive sources               with more details presented in
                                                 exposed or ‘‘taken’’ on multiple days.                  used simultaneously during a military                 Appendix D of the Guidance. The ‘‘safe
                                                    Comment 98: Several commenters                       exercise), rather than requiring action               distance’’ is equivalent to isopleths
                                                 recommended that the accumulation                       proponents to apply the thresholds to                 applicants have calculated in the past,
                                                 period encompass the entire duration of                 discrete sources used during a specific               with area and marine mammal
                                                 an activity and suggested NMFS revise                   activity.                                             exposures calculated by the same means
                                                 the Technical Guidance to allow for the                    Response: The Technical Guidance                   (i.e., multiply isopleth times marine
                                                 option of SELcum modeling for the                       recommends application of the SELcum                  mammal density) applicants have used
                                                 duration of the activity, in order to                   metric to assess the impacts of noise on              with NMFS’ current thresholds (e.g.,
                                                 allow action proponents the ability to                  hearing for individual activities/sources.            generic RMS SPL 180/190 dB).
                                                 utilize the approach with the smallest                  Because current data available for                       Comment 101: One commenter
                                                 estimated number of marine mammal                       deriving acoustic thresholds are based                requested clarification on several
                                                 exposures.                                              on exposure to only a single source, this             questions related to the modeling of
                                                    Response: NMFS determined the data                   metric is not intended for accumulating               exposures using more and less
                                                 currently available for deriving acoustic               sound exposure from multiple activities               sophisticated methods: (1) Must a model
                                                 thresholds do not support an                            occurring within the same area or over                be able to incorporate the movement of
                                                 accumulation period beyond 24 hours                     the same time or for multiple sources                 both the source and the receivers or at
                                                 (e.g., available marine mammal TTS                      within a single activity. Currently,                  least the receiver? (2) How will NMFS
                                                 data are only available for shorter                     NMFS is unaware of alternative metrics                determine whether an action proponent
                                                 duration exposures). Further, a key                     available to assess the impacts of noise              has the ability to model moving
                                                 consideration in accurately                             on hearing from multiple sound sources.               receivers or not? (3) What will be the
                                                 accumulating exposure beyond the                        As more data become available, NMFS                   difference between an action proponent
                                                 recommended 24-h period is the ability                  can re-evaluate the use of this metric for            employing more sophisticated modeling
                                                 to accurately predict the location of the               application of exposure from multiple                 capabilities versus those with less
                                                 receiver relative to the source. Again,                 activities occurring in space and time.               sophisticated capabilities?
                                                 the understanding of marine mammal                      In other contexts, such as masking,                      Response: An action proponent is
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 distribution and movement, especially                   which is expected to occur at much                    responsible for determining their own
                                                 during periods of sound exposure, is                    lower levels and much more likely to                  modeling capabilities and, depending
                                                 limited. These data limitations hamper                  result from the contributions of multiple             on the source and/or receiver, this might
                                                 the ability to make realistic exposure                  sources, NMFS is supporting efforts to                include movement or not in order to
                                                 predictions for longer duration                         better assess the impact of multiple                  recreate the most realistic source-
                                                 exposures. However, NMFS                                sound sources on marine mammals (e.g.,                receiver separation (i.e., variation in
                                                 acknowledges that there may be specific                 NOAA Ocean Noise Strategy and                         spacing between source and receiver
                                                 exposure situations where this                          CetSound Projects; National Research                  over space and time). While NMFS does


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:46 Aug 03, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00025   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM   04AUN2


                                                 51718                        Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices

                                                 not require any particular models be                    Technical Guidance focuses on the                     long silent period (i.e., not
                                                 used, they do evaluate the                              effects of noise on marine mammal                     automatically after 24 hours). The
                                                 appropriateness of models and                           hearing and does not address                          commenter referred to NMFS’ interim
                                                 associated methodologies used in                        displacement.                                         injury impact pile driving criteria for
                                                 estimating acoustic exposures on a case-                   As previously addressed in a prior                 fishes, which assumes that
                                                 by-case basis in the context of a                       comment, because a sound operates 24-                 accumulation from zero occurs only
                                                 proposed activity. NMFS has provided                    h a day does not necessarily mean a                   after a recovery period of 12 hours
                                                 an optional User Spreadsheet for action                 receiver is exposed to that source for                without sound exposure.
                                                 proponents unable to employ more                        that entire period (i.e., marine mammals                 Response: NMFS’ interim injury
                                                 sophisticated modeling on their own.                    are capable of moving vertically or                   criteria for fishes pertain to smaller pile
                                                 Generally speaking, because it                          horizontally in the water column) or                  driving activities (i.e., primarily
                                                 intentionally includes multiple                         that it is exposed to levels capable of               associated with construction) that only
                                                 conservative assumptions, we expect                     inducing noise induced threshold shifts.              occur during daylight hours, where
                                                 the simple, alternative method generally                In other words, having an accurate                    resetting the accumulation period and
                                                 will result in higher estimates of PTS-                 understanding of the spatial and                      allowing for a 12-h recovery period is
                                                 level exposure (which in turn will                      temporal overlap between a source and                 possible. However, some activities
                                                 translate into higher take estimates). A                receiver is important in being able to                covered by the scope of this Technical
                                                 comprehensive effects analysis for an                   accurately predict exposures.                         Guidance continue for longer than 24
                                                 action would take into consideration the                                                                      hours (e.g., seismic survey) and only
                                                                                                         Recovery
                                                 fact that the alternative method results                                                                      resetting the accumulation after a
                                                 in overestimates.                                          Comment 103: Multiple commenters                   sufficiently long silent period (i.e., 12 to
                                                    Comment 102: Several commenters                      recommended that the Guidance                         24 hours) is not feasible. The data
                                                 indicated that the Guidance needs to                    consider data on marine mammal                        currently available for deriving acoustic
                                                 better address the potential of noise-                  recovery from noise exposure.                         thresholds do not support an
                                                 induced hearing loss from more                          Specifically, one commenter suggested                 accumulation period beyond 24 hours,
                                                 continuous sources that operate 24                      the use of a ‘‘leaky-integrator model’’               and accumulating over the entire
                                                 hours a day for multiple days (e.g.,                    that accumulates sound energy and                     activity duration (i.e., beyond 24 hours)
                                                 renewable energy wind farms/tidal                       account for potential physiological                   could result in unrealistic exposure
                                                 operations; communication/navigation                    recovery in a time-dependent manner                   results (e.g., difficult to predict the
                                                 beacons). Additionally, a commenter                     (described by a time constant). The                   temporal and spatial variability of a
                                                 urged NMFS to consider complementary                    commenter indicated that the value of                 receivers over multiple days; see
                                                 devices operating synchronously in                      the time constant(s) is not known but                 Response to Comment 79).
                                                 arrays as a continuous sound source,                    could be conservatively estimated.                       Comment 105: One commenter noted
                                                 rather than discrete sources. This same                    Contrary to this comment, another                  that if TTS and/or PTS are caused by
                                                 commenter requested consideration for                   commenter cautioned that recovery                     build-up of free radicals in the hair cell
                                                 continuous noise sources having the                     times have generally been measured                    synapses (e.g., McFadden et al., 2005),
                                                 potential to displace an animal from                    only during quiet periods within                      then exposure over extended periods
                                                 critical feeding habitat.                               laboratory settings and that in the open              must take the clearance rate of the free
                                                    Response: In U.S. waters, NMFS is                    ocean, it is likely that free-ranging                 radicals into consideration. The
                                                 aware of very few sources with the                      animals will be exposed to sound                      commenter indicated that a 24-h period
                                                 potential of operating continuously (i.e.,              during the recovery period.                           might be a reasonable approach based
                                                 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, year-                       Response: Recovery is an important                 on human audiometry but that given the
                                                 round). However, renewable energy                       consideration in assessing the effects of             absence of sufficient marine mammal
                                                 platforms have the capabilities for these               noise on marine mammals, and the                      data, it may be necessary to consider
                                                 types of continuous operations. NMFS                    Technical Guidance includes general                   SELcum over periods of greater than 24
                                                 acknowledges that continuous                            information on recovery. We also agree                hours in situations where sources are
                                                 operations can result in higher potential               recovery in the open ocean is more                    loudest (e.g., large seismic airgun
                                                 for exposure accumulation, but the                      complex than measured in a laboratory                 surveys) and propagation loss is lowest.
                                                 majority of renewable energy operations                 setting. Currently, there are not enough                 Response: NMFS acknowledges there
                                                 produce relatively low levels of sound                  data to directly take recovery into                   are a multitude of factors that affect
                                                 (i.e., close to ambient, especially in                  consideration in the development of                   recovery from noise-induced hearing
                                                 environments conducive to wave or                       acoustic thresholds (and this is                      loss, including clearance of free
                                                 tidal devices; e.g., Coping et al., 2014;               specifically identified as a research                 radicals, making recovery complex.
                                                 Schuster et al., 2015) that even over an                recommendation in Appendix B),                        Further, there is a lack of data,
                                                 accumulation period of 24-h are                         including the integration of a ‘‘leaky-               especially for marine mammals. That
                                                 unlikely to exceed the PTS onset                        integrator model.’’ As more data become               said, NMFS acknowledges there may be
                                                 thresholds. As for the operation of                     available, NMFS can re-evaluate this                  some situations where the accumulation
                                                 communication/navigation beacons,                       issue. NMFS has provided additional                   period needs to be extended beyond 24
                                                 these types of sources have a multitude                 text in the Technical Guidance to                     hours depending on case-specific
                                                 of characteristics (e.g., source level, duty            address why recovery was not directly                 scenarios. However, these should be
                                                 cycle, frequency band, beam width/                      considered in a quantitative manner.                  exceptions and not the norm (i.e.,
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 orientation) but generally have                         NMFS has also provided more                           proposed accumulations periods
                                                 relatively short pulse lengths and                      clarification in the text regarding                   represent the typical exposure scenario;
                                                 produce higher frequencies (i.e., greater               recovery and the Technical Guidance                   see Response to Comment 79).
                                                 ability for sound to attenuate) reducing                baseline accumulation period.                            Comment 106: Multiple commenters
                                                 the likelihood of exposure resulting in                    Comment 104: One commenter                         expressed concern that several of the
                                                 cumulative effects. Finally, regarding                  suggested that the Guidance’s                         recovery time lengths in the marine
                                                 the comment about displacing an                         accumulation period be ‘‘reset’’ to zero              mammal TTS literature have been
                                                 animal from critical feeding habitat, the               only when there has been a sufficiently               reported to exceed 24 hours and


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:46 Aug 03, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00026   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM   04AUN2


                                                                              Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices                                          51719

                                                 indicate the Guidance’s acoustic                        impulsive sounds. For impulsive                       factors, if able. Thus, action proponents
                                                 thresholds may not be sufficiently                      sounds, NMFS recommends an action                     are given flexibility in terms of their
                                                 conservative. Further, several                          proponent fully evaluate their sound                  exposure modeling.
                                                 commenters requested that NMFS                          source to determine which metric                        Comment 112: Several commenters
                                                 consider recovery in terms of exposure                  would be dominant. NMFS agrees it                     were concerned that the highly
                                                 to other stressors, since these stressors               may be unlikely that animals would                    technical nature of the Guidance does
                                                 may exacerbate threshold shifts and/or                  remain close to a source for extended                 not lend itself to direct and consistent
                                                 recovery.                                               periods of time in most exposure                      application, particularly by non-experts
                                                    Response: NMFS acknowledges that                     situations. However, predicting animal                and indicated that alternative
                                                 recovery from noise exposure is                         movement and distribution, especially                 methodology could result in more
                                                 extremely complex and depends on a                      during sound exposure scenarios, is                   restrictive acoustic criteria for the
                                                 multitude of factors, which is why                      difficult. Finally, NMFS recognizes that              smaller action proponents.
                                                 recovery was not directly integrated into               in updating our acoustic thresholds to                  Response: NMFS has produced an
                                                 the Technical Guidance’s recommended                    reflect the best available science, they              associated simple optional User
                                                 accumulation period or into the acoustic                have become more complex. Thus,                       Spreadsheet that has been finalized with
                                                 thresholds. As NMFS notes in the                        Appendix D provides a set of tools,                   the Technical Guidance to assist
                                                 Technical Guidance, threshold shifts on                 examples, and weighting factor                        stakeholders in applying the updated
                                                 the order of the established PTS onset                  adjustments to allow action proponents                acoustic thresholds associated with the
                                                 (i.e., 40 dB) recorded in marine mammal                 with different levels of exposure                     more complex SELcum thresholds,
                                                 laboratory studies have still resulted in               modeling capabilities to reasonably                   including tools to help those that cannot
                                                 recovery. Additionally, NMFS has made                   approximate PTS onset, using the                      incorporate more complicated auditory
                                                 several conservative assumptions in the                 updated acoustic thresholds, for all                  weighting functions (see Response to
                                                 development of its acoustic thresholds                  sound sources.                                        Comments 70 and 100).
                                                 (see Response to Comment 77). NMFS                         Comment 110: Several commenters                      NMFS acknowledges that less
                                                 has added a research recommendation                     requested NMFS explain how the                        sophisticated exposure models may
                                                 relating to examining noise under                       SELcum acoustic threshold should be                   result in higher exposure estimates
                                                 realistic exposure scenarios, including                 used to determine if an auditory impact               because these models do not incorporate
                                                 consideration of other stressors.                       would occur. Commenters                               as many factors as more sophisticated
                                                    Comment 107: Several commenters                      recommended more guidance on how                      models. Action proponents are
                                                 suggested that the accumulation period                  this would be implemented for a couple                encouraged to incorporate as many
                                                 allow for the consideration of periods of               of example projects (i.e. stationary                  appropriate factors into their modeling
                                                 reduced or no sound (e.g., power-downs                  source such as pile driving, and moving               as possible. An action proponent is not
                                                 and line turns during seismic activities).              source such as seismic).                              obligated to use the simpler tools
                                                    Response: NMFS agrees that power-                       Response: Due to the diverse array of              provided by NMFS, if they can provide
                                                 downs associated with line turns (not                   potential sound sources, it is                        equally or more realistic exposure
                                                 associated with mitigation, which can                   impractical for NMFS to provide                       modeling on their own.
                                                 be unpredictable) should be accounted                   specific, detailed example calculations                 Comment 113: One commenter noted
                                                 for in modeling, particularly with the                  within the Technical Guidance.                        that the NMFS’ West Coast Region
                                                 accumulation period (i.e., total exposure               However, NMFS is providing a simple                   provides a SELcum calculator for
                                                 period within a 24-h period, excluding                  optional User Spreadsheet to aid action               estimating impacts to fishes during
                                                 periods when there is no exposure).                     proponents unable to perform more                     impact pile driving, including the
                                                                                                         sophisticated exposure modeling. This                 incorporation of an ‘‘effective quiet’’
                                                 Appendix D: Alternative Methodology                     spreadsheet specifically provides a                   value, and requested a similar calculator
                                                 (Formerly Identified as the User Guide)                 means of applying the Technical                       be provided for marine mammals. The
                                                    Comment 108: Several commenters                      Guidance’s thresholds and simplified                  commenter recommended a consistent
                                                 indicated that the Guidance should not                  weighting (WFAs) and calculates                       process for accumulating energy and
                                                 be finalized until the public has been                  isopleths associated with thresholds                  assessing impacts to all species under
                                                 given the opportunity to evaluate                       expressed as SELcum. Thus, example                    NMFS’ purview.
                                                 NMFS’ user tools (i.e., having these                    calculations can be completed by using                  Response: The Technical Guidance
                                                 tools is necessary to perform a thorough                the optional User Spreadsheet. Those                  provides a similar SELcum calculator for
                                                 analysis of the Guidance).                              using more sophisticated models (e.g.,                marine mammals, but effective quiet
                                                    Response: NMFS disagrees. See                        animats) would presumably have some                   will not be directly incorporated into
                                                 Response to Comment 3.                                  other means of accounting for                         the marine mammal calculator because
                                                    Comment 109: It was suggested by a                   cumulative exposure, like an ‘‘acoustic               NMFS determined there are not enough
                                                 commenter that an alternative method is                 dosimeter,’’ and would not necessarily                data at this time to do so. NMFS
                                                 unnecessary, as it is unlikely animals                  need to determine a SELcum threshold                  believes it is consistent in how it
                                                 will remain close enough to a source to                 distance (see Response to Comment                     assesses acoustic impacts for the various
                                                 exceed the Guidance’s SELcum                            114).                                                 species under its jurisdiction but, there
                                                 thresholds (i.e., PK is anticipated to be                  Comment 111: Concern was expressed                 may be exceptions that depend on
                                                 the dominant metric, resulting in the                   by several commenters that the                        various factors (e.g., species-specific
                                                 largest isopleth for most, if not all                   alternative methodology provided in                   considerations, data availability, etc.).
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 situations).                                            Appendix D would limit flexibility to
                                                    Response: NMFS disagrees that the                    assess the impacts of noise on marine                 Model Specifications
                                                 PK should be assumed to be the                          mammal hearing.                                         Comment 114: Multiple commenters
                                                 threshold resulting in the most                            Response: Action proponents are not                indicated that the Guidance suggests
                                                 conservative (i.e., largest) isopleth for               obligated to use the alternative                      that a variety of model approaches
                                                 most sources. Furthermore, as a result of               methodology and may perform more                      could be employed in applying the
                                                 public comment, NMFS decided to                         sophisticated modeling or consider                    Guidance’s acoustic thresholds. Instead,
                                                 remove the PK thresholds for non-                       additional action- or location-specific               the commenters suggested that NMFS


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:46 Aug 03, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00027   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM   04AUN2


                                                 51720                        Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices

                                                 recommended standardized computer                       that more information be provided                     not make any assumptions about the
                                                 models or modeling requirements,                        whether the 3–D ‘‘safe distance’’                     depth of the receiver: it only provides
                                                 which would allow regulators, industry,                 methodology of Sivle et al. (2014) for                an isopleth associated with a particular
                                                 and the public to run repeatable                        moving sources is applicable to NMFS’                 acoustic threshold. It is possible that the
                                                 analysis to verify acoustic data based on               2–D application specified in the                      depth of the receiver can accounted for
                                                 NMFS’ recommendations. The                              Guidance. The Commission requests                     in terms of depth-dependent density
                                                 commenters expressed concern that it is                 this aspect be submitted for peer review.             (i.e., percentage of time species is
                                                 likely that both the current range of                      BOEM expressed concern that the                    located at a particular depth). However,
                                                 modeling vendor choices and their                       methodology of Sivle et al. (2014) is not             accounting for specific characteristics
                                                 capacity will be inadequate to fulfill the              appropriate for directional sources or for            associated with the receiver (e.g., depth
                                                 agency’s requirements, which could                      receivers that are not at the same depth              distribution, density, behavioral
                                                 lead to unwarranted permitting delays                   as the source (e.g., sperm whales). The               response, etc.) is beyond the scope of
                                                 or costs, and suggested a transition                    Guidance states that this methodology is              this document.
                                                 period to necessitate the expansion of                  independent of exposure duration, and                    Finally, the reason this optional
                                                 the pool of adequate modeling expertise                 BOEM states this is inconsistent with                 methodology is independent of
                                                 and vendors. Finally, a commenter                       the document’s recommendation of a                    exposure duration is because it only
                                                 recommended that NMFS undertake                         24-h baseline accumulation period.                    considers one pass of the source relative
                                                 model validation/verification as part of                Further, BOEM recommended that this                   to receiver, with the closest points of
                                                 the process of developing the final                     method include a representative depth                 approach incurring the greatest
                                                 acoustic criteria.                                      typical of the species being modeled.                 accumulation (i.e., once the source
                                                    Response: Providing standard                            Response: NMFS reiterates that the                 moves past the closest point of approach
                                                 computer models for analysis or                         two models referred by the Commission                 accumulation is only further reduced as
                                                 modeling requirements associated with                   are alternative methods. Action                       the source moves farther and farther
                                                 the application of the Technical                        proponents are not obligated to use                   away). Accumulating past the
                                                 Guidance’s acoustic thresholds and/or                   these methods. Although Sivle et al.                  recommended 24-h accumulation
                                                 auditory weighting functions, as well as                (2014) accounted for the depth of                     period does not result in the addition of
                                                 model validation/verification, is beyond                herring to determine the percent of the               any significant amount to the
                                                 the scope of this exercise. The adequacy                winter and summer populations                         cumulative sound exposure of the
                                                 of models will depend on a multitude                    exceeding the ‘‘safe distance’’ associated            receiver. The model can be adjusted to
                                                 of factors, including the activity (source)             with exposure to naval sonar, the                     account for shorter accumulation
                                                 and potential receivers. Because the                    calculation of ‘‘safe distance’’ (i.e.,               periods. However, the equations become
                                                 updated acoustic thresholds are more                    equations in the Technical Guidance)                  more complex and more difficult to
                                                 complex, simpler alternatives have been                 makes minimal assumptions associated                  implement.
                                                 provided (e.g., User Spreadsheet with                   with the receiver (i.e., the receiver is                 Comment 117: Several commenters
                                                 weighting factor adjustments for those                  stationary and does not exhibit                       expressed concerns over a potential
                                                 unable to fully incorporate auditory                    avoidance or attraction to the source)                short-coming associated with the
                                                 weighting functions), which can be used                 and does not directly account for                     optional ‘‘safe distance’’ method (Sivle
                                                 until the pool of adequate modeling                     receiver depth or density. It only                    et al., 2014) accounting for cumulative
                                                 expertise is expanded. Further, NMFS                    provides the distance from the source                 exposure for moving sources,
                                                 recognizes there will be a transition                   (i.e., isopleth) beyond which a threshold             specifically its ability to allow only for
                                                 period before the Guidance is fully                     is exceeded. Thus, NMFS believes that                 the inclusion of spherical spreading as
                                                 used. (See previous section in this                     this methodology is appropriate for 2–                a propagation model. It was suggested
                                                 Notice on Transitioning to the Technical                D applications. NMFS has added                        that other propagation models,
                                                 Guidance).                                              information about the assumptions                     especially those more conservative
                                                    Comment 115: The Commission                          associated with the receiver within the               spreading models associated with
                                                 recommended that the Guidance                           Technical Guidance for clarity. NMFS                  shallow water, need to be incorporated
                                                 provide specifications necessary to                     does not believe additional peer review               into this methodology. Related to this,
                                                 perform exposure modeling. They                         is need for this aspect of the Technical              BOEM indicated that the Guidance’s
                                                 indicate that it is NMFS’ responsibility,               Guidance because the methodology                      ‘‘source factor’’ definitions closely
                                                 as a regulatory agency, to make required                (Sivle et al., 2014) has already                      resembled cylindrical spreading
                                                 findings and direct action proponents to                undergone peer review as part of its                  (10TL/10), rather than spherical
                                                 the appropriate types of models,                        publication in ICES Journal of Marine                 spreading (10TL/20) and expressed a
                                                 including inputs and appropriate factors                Science.                                              concern over whether Mean Squared
                                                 to be considered within those models.                      Addressing concerns raised by BOEM,                Pressure (MSP) or Equivalent Plane
                                                    Response: NMFS does not currently                    it is correct that the methods of Sivle et            Wave Intensity (EPWI) terms were used,
                                                 provide modeling specifications and has                 al. (2014) may not be representative for              and that the terms ‘‘S,’’ ‘‘SE,’’ and ‘‘E0’’
                                                 no current plans to do so. NMFS will                    directional sources and are likely to                 in the Guidance appear to have similar
                                                 provide some technical assistance to                    result in more conservative exposures                 units, but they do not.
                                                 prospective applicants who request it                   (i.e., model does not account for source                 Additionally, these commenters
                                                 and will continue to evaluate the                       directivity and isopleths produced                    provided an example to assess the
                                                 models that are used in submitted                       assume an omnidirectional source;                     appropriateness of the ‘‘safe distance’’
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 compliance documents to ensure they                     meaning that it produces an isopleth                  methodology by examining the modeled
                                                 are adequate and appropriate.                           equal in all directions). However for                 radii from four parallel passes, within a
                                                    Comment 116: The Commission                          directional sources, the source level                 24-h period, from a 3300 cubic inch
                                                 commented on the two alternative                        parameter associated with this                        airgun. Based on their modeling, it was
                                                 models (i.e., one for moving sources and                methodology assumes the values                        suggested that NMFS lower thresholds
                                                 one for stationary sources) provided in                 provided are those relating to the                    for LF cetacean and PW pinnipeds, raise
                                                 the 2015 Draft Guidance Appendix D.                     direction producing the maximum level.                thresholds for HF cetaceans, and adjust
                                                 Specifically, the Commission requested                  Again, this optional methodology does                 the same distance methodology to


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:46 Aug 03, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00028   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM   04AUN2


                                                                              Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices                                             51721

                                                 account for the number of passes within                 Appendix D providing these units in the               current 14-question MMPA incidental
                                                 an area during a 24-h period. There was                 Technical Guidance (i.e., See section                 take application.
                                                 no detail provided by the commenter on                  3.2.1.1 Linear Equivalents).                             Response: The Technical Guidance is
                                                 what these adjustments should be.                          In response to the commenter’s                     a compilation, interpretation, and
                                                    Response: NMFS acknowledges the                      modeled example, NMFS disagrees with                  synthesis of the scientific literature on
                                                 concerns and potential limitations of the               the appropriateness of this comparison.               the impacts of sound on marine
                                                 optional ‘‘safe distance’’ methodology                  One of the assumptions associated with                mammal hearing. There is no change to
                                                 but believes other assumptions                          the optional ‘‘safe distance’’                        the use of thresholds in the regulatory
                                                 associated with this methodology                        methodology is that the source moves at               context. No specific reference is
                                                 ensure as a whole it remains                            a constant speed and in a constant                    required in our implementing
                                                 precautionary. The incorporation of                     direction. Thus, this model is not                    regulations.
                                                 other types of spreading models results                 sophisticated enough to account for                      Comment 120: One commenter noted
                                                 in a more complicated equation making                   situations for multiple passes and                    that the MMPA mandates that ‘‘Level
                                                 the methodology less easy to                            should not be used for these situations               A’’ harassment includes not only the
                                                 implement. However, many mobile                         (i.e., NMFS would recommend an action                 actual or likely onset of injury, but also
                                                 sources, like seismic airguns or sonar,                 proponent in this situation to find a                 the potential for injury and that the ESA
                                                 produce sound that is highly-directional                more appropriate means of modeling                    definition of ‘‘harm’’ encompasses
                                                 (i.e., most of time sound source is                     exposure, or work with NMFS to                        temporary injuries or impairments that
                                                 directed to the ocean floor, with less                  determine if the ‘‘safe distance’’                    impact essential behavior. The
                                                 sound propagating horizontally,                         methodology can be appropriately                      commenter expressed concern that
                                                 compared to the vertical direction), and                modified to account for multiple passes               setting the threshold for ‘‘Level A’’
                                                 directionality is not accounted for with                from a source). Thus, it is not                       harassment under the MMPA and
                                                 this methodology (see Response to                       unexpected that there are several                     ‘‘harm’’ under the ESA at the actual
                                                 previous comment). Additionally, many                                                                         onset of injury is inconsistent with the
                                                                                                         discrepancies between the commenter’s
                                                 higher-frequency sounds, like sonar, are                                                                      statutory mandates, which seek to
                                                                                                         modeled isopleths and those provided
                                                 also attenuated by absorption, which is                                                                       protect against the risk of, or potential
                                                                                                         by the ‘‘safe distance’’ method,
                                                 also not taken into account in this                                                                           for, injury and recommended that
                                                                                                         including the use of different weighting
                                                 methodology. Thus, there are other                                                                            NMFS must set a protective threshold in
                                                                                                         functions and thresholds, by the
                                                 considerations beyond spherical                                                                               order to comply with its statutory
                                                                                                         commenter, compared to those in the
                                                 spreading, including other conservative                                                                       mandates (i.e., one that interprets the
                                                                                                         Technical Guidance. NMFS believes the
                                                 factors (i.e., simplified incorporation of                                                                    existing literature conservatively
                                                                                                         Technical Guidance represents the best
                                                 auditory weighting factors, the receiver                                                                      enough to reflect the potentiality of
                                                                                                         available science and disagrees that
                                                 does not avoid the source, etc.) to                                                                           harm).
                                                                                                         adjustments to the document’s acoustic                   Response: The Technical Guidance
                                                 consider when assessing whether the
                                                                                                         thresholds is supported.                              auditory impact thresholds were based
                                                 use of this optional methodology will
                                                 result in a potential underestimate of                  Technical Guidance Implementation                     on scientifically-based judgments,
                                                 exposure. Thus, despite these simple                    and Regulatory Context                                including accounting for uncertainty
                                                 assumptions, NMFS believes the                                                                                and variability, developed to stand
                                                                                                            Comment 118: One commenter                         independent of interpretations of
                                                 optional ‘‘safe distance’’ approach offers
                                                                                                         recommended that the Guidance solely                  statutory terms such as ‘‘take,’’ ‘‘harm,’’
                                                 a better approximation of the source-
                                                                                                         focus on providing the technical basis                and ‘‘harassment.’’ At the same time, the
                                                 receiver distance over space and time
                                                                                                         for acoustic thresholds (i.e., best                   thresholds were designed for use in
                                                 for various mobile sources than
                                                                                                         available science) rather than containing             NMFS’ regulatory analyses.
                                                 choosing a set accumulation period for
                                                 all sources, which assumes a fixed                      substantial implementation language in                   NMFS incorporated several
                                                 source-receiver distance over that time,                the document. The commenter                           conservative assumptions in the
                                                 and encourages the development/                         indicated that limiting the purpose of                development of the PTS onset
                                                 validation of alternative models,                       the Guidance to solely providing                      thresholds to account for the potential
                                                 including the assessment optional                       technical background would allow                      for PTS onset (see Response to
                                                 models provided in the Technical                        flexibility to incorporate new                        Comment 77). Further, there are several
                                                 Guidance (see Appendix B: Research                      technologies and information as they                  examples of marine mammal exposure
                                                 Recommendations).                                       become available.                                     exceeding the Guidance’s PTS
                                                    As for BOEM’s comments regarding                        Response: NMFS agrees and revised                  thresholds, where recovery has occurred
                                                 MSP vs. EPWI terms, by following ANSI                   the title of the Guidance to reflect its              (see recent review in Finneran 2015).
                                                 definitions within the Guidance, NMFS                   technical, scientific nature. The                        Comment 121: Several commenters
                                                 is implicitly using MSP terms. The term                 Technical Guidance is a compilation,                  provided examples of how the
                                                 ‘‘source factor’’ within the Guidance is                interpretation, and synthesis of the                  weighting function and thresholds
                                                 based on a source level being defined as                available literature. Application of the              compare to data collected in the field
                                                 pressure squared, which why it may                      updated acoustic thresholds remains                   during SSV measurements (e.g., seismic
                                                 appear to resemble cylindrical                          consistent with current NMFS practice.                and impact piled driving). The
                                                 spreading, rather than spherical                        That information on regulatory context                commenters’ analysis operated on the
                                                 spreading. This additional information                  has been moved to this Notice. Any                    assumption that the weighting functions
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 was added to provide clarity. BOEM is                   changes to application in the regulatory              and thresholds should provide equal
                                                 correct that the terms ‘‘S,’’ ‘‘SE,’’ and               context are separate from the basis for               results when compared to the weighting
                                                 ‘‘E0’’ that appear in the Technical                     updating the thresholds themselves,                   functions and thresholds in Southall et
                                                 Guidance do not have identical units.                   where advances in scientific knowledge                al. (2007), and argued that results
                                                 NMFS understands the potential                          are the drivers.                                      stemming from the Guidance ‘‘did not
                                                 confusion, since this information was                      Comment 119: One commenter                         yield the most reliable or cautionary
                                                 not included in the 2015 July Draft                     requested the Technical Guidance                      results.’’ In one example, it is stated that
                                                 Guidance. A section has been added in                   provide a brief reference to its use in the           these comparisons are ‘‘at odds with the


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:46 Aug 03, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00029   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM   04AUN2


                                                 51722                        Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices

                                                 reports of the sensitivity of beaked                    derive updated, science-based auditory                scope of the document and will vary
                                                 whales to pulsed sounds.’’                              impact thresholds for marine mammals.                 depending on the activity/sound source
                                                    Response: NMFS appreciates the                       The overall assessment approach in the                and species impacted. The optional
                                                 commenter’s efforts to provide examples                 regulatory context has not changed from               WFAs provided in the Technical
                                                 and comparisons using the Technical                     current agency practice.                              Guidance should assist action
                                                 Guidance. However, we disagree that                        The acoustic thresholds presented in               proponents with incorporating auditory
                                                 the Technical Guidance must yield                       the Technical Guidance use different                  weighting functions and should provide
                                                 similar results to those provided in                    metrics compared to the current                       very similar (if not identical) results for
                                                 Southall et al. (2007), since available                 thresholds. In some situations,                       narrow-band sources and larger
                                                 data and methodology has significantly                  depending on the sound source, species                isopleths for broadband sources,
                                                 evolved since 2007. For example,                        of interest, and duration of exposure,                depending on how much information
                                                 marine mammal weighting functions                       application of the updated acoustic                   the action proponent can provide
                                                 (M-weighting) from Southall et al.                      thresholds may result in greater                      regarding the frequency composition of
                                                 (2007) were derived in a more simplistic                estimates of PTS (and therefore more                  their source (i.e., can provide the 95
                                                 manner than the updated methodology                     ‘‘takes’’) than under the existing                    percent frequency contour percentile or
                                                 provided in Appendix A, which directly                  thresholds, while in other situations the             rely on the more conservative default
                                                 uses audiogram and TTS data to derive                   opposite result may occur. Examining                  WFA values).
                                                 weighting functions. Thus, the Southall                 all possible scenarios associated with                   Comment 125: Multiple commenters
                                                 et al. (2007) M-weighting functions are                 the wide range of potential activities is             requested more information on how
                                                 broader than those provided in the                      not feasible.                                         NMFS will transition from previously
                                                 Technical Guidance and would                               Comment 123: Multiple commenters                   applied thresholds to the acoustic
                                                 inherently result in larger, more                       expressed concern that the Guidance                   thresholds provided in the Guidance
                                                 conservative isopleths. Although the                    will unnecessarily result in an increased             (e.g., how will it affect applications/
                                                 isopleths derived using the Technical                   burden to action proponents during the                consultations completed, in process and
                                                 Guidance results are smaller in                         permitting process and would lead to an               beyond) and expressed concerned over
                                                 comparison to those from Southall et al.                increased number of shutdowns or                      the potential for delays and NMFS’ time
                                                 (2007), they are not necessarily                        longer survey duration, with increased                requirements to process permits based
                                                 unreliable.                                             costs and safety risks.
                                                                                                                                                               on the Guidance.
                                                    In addition, NMFS is aware that the                     Response: NMFS recognizes the
                                                                                                         advancing science on auditory impacts                    Further, one commenter remarked
                                                 Southall et al. (2007) panel is in the
                                                                                                         has led to more complex set of                        that NMFS’ intention to update the
                                                 process of updating its paper. It is
                                                                                                         thresholds and methodology for                        acoustic thresholds based on newly
                                                 anticipated that their proposed
                                                 weighting functions will not be as broad                evaluating impacts and has provided a                 available information is valid from a
                                                 (most susceptible frequency range) as                   simplified alternative methodology to                 scientific point of view, but from a
                                                 their original M-weighting functions                    alleviate some of the burden associated               practical aspect could be confusing,
                                                 (i.e., they will be more aligned with                   with applying the more complex                        could promote regulatory uncertainty,
                                                 those presented in the Technical                        acoustic thresholds and auditory                      and has the potential to affect
                                                 Guidance). Regarding beaked whale                       weighting functions.                                  permitting timelines. The commenter
                                                 sensitivity, NMFS agrees these species                     In terms of effects on activities                  indicated that planning for certain
                                                 are often classified as a ‘‘particularly                themselves, the Guidance does not                     activities can take multiple years to
                                                 sensitive’’ group, but in the context of                address consequences for mitigation                   complete, with the introduction of
                                                 behavioral responses. The Technical                     requirements in a regulatory context.                 additional uncertainty potentially
                                                 Guidance does not pertain to behavioral                 This will depend on the particular                    adversely affecting the ability of action
                                                 responses, only effects of noise on                     aspects of an action, taking into account             proponents to plan for and comply with
                                                 hearing. The assumption that this                       the comprehensive effects analysis and                the Guidance.
                                                 enhanced sensitivity carries over to                    regulatory considerations. NMFS notes                    Similarly, several commenters
                                                 hearing and susceptibility to noise-                    that there are no requirements that                   requested clarification as to how the
                                                 induced hearing loss is currently                       mitigation measures directly correspond               Guidance would be implemented in (a)
                                                 unsupported by beaked whale AEP                         to acoustic thresholds (See Response to               the context of a five-year incidental take
                                                 measurements (e.g., Finneran et al.,                    Comment 11).                                          regulation (ITR) (with specific take
                                                 2009; Pacini et al.. 2011) or                              Comment 124: One commenter                         authorizations by letters of
                                                 transmission pathway modeling (e.g.,                    expressed concern that applying the                   authorization (LOA)) and (b) when
                                                 Cranford et al., 2008) .                                alternative methods provided in the                   numerous IHAs are issued for a given
                                                    Comment 122: Several commenters                      Guidance could result in unrealistically              area in the absence of an ITR.
                                                 remarked that the Guidance does not                     high exposure estimates. The                          Specifically, a commenter asked if
                                                 explain the anticipated impact of the                   commenter recommended that the                        different methods will be used to
                                                 acoustic thresholds on the regulated                    Guidance include more explanation to                  estimate the amount of authorized
                                                 community. Because the Guidance will                    inform action proponents about the                    incidental ‘‘take’’ in each of these
                                                 be applied in a range of regulatory                     potential costs, benefits, and                        contexts and how, if at all, will
                                                 actions, it was recommended that NMFS                   consequences of methodologies that                    authorized ‘‘take’’ be allocated over
                                                 undertake a study comparing the                         directly use auditory weighting                       certain periods of time in one or both of
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 assessment approach described in the                    functions and those that do not                       these contexts?
                                                 Guidance with the current assessment                    (alternative methods).                                   Response: NMFS acknowledges there
                                                 methods to demonstrate the regulatory                      Response: NMFS notes it will be an                 will be some lag between updates in the
                                                 implications of the proposed acoustic                   action proponent’s decision as to how                 best available information and the
                                                 thresholds.                                             they model and estimate their potential               ability to incorporate that new
                                                    Response: The Technical Guidance                     impacts to marine mammals. Analyzing                  information into ongoing processes. We
                                                 represents the culmination of a robust                  the potential cost/benefits of the                    refer readers to the section of this Notice
                                                 assessment of the scientific literature to              methodologies applied is beyond the                   addressing Transitioning to the


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:46 Aug 03, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00030   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM   04AUN2


                                                                              Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices                                           51723

                                                 Technical Guidance for more                             such an exception could be invoked and                proponents are afforded flexibility for
                                                 information.                                            is allowing action proponents to waive                factors beyond the Guidance’s auditory
                                                    Comment 126: One commenter                           the Guidance’s acoustic thresholds. The               weighting functions and/or acoustic
                                                 suggested that the Guidance provides an                 Commission does not support this                      thresholds (e.g., propagation modeling,
                                                 opportunity for NMFS to clarify its                     approach and recommends that NMFS                     exposure modeling) as a means to
                                                 policy on ‘‘takes’’ vs. ‘‘animals taken.’’              require all action proponents to                      accurately predict and assess the effects
                                                 The commenter indicated that just                       implement the final acoustic thresholds               of noise on marine mammals.
                                                 because an animal is ‘‘exposed’’ to a                   until such time that they are amended                    Comment 128: Multiple commenters
                                                 sound source does not necessarily                       or revised by NMFS.                                   requested flexibility associated with the
                                                 equate to a ‘‘take’’ or an impact as                       Similar to the Commission’s concerns,              accumulation period, especially for
                                                 defined in the MMPA and provided the                    another commenter indicated any                       projects with a stationary source and for
                                                 following example with migratory (e.g.,                 alternative approach must be at least as              action proponents with limited ability
                                                 50 takes with individuals being taken                   protective as methods prescribed in the               to conduct detailed modeling (e.g., pile
                                                 once) vs. resident species (e.g., 50 takes              Guidance, which have at least                         driving projects). The commenters
                                                 with ten individuals being taken five                   undergone peer review and public                      recommended that NMFS allow for the
                                                 time each). Similarly, a commenter                      notice and comment. Alternatively, the                flexibility to make project-specific
                                                 requested that NMFS should clarify                      commenter suggested that more                         adjustments based on physical or
                                                 that, in estimating numbers of auditory                 conservative approaches should be used                biological factors associated with the
                                                 impacts for management purposes, take                   if a project’s circumstances require a                activity.
                                                 numbers will be calculated for each day                 lower threshold for ‘‘take’’ based on                    Response: NMFS acknowledges that
                                                 of exposure and then added to obtain                    specific factors, such as geographic                  all action proponents may not have the
                                                 the total estimate. For example,                        region, oceanographic conditions, low                 same level capabilities to apply the
                                                 assuming an equal daily risk of eight                   abundance, species site fidelity, prey                Technical Guidance and has provided
                                                 exposures that exceed PTS thresholds                    impacts or cumulative impacts.                        an optional User Spreadsheet for action
                                                 for some species over a 10-day pile-                       Contrary to the comments above, a                  proponents that wish to avail
                                                 driving project, the total potential PTS-               few commenters indicated that they                    themselves of it. Additionally, NMFS
                                                 level take would be 80 animals. The                     welcome the opportunity for action                    recognizes there may be some situations
                                                 Navy has long employed this method of                   proponents to propose alternative                     where project-specific modification may
                                                 calculation, but its use by other                       approaches to those presented in the                  be necessary (i.e., action proponent
                                                 applicants (e.g., seismic operators) has                Guidance. The commenters noted that                   should contact NMFS to discuss project-
                                                 been inconsistent. Notably, this method                 this flexibility will enable innovation               specific issues that are beyond scope of
                                                 would not account for multiple takes of                 within the bounds of regulatory                       Technical Guidance).
                                                 individual marine mammals and the                       compliance and that are appropriate and                  Comment 129: One commenter
                                                 cumulative impact on hearing that                       justified (e.g., there are many ways to               expressed concern that the updated
                                                 would result from those takes.                          estimate potential exposures of marine                acoustic thresholds could underestimate
                                                    Response: The Technical Guidance is                  mammals to various sound levels).                     instances of PTS/TTS from permitted
                                                 designed for assessing the impact of                       Response: The Technical Guidance is                activities because marine mammals can
                                                 underwater noise on marine mammal                       not a regulation or rule. It does not                 be elusive and observations from
                                                 hearing by providing scientifically-                    create or confer any rights for or on any             protected species observers are few in
                                                 based auditory weighting functions and                  person, or operate to bind the public.                relation to the estimated abundance.
                                                 acoustic thresholds. It does not address                However, it is NMFS’ assessment of the                Similarly, one commenter asked how
                                                 how to calculate takes in various                       best available information for                        the acoustic thresholds would be used
                                                 situations. Those considerations are                    determining auditory impacts from                     to calculate ‘‘take’’ after an activity is
                                                 case-specific and based on multiple                     exposure to anthropogenic sound and it                completed.
                                                 considerations, including spatial and                   has undergone extensive peer and                         Response: The acoustic thresholds are
                                                 temporal overlap between the sound                      public review. With that in mind, NMFS                just one tool used to predict ‘‘take’’
                                                 source and a receiver). Moreover, factors               agrees with the comment that any                      calculations. Other factors (e.g., sound
                                                 like whether a marine mammal species                    alternative approach should be peer                   propagation or marine mammal density/
                                                 or stock is migratory or resident (among                reviewed before it is used instead of the             occurrence) contribute to these
                                                 numerous other factors), are considered                 updated thresholds in the Technical                   calculations though they are beyond the
                                                 within a broader comprehensive effects                  Guidance (or the alternative                          scope of the Technical Guidance. NMFS
                                                 analysis when such information is                       methodology). With that addition to                   notes that the Technical Guidance’s
                                                 available.                                              NMFS’ statement in the Draft Guidance,                intended purpose is as a tool for
                                                    Comment 127: The Commission                          an alternative approach that has                      predicting potential impacts of noise on
                                                 commented that the Guidance states                      undergone independent peer review                     hearing before an activity occurs (and
                                                 that an alternative approach may be                     may be proposed if in NMFS’ view it ‘‘is              perhaps afterward).
                                                 proposed (by federal agencies or other                  likely to produce an equally or more                     Comment 130: The Commission
                                                 action proponents) and used if case-                    accurate estimate of auditory impacts                 requested clarification on how and
                                                 specific information or data indicate                   for the project being evaluated, if NMFS              when action proponents should use the
                                                 that the alternative approach is likely to              determines the approach satisfies the                 qualitative factors identified within the
                                                 produce a more accurate estimate of                     requirements of the applicable statutes               Guidance and expressed concern that
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                                 Level A Harassment, harm, or auditory                   and regulations.’’ NMFS believes this                 these factors could be used to allow for
                                                 injury for the proposed activities. Such                sets a fairly high bar as to what type of             a reduction in ‘‘take’’ estimates based on
                                                 a proposed alternative approach may be                  data/alternative approach would justify               subjective judgments rather than best
                                                 used if NMFS determines that the                        a departure from the Guidance’s                       available science. The Commission
                                                 approach satisfies the requirements of                  auditory weighting functions and/or                   recommended that NMFS remove the
                                                 the applicable statutes and regulations.                acoustic thresholds, especially in terms              list of qualitative factors listed and
                                                 The Commission noted that NMFS has                      of the HISA standards to which this                   incorporate it by reference in the text
                                                 not provided any criteria under which                   Guidance adheres. Additionally, action                and not allow action proponents to use


                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:46 Aug 03, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00031   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 4703   E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM   04AUN2


                                                 51724                        Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 150 / Thursday, August 4, 2016 / Notices

                                                 those factors to modify isopleths or                    document) and will evaluate new                       defined in the Guidance (e.g., isopleth,
                                                 numbers of ‘‘takes’’ resulting from the                 studies as they become available,                     narrowband, roll-off, equal latency).
                                                 quantitative thresholds.                                including in the context of existing data,               Response: NMFS has added and
                                                    Response: NMFS’ intent of providing                  before determining the impact to the                  defined these terms in the Glossary
                                                 qualitative factors for consideration was               acoustic thresholds.                                  (Appendix E) and/or provided more
                                                 to acknowledge that when additional                       Comment 132: One commenter
                                                 data may become available in the future;                                                                      clarification within the Technical
                                                                                                         recommended the Guidance include a                    Guidance.
                                                 these additional factors may be                         table indicating a species’ hearing
                                                 incorporated with quantitative PTS                      ability, sound production                                Comment 134: A few commenters
                                                 onset thresholds. At this time, however,                characteristics, and genetic relatedness              suggested improvements to the
                                                 it is not NMFS’ intent for these factors                to other species in order to determine                Guidance, including technical editing,
                                                 to reduce quantitative exposure                         when there are enough individuals of a                literature citation verification, and the
                                                 estimates based on subjective judgment.                 particular species or genus to warrant                inclusion of more plain language.
                                                 The Technical Guidance acknowledges                     species- or genus-specific acoustic                      Response: NMFS has verified that all
                                                 that these factors are important for                    thresholds, rather than relying on                    references used in the Technical
                                                 consideration within the comprehensive                  hearing group thresholds.                             Guidance appear in the Literature Cited
                                                 effects analysis on a qualitative basis. To
                                                                                                           Response: NMFS has used the best                    section and has included more plain
                                                 avoid confusion, NMFS removed the list
                                                                                                         available science to support the division             language, when possible. However,
                                                 of qualitative factors from the threshold
                                                                                                         marine mammals into five hearing                      NMFS notes this is a highly technical
                                                 tables and placed this information in
                                                                                                         groups, including the derivation of                   document, with most of the terms not
                                                 Appendix B: Research
                                                                                                         composite audiograms based on                         easily subjected to plain language
                                                 Recommendations.
                                                                                                         available hearing data, and declines to               revisions without altering the accepted
                                                 Miscellaneous Issues                                    include the requested table as it goes                meaning of those terms. Additionally,
                                                   Comment 131: One commenter                            beyond the scope of the Technical                     definitions for technical terms used in
                                                 requested clarification was on how                      Guidance. As science progresses (i.e.,                this document are defined in the
                                                 much an acoustic threshold would need                   more data on hearing, sound                           Glossary (Appendix E).
                                                 to change to update the Technical                       production, genetics become available),
                                                                                                                                                                 Dated: July 29, 2016.
                                                 Guidance and suggested updates only                     NMFS will determine if further
                                                                                                         refinements of hearing groups and their               Donna S. Wieting,
                                                 occur when thresholds change by at
                                                 least 5 dB.                                             associated auditory thresholds are                    Director, Office of Protected Resources,
                                                   Response: NMFS has provided a                         needed.                                               National Marine Fisheries Service.
                                                 procedure and timeline for updating the                   Comment 133: Several commenters                     [FR Doc. 2016–18462 Filed 8–3–16; 8:45 am]
                                                 Guidance (Section III of main Guidance                  requested that additional terms be better             BILLING CODE 3510–22–P
sradovich on DSK3GMQ082PROD with NOTICES2




                                            VerDate Sep<11>2014   21:46 Aug 03, 2016   Jkt 238001   PO 00000   Frm 00032   Fmt 4701   Sfmt 9990   E:\FR\FM\04AUN2.SGM   04AUN2



Document Created: 2016-08-04 02:53:32
Document Modified: 2016-08-04 02:53:32
CategoryRegulatory Information
CollectionFederal Register
sudoc ClassAE 2.7:
GS 4.107:
AE 2.106:
PublisherOffice of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration
SectionNotices
ActionNotice.
ContactAmy R. Scholik-Schlomer, Office of Protected Resources, 301-427-8449, [email protected]
FR Citation81 FR 51693 
RIN Number0648-XC96

2025 Federal Register | Disclaimer | Privacy Policy
USC | CFR | eCFR